THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 IN MEMORY OF 
 
 PROFESSOR WILLIAM MERRILL 
 
 AND 
 
 MRS. IMOGENE MERRILL 
 
5r{)c Stutrcnts* Series of ILattn (Ilagstos 
 
 THE 
 
 MENAECHMI OF PLAUTUS 
 
 ON THE BASIS OF BRIX'S EDITION 
 
 HAROLD NORTH FOWLER, Ph.D. 
 
 Professor in the Western Keserve University 
 
 ov it6X>C aWa iroXv 
 
 BENJ. H. SANBORN & CO. 
 
 BOSTON, U.S.A. 
 
GIFT 
 
 Copyright, 1889, 
 By HAROLD NORTH FOWLER. 
 
 Typography by J. S. Gushing & Co., BosToif. 
 

 PREFACE. 
 
 This edition of the Menaeclimi is based upon the third edition 
 (Leipzig, 1880) by the late Dr. Julius Brix, that eminent Plau- 
 tine critic, to whom all recent scholars are so deeply indebted. 
 The few variations from his text are almost without exception a 
 nearer approach to the reading of the Mss., and are mentioned 
 in the notes. 
 
 The introduction is mainly a translation and abridgment of 
 Brix's introductions to the Menaeclimi and the Trinummus. 
 
 In addition to the notes of Brix's Menaeclimi, which I have 
 for the most part translated, I have inserted many from his 
 editions of other plays to which he merely refers. I have also 
 made other additions to the notes, including several references 
 to Shakespeare's " Comedy of Errors," and have, in some cases, 
 ventured to disagree with Brix. 
 
 I have placed a critical apparatus containing the principal 
 variations of the Mss. and the most important conjectures at 
 the foot of the text, and transferred the notes to the end of the 
 book, in accordance with the plan of this series. Most of the 
 textual discussion is relegated to an appendix. 
 
 Besides Brix's edition, I have made constant use of others, 
 especially those of Ussing, Vahlen, and Wagner. 
 
 The references to other plays are by the lines of the Ritschl 
 edition edited by Goetz, Schoell, and Loewe, but since five plays 
 
 ivi684074 
 
iv PREFACE. 
 
 are still wanting in that edition, I have referred to Brix's edi- 
 tion of the Miles Gloriosus, and to Ussing's of the Casina, 
 Clstellaria, Mostellaria, and Persa, giving also references to act 
 and scene in these plays. 
 
 I take pleasure in expressing my thanks to those who have 
 aided me in my work, especially to Prof. E. M. Pease, editor- 
 in-chief of this series, and Prof. H. C. Elmer, both of whom 
 have read the proof with care and diligence, and given me 
 valuable suggestions. 
 
 HAROLD N. FOWLER. 
 
 Exeter, N.H., October, 1889. 
 
1-1^ lb.) b>S'l-S^'-^ 
 
 INTEODUCTION. 
 
 Comedy derives its origin arriong the Romans as among the 
 Greeks, from the rm^al festivals of harvest and vintage. At 
 these festivals jokes and personalities, often of a sharp and 
 bitter character, were embodied in the uersus Fescennini, verses 
 sung or recited in responses. The metre was the so-called 
 Saturnian verse, a mixture of iambic and trochaic rhythm. ^ 
 
 A second stage in the development of comedy is marked by 
 the introduction of Etruscan actors (ludiones) in the year 364 
 B.C. (a.u.c. 390), in the consulship of C. Sulpicius Paeticus and 
 C. Licinius Stolo. They performed pantomimic dances to the 
 music of the flute, but sang no words. 
 
 The combination of the Etruscan mimic dance with the 
 uersus Fescennini produced the satura, disconnected dramatic 
 representations of scenes from daily life or whatever would 
 appeal to the common people. The name satura is probably 
 derived from lanx satura, a dish full of all sorts of fruits (for 
 other derivations see Dionied. G. L. I. 485, Mommsen Hist, of 
 Rome, Vol. I., p. 54). It was, then, a sort of poetic potpourri 
 or medley. 
 
 Different from the satura was the burlesque popular comedy 
 known as fahulae Atellanae. This was of Oscan origin, and the 
 scene of the action was supposed to be the small Campanian 
 town of Atella. These fabulae had some sort of a plot, carried 
 
 1 On this metre, see L. Miiller, Der Saturnische Vers unci seine 
 Denkmaler, Leipsic, 1885; O. Keller, Der Saturnische Vers als 
 rhythmisch erwiesen, 1883, and Der Saturnische Vers, 1886. The 
 following lines may serve as an example : — 
 
 Hoc ht factum monumSntum — Madrco Caicilio. 
 Ilospes, gratum Lit quom apiid meas — restitistei se^des ; 
 bene rim gerds et vdleas — d^rmids sine qnra. 
 
 (Corp. Inscr. Lat. 1, 1006, Allen, Remnants of Early Latin, 137.) 
 
2 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 out with more or less dramatic unity. The characters were 
 conventional (Maccus, Pappus, Bucco, Dossennus) like those of 
 our Punch and Judy. In the fabulae Atellanae Roman citizens 
 appeared in masks as adores, while the saturae were performed 
 exclusively by professional histriones. Originally mere impro- 
 vised . farces, the Atellanae received a literary f9rm from the 
 hands of L. Pomponius and Novius, and were afterwards, under 
 the name of exodia, performed like the Greek satyr dramas at 
 the end of tragic representations. 
 
 A great advance in Roman dramatic art was made at the 
 time of the first Punic war, when Greek civilization and culture 
 began to exert upon the Romans the influence which was after- 
 wards so predominant. Livius Andronicus from Tarentum came 
 to Rome soon after the capture of his native city (b.c. 272, 
 A.u.c. 482). He was the slave of M. Livius Salinator, by whom 
 he was afterwards set free. He exhibited in 240 b.c. (a.u.c. 
 514) for the first time in Rome, a drama imitated (i.e. trans- 
 lated) from the Greek. He paid, however, less attention to 
 comedy than to tragedy, and his language and style were so 
 rough that Cicero (Brut. § 71) says his dramas are not worth 
 reading a second time. 
 
 Livius was followed by a slightly younger contemporary, Cn. 
 Naevius, who was a native of Campania, but came to Rome in 
 early life. He served in the first Punic war, and wrote the 
 history of it in an epic poem in Saturnian verse. In 235 b.c. 
 (a.u.c. 519) according to Gellius, he produced plays in Rome. 
 He was an enthusiastic partisan of the plebs, as opposed to the 
 aristocracy, and the invectives against the leading men pi the 
 state which he introduced into his comedies caused him to be 
 thrown into prison, where he was when Plautus brought out the 
 Miles Gloriosus.^ He was set free by the tribunes of the people, 
 
 1 Mil. 211 : Nam ds columnatiim poetae esse indaudiui hdrharo 
 Quoi bini custddes semper tdtis horis dccubant, 
 must refer to Naevius. Of course barbaro is here equivalent to 
 Romano. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 6 
 
 but not restraining the abusiveness of his muse, was banished in 
 206 (548) or 205 B.C. lie -died in Utica 199 B.C. (555). Cicero 
 (Brut. § 75) compares the Punic war of Naevius to a work of 
 art by Myron, meaning evidently to praise the force, liveliness, 
 and truth of his style while granting that his writing is less fin- 
 ished than that of Ennius.^ But few fragments of the comedies 
 of Naevius are preserved, partly, no doubt, because they could 
 not maintain their popularity in competition with the works of 
 
 Titus Maccius^ Plautus. 
 
 Of the life of Plautus little is known. He was born in Umbria, 
 at Sarsina (now Sassina), which is once mentioned by him,^ 
 but seems to have gone to Rome as a boy, where he was known 
 chiefly by the name of Plautus, given him, according to Festus, 
 p. 239 M., on account of the shape of his feet, for the Umbrians 
 called flat-footed people ploti or plauti. The year of his birth 
 can be only approximately determined with the aid of Gellius 
 III. 3, the only extant passage in which the plays of Plautus 
 are discussed and real information concerning his life is 
 recorded. It appears that Plautus earned so much as assist- 
 ant or servant of actors that he was able to engage in trade 
 somewhere outside of Rome, that he lost his money, and re- 
 turned to Rome, where he hired himself out to a miller, in whose 
 
 1 Cic. Brut. § 76: Sit Ennius sane, ut est certo, perfectior ; qui si 
 ilium, ut simulat, contemneret, non omnia bella persequens primum illud 
 Punicum, acerrimum helium, reliquisset. Sed ipse dicit, cur id faciat : 
 " scripsere," inquit, "alii rem uersibus"; et luculente quidem scripserunt, 
 etiamsi minus, quani tu, polite. 
 
 2 On the name Titus Maccius see Ritschl, Parerga I., pp. 3-43. 
 Previous to Ritschl's publication of the correct name from the Milan 
 palimpsest, Plautus was commonly called Marcus Accius. 
 
 3 Most. 755 (III. 2, 83) : Quid'? Sarsinatis ecqua est si Umhram. 
 non hahes ? 
 
4 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 service he was when he wrote his first three plays. ^ All this 
 must have taken time, so that one is justified in assuming that 
 Plautus was hardly less than thirty years old when he began to 
 write for the stage. Now Plautus, like Naevius, was a contem- 
 porary of the two Scipios, who fell in Spain in 212 B.C. (542), 
 and is mentioned in connection with them in such a way ^ as to 
 make it evident that he was well known as a playwright before 
 their death. His first appearance with a play was, then, prob- 
 ably at least a decade before 212. If his first appearance was 
 in 224 (530), and he was then thirty years old, his birth would 
 fall in 254 (500). This agrees with Cicero's statements that 
 Plautus had already produced many plays in 197 (557), and 
 that he wrote the Pseudolus and Truculentus as a senex.^ The 
 Pseudolus was produced, as Ritschl has determined, in 191 
 (563), when Plautus could not have been called a senex if he 
 was born much later than the date assumed above. Plautus 
 died, according to Cicero's express statement,^ 184 B.C. (570), P. 
 Claudio, L. Porcio coss., Catone censore. He lived, therefore, 
 some twenty years in Rome with Ennius, who was born at 
 Rudiae in Calabria 239 b.c. (515), but did not come to Rome 
 much before 200, and the period of his activity embraces the 
 whole second Punic war and fifteen years after. 
 
 Little enough is known of the outward circumstances of 
 Plautus' life, and nothing of the course of his education, his 
 relations to his contemporaries Naevius and Ennius, his social 
 position, or the rise and progress of his popularity. Aside from 
 the meagre account by Gellius, it is only through his works that 
 we know him, and from these we derive no information con- 
 cerning his personal affairs. All the plays of Plautus are imi- 
 tations of Greek originals. When a playwright prepared a 
 play for the Roman stage, he could either adapt the plot of his 
 
 1 Saturioj Addictus, and a third the title of which Gellius had 
 forgotten. 
 
 2 Cic. de Rep. IV. in Aug. Civ. Dei II. 9. 
 
 3 Cic. Brut. § 72 ; de Senect. § 50. ^ Cic. Brut. XV. 60. 
 
INTRODUCTION. - 5 
 
 Greek original to Roman life and surroundings, giving a Roman 
 coloring to the situations and characters, depicting Roman 
 scenes and customs, and dressing his actors in Roman clothing, 
 or he could retain the Greek tone of the play, inserting only- 
 enough of the rougher Roman wit to appeal to his public, and 
 let the scene be laid in Athens or some other Greek city. The 
 first kind of play was called fabula togata (from to(ja, the 
 distinctive Roman garment), the second fabula palllata (pal- 
 lium =-^XafJiv<i), the drama in Greek costume. The fabula togata 
 never attained to any great popularity, being unable to compete 
 with the fabula palllata, to which class of writing Plautus devoted 
 himself exclusively. The Greek originals of the comoedia pal- 
 llata are to be sought in the new comedy, which was developed 
 in Athens after the death of Alexander the Great, fi-om about 
 320 to 280 B.C. Unlike Aristophanes and his contemporaries, 
 the poets of the new comedy, Menander, Philemon, Dipliilus, 
 and others, avoided politics and drew their comedies from 
 private life, finding in pretty intrigues, interesting situations, 
 and unexpected complications, some compensation for the gen- 
 eral meagreness of the plot. Comedies of this class were first 
 offered to the Romans in Latin translation by Livius Andi-o- 
 nicus ; but whereas Livius and Naevius also wrote tragedies, 
 Plautus, Statins Caecilius, and Terence were exclusively devoted 
 to comedy. Plautus excelled all other Roman playwrights in 
 productiveness, freedom of treatment of his Greek originals, 
 mastery of language, cleverness in the portrayal of character, 
 and liveliness of dialogue, as well as in his never-ending flow of 
 quick and brilliant, though not always refined, wit. How many 
 plays Plautus wrote is unknown. Gellius IIL 3 says that about 
 130 plays formerly passed under the name of Plautus. Varro 
 classed twenty-one of these as certainly genuine, and a number 
 of others (presumably nineteen) as probably written by Plautus. ^ 
 
 1 This agrees fairly well with what Servius says in the introduc- 
 tion to his commentary on Virgil's Aeneid : Plautum alii dicunt 
 uiginti et unam fahulas scripsisse, alii quadraginta, alii centum. 
 
6 ' INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The rest were doubtless by unknown authors, and were ascribed 
 to Plautus as the best known play-writer of his time. Of this 
 largest number more than half are utterly lost, for besides the 
 twenty (twenty-one) extant plays the names of only thirty-two 
 are preserved.! The twenty ^ extant plays are: ^ Amphitruo, Asi- 
 naria, Aulularia, Captivi, Curculio, Casina, Cistellaria, Epidicus, 
 Bacchides, Mostellaria, Menaechmi, Miles Gloriosus, Mercator, 
 Pseudolus, Poenulus, Persa, Rudens, Stichus, Trinummus, and 
 Truculentus. These plays are by no means all of equal merit; 
 in some the characters are carelessly drawn and the plot not 
 very skilfully developed; but some, as the Aulularia, Captivi, 
 Bacchides, Menaechmi, Pseudolus, and Trinummus are truly 
 excellent, and entitle Plautus to a place among the most brilliant 
 writers of Latin literature. The influence of the theatre upon 
 the education and development of the popular taste must have 
 been very great at a time when reading was not a universal 
 accomplishment, and books were an expensive luxury. The 
 theatre furnished the people with their only imaginative amuse- 
 ment, and was almost the only influence which tended to cultivate 
 the aesthetic qualities and perceptions in the rough military 
 Roman populace. That the influence of Plautus upon the taste 
 of the people during the forty years of his productiveness was 
 great * and, on the whole, good admits of no doubt, and his excel- 
 lence was appreciated by later Romans of learning, such as Yarro 
 
 1 For more detailed information, see Ritschl, Parerg. I., pp. 73- 
 245. 
 
 2 The twenty-first is the Vidularia, extensive fragments of which 
 were discovered by Cardinal Angelo Mai in a palimpsest Ms. in the 
 Vatican. 
 
 3 The order is that of the second-rate Mss. 
 
 * The epitaph mentioned by Varro (Gellius I. 24, 3) reads in 
 hexameters : 
 
 Postquam est mortem aptus Plautus, comoedia luget^ 
 Scaena est deserta, dein Risus, Ludus, locusque 
 Et Numeri innumeri simul omnes conlacrumarunt. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 7 
 
 and Cicero. Only Horace ^ speaks slightingly of him, but his 
 judgment is easily explained. Horace had no knowledge of the 
 linguistic peculiarities of early Latin which underlie the pros- 
 ody and metrical composition of Plautus, and besides, the ele- 
 gant court poet, the favorite of Maecenas, whose associations 
 were with the most refined aristocratic circles of the Augustan 
 age, would naturally have little sympathy with the poet of the 
 people, the roughness (and sometimes indecency) of whose wit 
 must have outweighed in the judgment of Horace the good 
 qualities of his plays. The moral influence of Plautus can 
 hardly have been other than bad. He does, to be sure, insert 
 here and there in his plays observations upon existent abuses 
 at Rome, and some plays (as the Captivi and Trinummus) treat 
 serious subjects with some psychological power ; but the society 
 depicted is always the corrupt society of Athens, the prevailing 
 motives of the characters are lust and greed of gain, and 
 although in the end the purposes of the chief persons are 
 shown to be good, the means they employ to attain their ends 
 are usually deceit and trickery. Plautus is probably no worse, 
 perhaps even better, than his Greek originals, but it is hard to 
 see what good influence upon the Roman morals could have 
 been exerted by the comoedia palliata.^ 
 
 The Greek originals of some of the plays of Plautus are 
 known; so the Trinummus is after the ©r^aravpo^ of Philemon, 
 ' Mercator after the "E/xTropo^ of Philemon, Casina after the 
 KA»;pov/x€vot, Rudens after a play of Diphilus, the title of 
 which is not mentioned, Asinaria after the *'Oi/ayos of Demo- 
 philus, as is stated in the prologues. Modern scholars have, 
 with various degrees of probability, referred several other 
 plays to Greek originals; so the Cistellai-ia, Bacchides (Ats 
 e^aTraTwv), and Stichus ('ASeA^oi) are believed to be derived 
 from plays by Menander. That Plautus did not simply trans- 
 late the originals, but adapted them with considerable free- 
 
 1 Ars. Poet. 270 ; cf. Ep. H. 1, 170 ff. 
 
 2 See Mommsen, Hist, of Rome, Book HI., chap. 14. 
 
8 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 dom to the needs and tastes of his audience, is evident from 
 many passages in his plays. Perhaps the least changed is the 
 Stichus. 
 
 The manuscripts of Plautus are divided into three classes. 
 The first is represented by one Ms. (A), a palimpsest of the 
 Ambrosian library in Milan, written in the fourth or fifth cen- 
 tury of our era.i This Ms. of Plautus was taken to pieces in 
 the seventh or eighth century, and about, a third part of the 
 leaves were cleansed and used again, this time to receive a Ms. 
 of the vulgate of the Bible. With the aid of chemical reagents 
 the original writing can with difficulty be read. But in spite 
 of their incompleteness and the difficulty of deciphering them, 
 these fragments are of great importance not merely for estab- 
 lisliing the text of the passages they preserve, but also as offer- 
 ing a standard of a comparatively old and uncorrupted Ms. by 
 which the others can be judged. The plays are preserved 
 in the palimpsest in different degrees o£ completeness. The 
 Ampliitruo, Asinarla, Aulularia, Curculio are entirely lacking; 
 of the Captivi, Cistellaria, Vidularia, but little is preserved ; 
 less than half of the Bacchides, Mostellaria, Menaechmi, Merca- 
 tor, Miles Gloriosus, Rudens, TruciUentus remains ; about half of 
 the Epidicus and Trinummus ; more than half of the Casina, 
 Persa, Poenulus ; and of the Pseudolus and Stichus but little is 
 lacking. 
 
 The second class is represented by four Mss. all derived 
 from one original : (1) the so-called vetus codex of Camerarius 
 (B) of the eleventh century, formerly in Heidelberg in the 
 Palatine library, since 1622 in the Vatican library in Rome. 
 It contains the twenty comedies entire. (2) The codex alter 
 of Camerarius, often called decm-tatus (C), of the twelfth cen- 
 
 1 This is one of the oldest Latin Mss., a little older than even the 
 Bembinus of Terence. The first notice of it is by A. Mai (after- 
 wards Cardinal) in " Plauti fragmenta inedita,'' Milan, 1815. It has 
 been collated and used by Schwarzmann, Ritschl, Geppert, Stude- 
 mund, and Loewe. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 9 
 
 tury, containing only the last twelve plays. Carried to Rome 
 with B, it was taken to -Paris in 1797, and was returned to 
 Heidelberg after the French restoration. (3) Codex Ursinianus 
 or Vaticanus (D), of the twelfth century, very like C. It con- 
 tains in addition to the last twelve plays the Amphitruo, As'maria, 
 Auhdaria, and half of the Captivi (to Til. 2, 4). This Ms. came 
 from Germany into the hands of Cardinal Orsini in Rome in 
 1429, and was the first from which the last twelve plays becanje 
 known in modern times. The first eight plays had always been 
 copied and read. (4) Codex Ambrosianus (E), discovered and 
 utilized by Loewe, who assigns it to the thirteenth century. It 
 contains only the first eight plays. See Loewe and Goetz, 
 Rhein. Mus. 1879, p. 53 ff., Goetz praef. Cure. p. YII. 
 
 In all the Mss. of the third class the first eight plays are 
 copied from an original similar to E, and the last twelve from 
 D. These copies were made in the fifteenth century, and are 
 of little value in determining the text. The codex Lipsiensis 
 (F) of the fifteenth century and the editio princeps (Z, Venice, 
 1472), are, however, occasionally referred to in the critical 
 apparatus. 
 
 In establishing the text of Plautus, neither A nor the Pala- 
 tine Mss. can be exclusively followed. The only method to be 
 adopted is one of careful eclecticism, based upon the study of 
 linguistic peculiarities, prosody, etc., though the superiority of 
 the Ambrosian text must be in a general way conceded. 
 
 The prosody of Plautus is very different from that of later 
 writers. This is not because Plautus allowed himself to depart 
 from the fixed rules of quantity, but because these rules were 
 not so fixed in his day as they afterward became, and because 
 Plautus adapted his metrical usage to the pronunciation of the 
 common people. Most of the peculiarities of Plautine prosody 
 and metre are to be attributed to the carelessness or uncertainty 
 of the popular pronunciation. But since little direct informa- 
 tion concerning the early pronunciation of Latin can be obtained, 
 many details are as yet unsettled. 
 
 A few of the most striking peculiarities of Plautine prosody 
 
10 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 require mention here, though an exhaustive treatment of the 
 subject cannot be attempted. ^ 
 
 Even so late as Cicero's time, final s had so faint a sound that 
 it did not necessarily make position before an initial consonant 
 of the next word. Cicero, Orator 48, 161, gives some examples 
 of this earlier custom, and disapproves of the poetae rtovi who 
 insist upon giving s its full sound. In Plautus, therefore, final 
 s before a consonant does not make position, and is allowed 
 even in the sixth foot of the senarius or the end of the iamb, 
 acatal. tetrameter, or the troch. catal. tetram., where the sub- 
 stitution of a long for a short syllable is inadmissible, e.g. 
 Trin. 1054 conmonitus sum, Bacch. 313 occidistis me, Merc. 324 
 perdis me, Poen . 565 tenetis rem. 
 
 A mute before a liquid never makes a syllable long by position 
 in the comic poets. Such words as agris, libros, duplex are always 
 iambic, never spondaic. 
 
 The word-accent exercised a marked influence upon the 
 quantity of syllables as pronounced by the people, and there- 
 fore also in the comic poets. The dignified speech of epic 
 poetry or forensic* prose could pronounce such words as doml 
 and c&ve without detracting anything from the length of the 
 final syllable, but popular speech found it inconvenient to pro- 
 nounce short accented syllables followed by long unaccented ones. 
 The result is that words naturally iambic (w _) are often used 
 by the comic poets with pyrrhic quantity (w w) ; e.g. domi, 
 bom, foris, dedi. Iambic imperatives (like tetie, vide, ahi) are 
 regularly scanned as two short syllables except when the punc- 
 tuation or expression of the line causes the imperative to be 
 pronounced slowly and emphatically, thus making the final 
 syllable less likely to be shortened. So veni. Men. 2 16, retains 
 
 1 See C. F. W.Muller, Plautinische Prosodie and Nacktrag zur plau- 
 tinischen Prosodie ; Brix, Introduction to the Trinummus ; Dziatzko, 
 Introduction to the Phormio of Terence; and H. Gleditsch in I. 
 Miiller's Handbuch der Klassischen Alterthumswissenschaft, II., pp, 
 579-592, where further references are given. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 11 
 
 its iambic quantity. Hand in hand with this weakening of 
 final vowels went the tendency to slur over or drop final con- 
 sonants. So for enim, qui'dern, apud, parum, soror, caput, amant, 
 habent, some early inscriptions read apu, guide, paru, etc,^ 
 The final syllable of such words was therefore not necessarily 
 long by position when the next word began -with a consonant. 
 If, however, the penult is long, the final syllable does not lose 
 its natural long quantity either through shortening of a final 
 vowel or loss of a final consonant. 
 
 The influence of the word-accent often extends beyond the 
 limits of iambic words, and aifects combinations of words which 
 naturally have iambic quantity. The same influence is exerted 
 by the verse-ictus. Thus a natural iambus may be treated as 
 a pyrrhic when a word consisting of one short syllable {quid, 
 quod, quot, sed, is, et, pol, or ego, abi, agi, quasi, sihi, with elision 
 of the final vowel) comes before a long syllable beginning with 
 a vowel, no matter whether the syllable be long by nature or 
 position. Examples are : quod est Trin. 630, itdst ib. 668, is est 
 ib. 354 (combinations which strike the ear with the same effect 
 as adest Men. 16, potest Trin. 80), quod m manu Trin. 914, scio 
 ut tihi Men. 677 ; and within the same word a similar shortening 
 takes place in dedisti earn Men. 689. Examples of this influ- 
 ence of the ictus and word-accent upon the following syllable 
 are very numerous. 
 
 The same influence is exerted upon the syllable preceding the 
 ictus or word-accent, when a long word (or combination of 
 words) begins with a short syllable and has the word-accent 
 (or the ictus) on the third syllable, the second syllable being 
 properly long. Examples are: ferentdrium Trin. 456, tahernd- 
 culo ib. 726, uoluntdte ib. 1166 (Stich. 59), mage exigere Trin. 
 1052, ad exercitum Amph. 504, rogd respondebo Men. 1106. Of 
 this, too, examples may be multiplied. 
 
 The shortening of a long syllable may take place, then, when 
 
 1 See Allen, Remnants of Early Latin, p. 19 f. ; Corssen, Aus- 
 sprache d. Lat. I., p. 184 ff., 191 fE., 248, 263. 
 
12 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 the shortened syllable stands either immediately before or after 
 the syllable upon which the word-accent or the metrical ictus 
 falls, and is preceded by a short syllable. This shortening 
 affects syllables long by nature as well as by position. The 
 first syllables, then, of inter, omnes, ipse, hercle, iste, hue, haec, 
 etc., are in themselves as certainly long as those of credo, sum- 
 mus, sic, nunc, etc. ; but in such combinations as quid inter and 
 quid inter they are reduced to short syllables by the rhythm of 
 the language or the verse. Traces of this shortening caused by 
 the word-accent or the metrical ictus are found in the spelling 
 of some words. So m oculto with one c is found in C Trin. 
 604, 712, and in omittere, aperire, and operire the omission 
 of b was universal. Beyond these limits the shortening of 
 syllables is either inadmissible or has special causes. The 
 words ille, iste, unde, inde, nempe are shortened beyond the 
 limits drawn above, but this is because they had been so worn 
 by constant use as to lose their accent (a collateral form of 
 iste was ste^, while in unde, inde, and nempe the n and m were 
 almost lost in pronunciation, and in ille the double consonant 
 was so feebly pronounced as to give almost the effect of a single 
 I?- Another exception, and one which has never been explained, 
 is frustra, which in other writers forms a spondee, but was ap- 
 parently used as a trochee by Plautus.^ 
 
 Side by side with the shortening of long syllables, which 
 takes place under the conditions mentioned above, stands the 
 preservation of an original long quantity in syllables which the 
 writers of the Augustan age regard as short. In the comic 
 poets es (from sum) is always long; the ending -or is always 
 
 1 This is shown by the forms ellum, ellam (en-illum, en-ilum, en-lum, 
 ellum), and the pyrrhic scansion of illic (pronoun, not adverb). 
 
 2 Pars. 141 (I. 3, 60), Rud. 1265, Capt. 854, Men. 692, Rud. 969 
 (True. 754), Merc. 528. Elsewhere in Plautus and every wliere in 
 Terence yrws^ra stands so that the final a is elided, or at any rate 
 so that its quantity cannot be determined. There is no passage in 
 the comic poets which shows a long final a in this word. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 13 
 
 long in comparatives, as auctior, substantives, as exercitor, amor, 
 verbs, as fateor, experior, and particles, as ecastor ; the u of the 
 neuter comparative in ius' is sometimes long, e.g. longius Men. 
 327 ; sometimes the original long quantity of endings in the 
 conjugations is retained, as erls, eget, fit, especially in the sub- 
 junctives sit, (let, fuat, velit. The final a in the nominative of 
 the first declension sometimes retains its original long quantity, 
 e.g. familia Trin. 251, Jilia Men. 762. The first syllable of 
 Jieri (Jierem) is, contrary to later usage, long in the cretic ending 
 of iambic and trochaic lines, e.g. Trin. 532, 644. Hie, illic, 
 istic as nominative sing. masc. have always a short final syl- 
 lable, but the final syllable of hoc, illuc, istuc is long. 
 
 Another peculiarity of scenic poetry is the synizesis of two 
 vowels in certain words and forms. Monosyllables were 
 formed in pronunciation by the contraction of two vowels in 
 all the dissyllabic forms of deus, mem, tuos, suos (i.e. tuus, suus, 
 but Plautus and his contemporaries always said tuos, suos, saluos, 
 relicuos, uiuont, etc.), of is (eius, ei, eum, eam, eos, eas, eo, ed), 
 also quoius and quoi, huius and huic (Jiuic always, ei and quoi 
 sometimes), rei (genitive and dative of res), dies, die, diu, fui, 
 fuit, trium, duas, cluens, ait, ais, ain, eo, eam, eas, eat, eunt; dis- 
 syllables arose from the trisyllabic forms of deus, meus, tuos, 
 suos, idem, also in duorum, duarum, duellum, fuisti, fuisse, puella, 
 eamus, diehus ; trisyllables were diutius, exeundum ; and rarer 
 cases are quiesce, quierint, obliuisci, fenestra (also written ohlisci 
 and/es^ra). Synizesis always occurs in. compounds in which 
 two vowels come together, as proin, proinde, dehinc, dein, deinde, 
 praeoptari, dehortor, deartuatus, deosculari ; but not in intro ire, 
 because intro and ire (so also mittere, rumpere, ducere, ferre) are 
 always separate words. Synizesis is shown even in the spelling 
 of the forms aiham, audibam, scibam, ditior, ditiae, quattor (for 
 quattuor), mensum, amantum., cluentum. On the other hand, 
 synizesis or vowel-contraction in such words as omnium, gratias, 
 otio, filio, gaudiis (making them dissyllabic), occurs only in the 
 heavier metres which are freed from several of the customary 
 rules, i.e. in troch. acat. tetrameters and in anapaests, whereas 
 
14 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 the more usual and lighter metres avoid this so carefully that, 
 for example, gratis, which is used by later writers always in its 
 contracted form, never occurs in Plautus or Terence except in 
 the full form gratiis. 
 
 It is not easy to determine how far the comic poets avoided 
 the hiatus. In general it is cei'tain that the Romans regarded 
 it as a defect, for Cicero, Orat. 44, 150, says : quod quidem Latina 
 lingua sic ohservat, ?iemo ut tarn rusticus sit, qui uocales nolit con- 
 iungere. Hiatus, therefore, occurs in Plautus only when it is 
 justified by a metrical division or a pause in the sense. Metri- 
 cal divisions which justify the use of hiatus are the caesurae 
 in the cretic tetrameter, the bacchiac tetrameter, the trochaic 
 tetrameter catalectic and acatalectic, and especially in the iam- 
 bic tetrameter catalectic (septenarius). In most cases the 
 pause in the metre is accompanied by a pause in the sense, but 
 in a great majority of the verses written in these metres hiatus 
 is altogether avoided. It is very doubtful whether hiatus is 
 allowed in the caesura after the first trochaic dipody in the 
 iambic senarius, unless it is justified by a strong pause in the 
 sense. Pauses in the sense of a line are most frequently 
 accompanied by hiatus when they are important and joined 
 with a change of speaker, though even in such cases hiatus is 
 not common. The most frequent occurrence of hiatus is in the 
 case of monosyllables ending in a long vowel, or in m preceded 
 by a vowel, when they form the first syllable of a dissyllabic 
 (resolved) thesis ; ^ e.g. quae ego, qui in, nam ego, ne ego, qui 
 homo, qui eras, di ament. This form of hiatus is employed so 
 frequently by the comic poets that they seem to have been 
 entirely unconscious of its existence in such cases ; but hiatus 
 in the arsis occurs only in a few isolated instances. 
 
 Much of what has been said concerning the prosody of Plautus 
 applies with equal force to his style and use of language in gen- 
 eral. His plays were primarily intended to amuse the common 
 
 1 Thesis is used in the correct Greek sense to signify the accentu- 
 ated part of the foot. Arsis signifies the unaccentuated part. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 15 
 
 people, and he therefore used the words familiar to their ears, 
 and the form of speech most easily understood by them. In 
 other words, the style of Plautus is the style of ordinary con- 
 versation, except, of course, when a more grandiloquent note is 
 struck for comic effect. Naturally, therefore, there is in the 
 Latin of Plautus hardly a hint of the elaborate periodic structure 
 of the Ciceronian paragraph, but the sentences are co-ordinate 
 rather than subordinated one to another. The habit of using 
 co-ordinate sentences is naturally accompanied by a predominat- 
 ing use of the indicative mood, the subjunctive becoming more 
 and more important as the habit of periodic writing developes. 
 In Plautus the indicative is used in many constructions in which 
 later Latin demands the subjunctive, as in indirect questions 
 and clauses with quom and similar conjunctions. As such cases 
 will be mentioned in the notes, it is sufficient to have referred 
 to them here in a general way. 
 
 The p arts of the Roman comed y were prologus, diuerbium, 
 and c anticum. The canticum in the narrower sense was a sort 
 of monologue (/AovfuSca) which was sung to the accom paniment 
 of the flute with expressive gestures. The metres and rhy.tiiins 
 of the canticum were very varied to correspond to the various 
 emotions and feelings to be expressed (see 110 &.). In the 
 wide r sense the canticum embraced also the scenes in trochaic 
 s eptenarii, which were recit ed with musical accompaniment 
 (recitatif). Diue rbia are all t he scenes in iambic senarii, which 
 were simply recited withou t accoinpainiiioiit. The diuerbia in 
 the Menaechmi are the scenes: I. 1, II. 1, II. 2, III. 2 (accord- 
 ing to tlie usual division). III. 8, IV. 1, V. 1, V. 2 after 871, V. 3, 
 V. 4; cantica, in the narrower sense, are 110-126, 351-308, 570^'- 
 604, 753-776 (excepting 7()2-765)," 066-091 ; cantica, in the 
 wider sense, take u]) the rest of the play. The purpose of the 
 prologue was to tell the name, plot (aryumentum), and source 
 of the play, and to recommend it to the good will of the 
 audience. Terence does not give, the argument, but makes use 
 of the prologue to defend his mode of dealing with his Greek 
 originals. In exceptional cases the prologue was recited by the 
 
16 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 director of the play {dominus gregis), but ordinarily by an adu- 
 lescens in a special costume (ornatu prologi). The prologues 
 of the Bacchides, Epidicus, Mostellaria, Persa, Stichus, and Cur- 
 culio (which has, however, a sort of parabasis after the third 
 act) are lost ; of the prologue of the Pseudolus, only the last 
 two lines are extant ; in the Miles and Cistellaria the argument 
 is given in the first act instead of in a prologue. In the 
 A mphitruo and Mercator the prologue is recited before the play 
 by one of the characters. The extant prologues are not those 
 written by Plautus, but belong to the period (the second half 
 of the second century B.C.) when, after the transient brilliancy 
 of the time of Terence, the lack of new pieces compelled the 
 people to return to their old favorite Plautus.^ The compara- 
 tively late date of these prologues admits of no doubt. The 
 prologues of the Captivi, Poenulus, and Amphitruo mention 
 details of the arrangement and management of the theatre 
 which were not introduced until after the time of Plautus ; the 
 prologue of the Casina expressly disclaims Plautine origin and 
 speaks of the plays of Plautus as ueteres f alulae ; and in seven 
 prologues where the name of the author occurs, he is spoken 
 of as Plautus or Maccius, not as poeta, the term by which 
 Terence always refers to himself in his prologues. Besides, 
 the prologues are all inferior productions which cannot be 
 attributed to Plautus, except that in so far as those of the 
 Trlnummus, Aulularia, and Rudens are better than the rest, 
 tliey may be assumed to be the original prologues only partially 
 changed in form. Allegorical personages occasionally speak 
 the prologues after the manner of the new Attic comedy; 
 so Arcturus speaks the prologue of the Rudens, Auxilium of 
 the Cistellaria, Lar familiaris of the Aulularia, and Luxuria 
 and Inopia that of the Trinummus. All the argumenta, 
 both the acrosticha,^ and the 7ion acrosticha^ are assigned by 
 
 1 See Ritschl, Parerga I., pp. 180-238. 
 
 2 All preserved except that to the Bacchides. 
 
 ^ Five are preserved entire, viz. : to Amphitruo, Aulularia, Merca- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 17 
 
 Ritschl 1 to the period of Hadrian and the Antonines, while 
 others assign them to the first half of the first century B.C., 
 the time of Aurelius Opillius and Servius Clodius. 
 
 Menaechmi. 
 
 The action of the play is as follows : Act I.^ The parasite 
 Peniculus (Wiper) appears before the house of the wealthy 
 and hospitable Menaechmus I. in Epidamnus, hoping to be 
 invited to dinner. As he is about to enter the house, Me- 
 naechmus comes out. He is scolding his wife for spying upon 
 his movements and investigating his conduct. Menaechmus 
 and the parasite after some lively conversation go to the neigh- 
 boring house of the courtesan Erotium to make arrangements 
 to dine with her. Menaechmus gives her a cloak which he has 
 stolen from his wife, and tells her to prepare dinner for him 
 and the parasite. Then Menaechmus and Peniculus go to the 
 forum, while Erotium gives orders to her cook Cylindrus to 
 buy the necessary provisions, and goes into the house to make 
 ready for her guests. 
 
 Act II. The Syracusan Menaechmus II. (Sosicles) enters 
 with his slave Messenio. They have just arrived at Epidamnus 
 in their search for the twin brother of Menaechmus, who had 
 been lost in the crowd at the games in Tarentum when only 
 seven years old. It is now six years since the search began, 
 and Messenio is heartily sick of it. He longs to go home, and 
 
 tor, Miles Glor. (all four in BC), and Pseudolus (in A). Studemund 
 " de actae Stichi Plautinae tempore," pp. 789, 802 ff. (10, 23) describes 
 fragments of argumenta non acrosticha to Persa and Stichus^ which he 
 discovered in A. 
 
 1 Prol. Trin., p. 317 ff., and Neue Excurse, p. 122. 
 
 2 The division into acts and scenes is that proposed by A. Spengcl 
 ("die Akteintheilung der Komodien des Plautus," Munich, 1877) 
 and adopted by Brix. The division of the vulgata is given in the 
 margin above the text. 
 
18 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 warns his master against the notorious swindlers and wenches 
 of Epidamnus. Their conversation is here interrupted by 
 Cylindrus, who conies from the market-place with provisions. 
 He takes Menaechmus II. for Menaechnms I., the lover of Ero- 
 tiuni, and calls him by name. Menaechmus II. wonders where 
 the cook learned his name, but when he talks of the dinner 
 and the guests, the parasite and Erotium, thinks he must be 
 insane, while Cylindrus does not know what to make of Me- 
 naechmus, who denies all knowledge of such well-known facts 
 and relations. Messenio, however, is sure that Cylindrus is in 
 the service of some wench to entice strangers into her snares. 
 At last the cook goes in and tells Erotium that Menaechnms is 
 at the door. She comes out, mistakes Menaechmus II. for her 
 friend, and invites him into the house. Menaechmus is at a 
 loss to understand her allusions to the dinner he had ordered, 
 the parasite, his wife, and the cloak stolen from his wife ; but 
 although he suspects some mistake, he finally accepts her invita- 
 tion. Erotium gives him the cloak to be altered, and he sends 
 Messenio and the sailors who are carrying his baggage to find 
 lodgings at an inn, telling Messenio to come back for him 
 before sunset. After Menaechmus II. and Erotium have gone 
 into the house, Peniculus appears looking for Menaechmus I., 
 whom he had lost sight of in a crowd. Menaechmus II. pres- 
 ently comes from the house with a garland on his head (see on 
 463) and the cloak on his arm. Peniculus takes him for Me- 
 naechmus I., and reproaches him bitterly for shutting him out 
 from the dinner. When he receives no satisfaction whatever 
 from Menaechmus, he goes off in a rage determined to be 
 revenged by telling Menaechmus' wife about his conduct. 
 Thereupon a maid-servant of Erotium appears with a gold 
 bracelet, a former gift of Menaechmus I. to Erotium, which she 
 wishes him to take to the goldsmith for alterations. Me- 
 naechmus IT. accepts this also, and goes off with his booty to 
 find Messenio. 
 
 Act JIT. The wife of Menaechmus I. appears with Peni- 
 culus. She is highly incensed at his account of her husband's 
 
INTRODUCTION. 19 
 
 conduct, and is looking for him to express her feelings. And 
 presently Menaechmus I. appears, coming from the forum 
 where he had been detained by a suit of one of his clients. He 
 is just going into Erotium's house expecting to enjoy the dinner 
 he nas ordered, when his wife rushes upon him with angry 
 words and accuses him of having stolen her cloak ; at the same 
 time Peniculus upbraids him for his perfidy in having excluded 
 him from the dinner to which he had previously invited him. 
 This last accusation Menaechmus denies; but as Peniculus is 
 sure he saw him leave Erotium's house with a garland on his 
 head, his protestations are useless. His wife declares she will 
 not let him into his house unless he brings back the cloak ; 
 so Menaechmus determines to apply to Erotium for it, while 
 his wife goes home, and the parasite goes to the forum. 
 But when Menaechmus asks Erotium for the cloak on the 
 ground that his wife has found out everything, Erotium, who 
 is confident that she gave it to him but a short time before, 
 refuses to have anything more to do with him, and shuts the 
 door in his face. Menaechmus is in great distress, and goes 
 off to the forum to consult with his friends. 
 
 Act IV. Menaechmus II., who is looking for Messenio, meets 
 the wife of Alenaechnms I., who is watching to see if her hus- 
 band is coming home with the cloak. She takes Menaechmus 
 II. for her husband, all the more because he has the cloak on 
 his arm. She receives him with violent reproaches, to which he 
 replies with some temper, asserting at the same time that he 
 does not know her. She thinks he is jeering at her, and sends 
 for her aged father to bring him to his senses. The old man 
 comes, and seems at first inclined to support Menaechmus 
 against his wife; but when Menaechmus insists that he does 
 not know her and has never taken any cloak from her, the old 
 man comes to the conclusion that Menaechmus is insane. This 
 incenses Menaechmus, and he grows more and more angry, 
 until he finally feigns insanity to get rid of his tormentors. 
 The old man goes to fetch a physician, the woman goes into 
 the house, and Menaechnms hurries away, intending to go to 
 his ship. 
 
20 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Act V.i The old man conies back with the physician, and 
 meets Menaechmus I., who is complaining of the misfortunes 
 which have followed him through the day. Now the old man has 
 just seen Menaechmus in a frenzy ; so the physician asks him such 
 questions as men generally put to the insane. Menaechmus I. 
 answers sharply and irritably, thereby confirming the belief in 
 his insanity. At last the physician directs the old man to bring 
 four men to take Menaechmus to his (the physician's) house. 
 Presently Messenio enters, having returned to meet his master, 
 according to the directions given him at the end of the third 
 act. When he sees the four men trying to carry off Menaech- 
 mus I. he thinks his master is suffering violence, and therefore 
 he helps Menaechmus I. to put the four men to flight. Me- 
 naechmus thanks his unknown helper, whereupon Messenio asks 
 for his freedom. Menaechmus is astonished, but finally pro- 
 claims Messenio free so far as he is concerned. Messenio goes 
 to fetch the baggage and money from the inn, while Menaech- 
 mus I. resolves to try once more to get the cloak from Erotium. 
 
 1 On the reasons for beginning Act V. at this point, see on 881. 
 That the fourth act cannot end where it ends in the vulgata, but in 
 the middle of the old Act V., scene 3 (881), was first noticed by 
 R. Warner in 1772. Bothe also saw this, and Ritschl agreed to it. 
 The division into acts proposed by A. Spengel and advocated chiefly 
 upon metrical grounds (in each act is a lyric portion : I. 2, II. 3, 
 IV. 2, V. 2, V. 6 of the old division) shows also the artistic arrange- 
 ment of the whole play. The twins appear alternately one in each 
 act. In the first act (I. 1-L 4) only Menaechmus L appears, in the 
 second (II. l-III. 3) only Menaechmus jj., in the third (IV. 1-IV. 
 3) only Menaechmus I., in the fourth (V. 1-V. 3, 5) only Men aech- 
 mus II., in the fifth (V. 3, 6-V. 9) at first only Menaechmus I., 
 whose meeting with Menaechmus II. finally brings about the de- 
 nouement . In the form, too, careful arrangement is evident. All 
 the acts begin with iambic senarii, rise from these to lyric measure 
 (Act V. by the mediation of trochees), and f all again to trochees 
 (I., III., v.), or from trochees still further to senarii (II., IV.). 
 See Spengel, Akteintheilung , p. 21 f. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 21 
 
 Messenio comes back with Menaechmus II., whom he has met 
 on the way. Menaechmus JI. knows nothing of the events of 
 this act, and denies that he has set Messenio free. The confus- 
 ion is at its height when Menaechmus I. approaches Menaech- 
 mus II. and Messenio before the door of Erotium's house. 
 There Messenio sees the twin brothers together, and by a 
 series of questions establishes the truth of their relationship. 
 At the request of his brother, Menaechmus I. decides to sell all 
 his property at Epidamnus and return to Syracuse. Messenio, 
 who is now set free by his master, proclaims a public auction 
 of all the belongings of Menaechmus I. 
 
 Although the Menaechmi is derived from a Greek original, 
 and the scene is laid in a Greek town, many details have a 
 distinctly Roman coloring. Wherever, in the original, there 
 was a local allusion or a reference to civic administration or 
 household aifairs, Plautus seems to have substituted references 
 and allusions to Roman scenes and customs. This involves 
 a certain inconsistency, to be sure, but an uncritical audience 
 would hardly notice that, and a purely Greek play would proba- 
 bly contain much which the public for which Plautus wrote 
 could not have understood or enjoyed. The whole scene (IV. 
 2) in which clients are discussed is so purely Roman that little 
 or nothing of the Greek original can be left in it. Clearly 
 Roman, too, are the references to imprisonment for debt in 
 1. 97, the comitia (centuriata) in 1. 446 ff., the manumission of 
 Messenio in 1. 1146 ff., the f urea, as a punishment for slaves, in 
 1. 943, Jupiter Capitolinus in 1. 941, a Roman collegium in 1. 168, 
 the scitamenta in 1. 210, the auction in 1. 1153, the games of the 
 circus in 1. 164 ff., military affairs in 131-140 and 185-190, with 
 which the scenes Pers. V. 1 and Pseud. II. 1 may be compared. 
 In the expressions employed in the dialogue, Plautus often cuts 
 loose from his Greek original, inserting purely Latin plays on 
 words as geminum and gemes in 1. 258, Epidamnum and damnum 
 in 264 f ., uerha and uerhera in 980, palla pallorem incutit in 616. 
 Here belongs also the name of the parasite Peniculus, a Latin 
 name to which only two parallels are found in Plautus, and 
 
22 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 these also names of parasites (Saturio in the Persa, and Curculio 
 in the play of the same name). All the other names in the 
 plays of Plautus and Terence are Greek. 
 
 The old comedy of Athens was limited to three actors ; but 
 the new comedy, with its different character and mode of pre- 
 sentation, did not accept this limitation, and Plautus did not 
 attempt to follow the rule laid down by Horace, Ars. Poet. 192. 
 nee quarta loqui persona laboret, which forbids the introduction 
 of more than three characters in the same scene. Nevertheless, 
 Plautus did not give up all limitation of the number of actors, 
 nor employ a separate actor for every role. The female parts 
 were few and usually unimportant, and when several such parts 
 occurred in one play, they could generally be taken by one 
 actor, especially as the simple costume could easily be changed. 
 Other secondary parts could also be divided among the actors 
 in such a way as to limit the number of actors in the plays of 
 Plautus to five (Terence usually employed six). The ten roles 
 of the Menaechmi are divided by Fr. Schmidt (iiber die Zahl 
 der Schauspieler bei Plautus und Terentius ; Erlangen, 1870) : 
 
 1. JV^enaechiTMis I. 
 
 2. MenaechiAis IT. Medicus. 
 
 3. Peniculus. Messenio. 
 
 4. . Cvlindrus. Ancilla. Matrona. 
 5. Erotium. Senex. 
 
 The subordinate characters of pueri and lorarii, who had no 
 real part to play, and but few words to speak, could be taken 
 by any slaves of the dominus gregis. 
 
 The scene is in Epidamnus, in the street between and before 
 the houses of Menaechmus I. and Erotium. The fronts of these 
 houses with their doors form the background. There was an 
 entrance at each side of the stage ; the one to the right of the 
 spectator being for those coming from the forum, that to the 
 left for those coming from the port. 
 
 The costumes were Greek, that is, the chief article of clothing 
 was the himation or pallium. According to Donatus, who wrote 
 
INTRODUCTION. 23 
 
 in the fourth century of our era, the clotliiiig of old men was 
 white, that of young men varied in color. White was also the 
 color of happiness, red that of wealth, black (or dark) that of 
 poverty. Slaves wore a short garment, parasites a twisted 
 pallium, soldiers a chlaniys. Courtesans were dressed in 
 yellow, and other maidens in a foreign costume. The comic 
 shoe was the soccus, which covered the whole foot and reached 
 to the ankle. Masks were not worn until the time of Terence. 
 The date of the first presentation of the Menaechmi cannot 
 be determined with certainty. In the play itself there is but 
 one historical reference, that in 410-412. From the words 
 nu?ic Hierost the inference may be drawn that the play was 
 first put upon the stage before the death of Hiero in 215 B.C., 
 in which case the Menaechmi would be one of the few plays of 
 Plautus not belonging, like most of the others, to the last decade 
 of the poet's life. Two arguments have been advanced against 
 this inference. First, the passage regarding the rulers of Syra- 
 cuse has been regarded as a later interpolation. Such inter- 
 polations are not rare in the plays of Plautus ; so, for instance, 
 the references to basilicas (of a later time than that of Plautus) 
 in Capt. 814 and Cure. 472 are universally recognized as inser- 
 tions by a later hand. It is, however, not likely that an inter- 
 polator would insert a reference to historical events of the time 
 of Plautus. All the passages hitherto recognized as interpola- 
 tions relate to circumstances and peculiarities of a later time, 
 and it is much more probable that a later writer in preparing a 
 play of Plautus for the stage should expunge references to 
 Plautine times, and replace them by similar references to con- 
 temporary events than that he should insert allusions to matters 
 of that early date. For the same reason the other objection, 
 that the present form of the passage is due to a later revision, 
 is improbable. Every later revision would naturally tend onlv 
 to do away with what was out of date and to insert in its stead 
 modern allusions appealing more directly to the public before 
 whom the revised play was to be produced. And yet it seems 
 almost unnatural that the play should have been produced in 
 
24 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 the first unfortunate years* of the second Punic war, and any 
 date before the beginning of the war removes this play too far 
 from all the rest.^ Possibly Plautus took this passage un- 
 changed from his Greek original. Then the passage would 
 justify an inference as to the date of the Greek original, but 
 not as to that of the version by Plautus. 
 
 The words of the prologue 1. 12, hoc argumentum sicelicissitat 
 were formerly believed to mean that the play was derived from 
 an original by a Sicilian author, and Epicharmus the founder 
 of the Sicilian comedy, the contemporary of Aeschylus, was 
 thought to be meant. That this is not the case has been 
 proved by Ladewig, "iiber den Kanon des Volcacius Sedi- 
 gitus" (1842) and Philol. I., p. 276 ff. The words of the pro- 
 logue only mean that the argumentum, i.e. the plot or action of 
 the play, is Sicilian, and that is the case even though the scene 
 is laid in Epidamnus. Besides, even if the words of the pro- 
 logue did ascribe the original of the play to a Sicilian author 
 (which is not the case), this w^ould prove nothing, since the pro- 
 logue is not the work of Plautus, and, indeed, in its present 
 form is a rather unskilful combination of two prologues, ^ 
 neither of which was probably of Plautine origin. There is, 
 then, no reason for regarding Epicharmus as the author of the 
 
 1 There are no positive arguments in support of such isolation 
 of this play. Ritschl, to be sure (praef. Menaechm. p. xiv.), seems 
 inclined to consider this one of the earliest extant plays on account 
 of the frequency of hiatus in the diaeresis of the trochaic septe- 
 narius and the iambic scansion of mihi, tibi, sibi (and Brix suggests 
 that the frequent recurrence of the old declension Iiomo, homonis if it 
 were only certain in Plautus [see on 89] might be regarded as an 
 additional argument), but these phenomena occur too frequently in 
 the other plays to justify any inference from them. 
 
 2 Witness the contradiction in 1. 5 f., 
 
 Nunc argumentum accipite atque animum aduortite ; 
 Quam potero in uerba conferam paucissuma ; 
 
 and 1. 14-16, 
 
INTRODUCTION. 25 
 
 Greek original of the Menaechmi. Among the extant frag- 
 ments of Greek poets of the new comedy is nothing from which 
 any inference concerning the Menaechmi can be drawn, but a 
 passage in Atljenaeus (XIV. p. 658 F) seems to point to Posi- 
 dippus as the Greek author of this play. It is there stated that 
 no slave can be fomid as a cook in comedy except in Posi- 
 dippus. In all the other plays of Plautus in which cooks occur, 
 they are hired in the forum for the special occasion (in the 
 Aulularla, Casina, Mercator., and Pseudolus this is expressly 
 stated, and in the absence of any direct statement must be 
 assumed for the Curculio and Miles Gloriosus), and only in the 
 Menaechmi I. 3 (219), I. 4, 11. 2, Cylindrus appears as the 
 domestic slave of Erotium. Posidippus was a famous comic 
 poet, and Gellius (II. 23) mentions him among those from 
 whom Roman waiters derived their comedies. Of his forty 
 comedies only eighteen are now known by name, none of which 
 seem to have had any likeness to the Menaechmi. It is, how- 
 ever, not improbable that among the twenty-two plays, the titles 
 of which have been lost, one furnished Plautus with his plot. 
 The confusion arising from the likeness of twins to one another 
 was a favorite theme with Greek comedians. Six authors, 
 Antiphanes, Anaxandrides, Alexis, Xenarchus, Aristophon, 
 and Euphron are recorded as having written plays entitled 
 AcSu/Aot (not to mention the AlSv/juxl of Menander and the 
 AvXrjTpU rj AtSv/xat of Antiphanes), and it is highly probable 
 that still other plays of the same title have escaped mention by 
 the historians of literature. If the Menaechmi is really derived 
 from a play of Posidippus, the title of that play was probably 
 At'Su/x,ot, unless, like the Latin version, the Greek play took the 
 name of the twins as its title. The same idea of personal simi- 
 larity occurs in different variations in the double Sosia and 
 
 Nunc argumentum nobis demensum daho, 
 Non modio neque trimodio, uerum ipso horreo ; 
 Tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas. 
 See App. on the prologue. 
 
26 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Amphitruo in the Amphitruo, and in riiilocomasiiim's storv, \w 
 the Miles Gloriosus about her sister who cannot be distinguished 
 from herself. 
 
 The Menaechmi has been imitated by many modern writers. 
 R. Steinholf^ gives the following list of modern imitations. 
 Italian: — CaZanrfm by Bernardo Dovitio da Bibiena, afterwards 
 cardinal. This is the first regular Italian drama, and was acted 
 in 1508, but not published until 1521. Even before. this a 
 translation of the Menaechmi is said to have been acted at 
 Ferrara (see Ussing, Praef . Menaechm. ; Ruth, Geschichte der 
 italischen Poesie, II., p. 115) in 1486, and again in 1501, under 
 the title, Menechino di Plauto (see Burckhardt, Cultur der 
 
 Renaissance, p. 319). Ariosto, / Menecmi, after 1525. 
 
 Giovanni Giorgio Trissino, I Simillimiy Venice, 1548. Agnolo 
 
 Firenzuola, / Lucidi, commedia in prosa, Florence, 1549. 
 
 Goldoni, / due gemelli Veneziani (opere, Venice, 1761). In this 
 play the similarity between the twins, Zanetto and Tonino, is 
 confined to personal appearance and Venetian dialect. In 
 character they are very unlike one another, Zanetto being dull 
 and cowardly, Tonino bold and spirited. The plot is some- 
 what complicated by the engagement of Zanetto to a young 
 lady who turns out to be the long-lost sister of the twins. In 
 details the play contains frequent reminiscences of Plautus, but 
 the general arrangement and development of the plot is entirely 
 
 original, and there is no verbal similarity to the Latin. 
 
 Due Franceschi by Bernardo d'Azzi, Turca and Due Leli Simili by 
 Andreini, and Due Gemelli by Amenta. These, like the plays 
 of Trissino and Firenzuola, are said to be little more than 
 
 translations of Plautus. Spanish: — Juan di Timoneda, 
 
 Commedia de los Menecmos (or Menemos) puesta en gracioso 
 
 estilo y elegantes sentencias, Valencia, 1559. French: — 
 
 Rotrou, Les Menechmes, Paris, 1632. This is little more than 
 
 1 " Das Fortleben des Plautus auf der Biihne," Blankenburg, 1881. 
 I have not seen C. v. Reinhardstiittner " spatere Bearbeitungen plan 
 tinischer Lustspiele," Leipsic, 1886. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 27 
 
 a translation. The only important variation from Plautus is 
 in the vole of Erotie, who appears in the somewhat dull and at 
 the same time improbable character of an amiable and honora- 
 ble young widow, who tries to confine the actions and expres- 
 sions of her married lover Menechme within the bounds of 
 
 Platonic friendship. -Regnard, Les Mcnechmes ou lesjumeaux^ 
 
 1705. This is a rather flippant but entertaining adaptation of 
 Plautus to modern French life. The Latin original is treated 
 with great freedom. The chevalier Menechme discovers by 
 accident that his brother has just arrived in Paris to take pos- 
 session of the property of a deceased uncle, and at the same 
 time to arrange a marriage with a young lady (Isabelle) who 
 loves and is loved by the chevalier. With the aid of his ser- 
 vant, and his own likeness to his brother, the chevalier obtains 
 the heritage of his uncle, and marries Isabelle, while the other 
 Menechme marries Araminte, a rather ridiculous person, Isa- 
 belle's aunt. The chevalier proves his noble nature by giving 
 up to his brother half of the property of which he had deprived 
 
 him. Other free French adaptations are by Boursault, Les 
 
 Menteurs qui ne mentent pas, and Cailhava, Les Menechmes Grecs, 
 
 English : — Menaechmi. A pleasant and fine conceited come- 
 
 die, Taken out of the most excellent wittie Poet Plautus. Cliosen 
 purposely from out the rest, as least harmefull, and yet most delight- 
 fidl. Written in English by W. W. (supposed to be William 
 Warner), London, printed by Tko. Creede, and are to be sold by 
 William Barley at his shop in Gratious-streete. 1595. This 
 translation is printed by J. Nichols in his " Six old Plays, upon 
 which Shakespeare founded his Measure for Measure, Comedy 
 of Errors," etc. ; but the Comedy of Errors appears to have 
 been written as early as 1589-1593, — at least two years before 
 the translation by W. W. appeared. Isaac, "Shakespeare's 
 Comedy of Errors und die Menachmen des Plautus," in Archiv 
 fiir das Studium der neueren Sprachen, LXX. 1, produces 
 internal evidence to show that Shakespeare could not have had 
 access to this translation even in manuscript. Wagner in his 
 preface to the Menaechmi states that " a Historie of Error is 
 
28 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 mentioned as having been performed by the Children of Paul's 
 *on New yeres daie at night,' 1576-7. The same piece was 
 acted at Windsor in 1583. In 1594 a Comedy of Errors (4ike 
 to Plautus his Menaechinus ') was acted at Gray's Inn."i 
 Shakespeare's Comedy of Errors is too well known to need 
 description. In some ways it is a close imitation of the Me- 
 naechmi, but the introduction of new characters, — above all of 
 the twin Dromios (which may have been, as Steinhoff intimates, 
 suggested by the double Sosia in the Amphitruo), — adds life 
 and variety to the plot. It is worthy of remark that Shake- 
 speare, like Plautus, disregards slight inconsistencies and im- 
 probabilities. So he makes Antipholus of Ephesus welcome 
 his brother and his father with great joy, yet he has never 
 attempted to find them, although he has known all along that 
 they were probably in Syracuse. Again, Antipholus of Syra- 
 cuse never once thinks of the possibility that his twin brother 
 may be in Ephesus, and that the remarkable events of the day 
 may be explained by that fact ; and yet his brother had been 
 sought for years, and was the chief object of his thought. Such 
 inconsistencies (and there are others which affect rather certain 
 details than the entire plot) strike the mind of the reader, who 
 can criticise at his leisure, with great force, but are. hardly 
 noticed by one who sees the play presented on the stage. As 
 the Menaechmi was intended for scenic representation, not for 
 private perusal, slight inconsistencies do not justify any infer- 
 ences concerning a revision or second edition of the play.^ 
 
 1 See Ward, Engl. Dramat. Lit. I., p. 373, cited by Wagner. 
 
 2 On the inconsistencies in the Menaechmi, see Langen, plauti- 
 nische Studien, p. 148 fE. 
 
T. MACCI PLAVTI 
 
 MENAECHMI, 
 
. ARGVMENTVM. 
 
 Mercdtor Siculus, quoi erant gemini f ilii, 
 
 Eisurnipto ^Itero mors 6ptigit. 
 
 Nom^n surruptici illi indit, qui domist^ 
 
 Ati6s paternus, f4cit Menaechmum e S6sicie. 
 
 Et is germanum, p6stquam adoleuit, qua^ritat 5 
 
 Circum 6mnis oras. p6st Epidamnum d^uenit : 
 
 Hie fderat alitus ille siibrepticius. 
 
 Menaechmum omnes ciuem credunt dduenam, 
 
 Eumque appellant m^retrix, uxor ^t socer. 
 
 li s^ cognoscunt frdtres postremo inuicem. 10 
 
 2 aliae rumor soptigii C. 3 surreptiti B, surrepit C, surrepticii 
 indit illi Camei'arius, surrupti indit illi Bn'x. 7 hue Meursius, Brix, 
 auttus -B, auitus C, ductus Meursius, Brix, alitus Pylades. 8 ciuem 
 credunt omnes Pylades, Brix. 10 ibi Botlie, Brix. 
 
PERSONAE. 
 
 PENICVLVS PARASITVS 
 
 MENAECHMVSI. ( ADVLESCEMXES 
 
 MENAECHMVS II. (SOSICLES) S 
 
 EROTIVM MERETRIX 
 
 CVLINDRVS COQVOS 
 
 MESSENIO SERVOS 
 
 ANCILLA MATRONA SENEX MEDICVSo 
 
32 PLAVTI [Prol. 1-21 
 
 PROLOGVS. 
 
 SaMtem primum iana d principio pr6pitiani 
 
 Mihi dtque xiobis, sp6ctatores, niintio. 
 
 Adp6rto uobis Plaiitum lingua, n6n manu : 
 
 Quaeso lit benignis dccipiatis aiiribus. 
 
 Nunc drgumentum accipite atque animum adu6rtite : ^ 
 
 Quam p6tero in uerba c6nferam paucissunia. 
 
 Atque ii6c poetae fdciunt in como^diis : 
 
 Omhis ries gestas 6sse Athenis aiitumant, 
 
 Quo u6bis illud gra^cum uideatdr magis. 
 
 Ego ndsquam dicam, nisi ubi factum dicitur. lo 
 
 Atque ddeo hoc argum^ntum graecissdt : tamen 
 
 Non dtticissat : u^rum sicelicissitat. 
 
 Huic argumento antelogium hoc fuit.: 
 
 Nunc drgumentum u6bis demensiiin dabo, 
 
 Non iil6dio neque trim6dio, uerum ip^so h6iTeo : 16 
 
 Tantum dd narrandum argiimentum adest benignitas. \ 
 
 Mercdtor quidam fuit Syracusis senex. 
 
 Ei sunt nati filii gemini duo, 
 
 Ita f6rnia simili piieri, ut^ mat^r sua 
 
 Non internosse p6sset quae mammdm dabat, 20 
 
 Neque ddeo mater ipsa quae illos p^pererat ; 
 
 Prologus Poeta B. 9 uobis illud Pylades, illud uobis Mss. 
 12 sicilicis sitat B, sycilicissitat C, sicelissat tamen Ritschl, Brix. 
 16 tantum Mss., tanta edd., argumentumst Camerarius, arguraentum 
 om., nostra adest Ritschl. 19 ut Mss. Nonius, corr. Camerarius. 
 
Prol. 22-49] MENAECHMI. 33 
 
 Vt qiiidem ille dixit mihi, qui piieros uiderat : 
 Ego ill6s non uidi, n^ quis uostriim c6iiseat. 
 Postqudm iam pueri s^ptuennes siint, pater 
 Onerduit nauim inagnam miiltis m^rcibus. 25 
 
 Inp6iiit gemiiium dlterum in nau^m pater, 
 Tareiitum auexit s^cum ad mercatiim simul : 
 Ilium reliquit dlterum apud matr^m domi. 
 Tar6nti ludi f6rte erant, quom illiic uenit : 
 Mortdles multi, ut 4d ludos, conu^nerant : 30 
 
 Puer inter homines ibi aberrauit d patre. 
 Epiddmniensis quidam ibi mercat6r fuit': 
 Is puerum tollit duehitque Epiddmnum eum. 
 %0^'\ Pater ^ius autem p6stquam puerum p^rdidit, 
 
 Animdm despondit : edque is aegritddine 35 
 
 Panels diebus p6st Tarenti em6rtuost. 
 
 Postqudm Syracusas de ed re rediit niintius 
 
 Ad au6m puerorum, piierum surruptum dlterum, 
 
 Patr^mque pueri Tdrenti esse em6rtuom, 
 
 Immiitat nomen huic auosgemino dlteri. 40 
 
 Ita illiim dilexit, qui subruptust, dlterumT^ 
 
 Illlus nomen indit illi qui domist, 
 
 Menaechmo, idem quod dlteri nom^n fuit ; 
 
 Et ipsus eodemst duos uocatus n6mine. 
 
 Propterea illius ^i6men memini fdcilius, 45 
 
 Quia ilMm clamore uidi flagitdrier. ^ 
 
 Ne m6x erretis, idm nunc praedic6 prius : 
 
 Id^mst ambobus n6men geminis frdtribus. 
 
 Nunc in Epidamnum p^dibus redeundiimst mihi, 
 
 23 om. C. 31 ibi add. Bitschl. 33 Epidamnum Afss., Epidamnum 
 eum Seuffert. 36 ea quis Mss. corr. Camernrius. emortuust C. 
 40 auos huic Mss.^ huic auos Pylades, geminorum Wagner. 
 
34 PLAVTI [Prol. 50-70 
 
 Vt hanc rem nobis ^xamussim disputem. 50 
 
 Si quis quid nostrum Epiddmnum curari sibi 
 Velitj audacter tmperato el dicito : 
 Sed ita lit det, unde curari fd possit sibi. 
 Nam nisi qui argentum d^derit, nugas egerit : 
 jQui d^derit, magis mai6res nugas 6gerit. . 55 
 
 Verum illnc redeo, unde dbii, atque uno adsto in loco. 
 Epiddmniensis ille, quern dudum dixeram, 
 Geminum ilium puerum qui surrupuit dlterum, 
 Ei liberorum, nisi diuitiae, nil erat. 
 
 Ad6ptat ilium puerum surrupticium 60 
 
 Sibi filium eique ux6rem dotatdm dedit, 
 Eiimque heredem f^cit, quom ipse obiit diem. 
 Nam rus ut ibat f6rte, ut multum pMerat, 
 Ingr^ssns fiuuium rdpidum ab urbe hand 16ngule, 
 Rapidiis raptori piieri subduxit pedes 65 
 
 Apstrdxitque hominem in mdxumam maldm crucem. 
 Ita illi diuitiae ^uenerunt mdxumae. 
 Is illic habitat g^minus surrupticius-. 
 Nunc ille geminus, qui Syracusis habet, 
 Hodie in Epidamnum uenlt cum seru6 suo 70 
 
 Hunc qua^ritatum geminum germandm suom. 
 Haec lirbs Epidamnus ^st, dum haec agitur f dbula : 
 Quando dlia agetur, dliud fiet 6ppidum ; 
 Siciit familiae qu6que solent mut drier : 
 Modo hie dgitat lenO; m6do adulescens^ m6do senex, 75 
 Pauper mendicus, rex, parasitus, hdriolus^ idosLA^ 
 
 65 fides Mss., pedes Saracenus. 67 ita om. Mss. add. Pylades. 
 68 istilic Mss. 70 uenit Mss., ueniet Geppert, Brix, et al. 75 modo 
 ni cadit ut Mss. corr. Gruter. 
 
1 1 1-20] MENAECHMI. 35 
 
 ACTVS I. 
 
 PENICVLVS. 
 
 luu^njtus ncjmenl^cTt Pemi&T^inilii 
 
 Meo/quia' menlsam, qinindo" edp^ iJetef ^eo. 
 
 # ^ * _ # # * 
 
 Homines cSptmbs qui fe^tems umcTuTfE, 
 
 El qui fugitlkis si^rilus iiidunt c6mp^d"es, 80 
 
 Mims^sTulfey^ac^u^t nie/i quiflem seniteiitia. 
 
 Kai)^/ioc K^HiHii^^^lfo sfM fcilunraSce'd'it malum, 
 
 Mai6r lubi io^t f utere^tjfaceire n^f^uiter. 
 
 Nam SQ^ catejnis e:5/imunt/aliqu6[modo : 
 
 Turn c6irl^edTt\jiut anum liirp, pra^rerunt 85 
 
 Aut 14^ide excutiunt clMiom : nugae sunt/ eae. 
 
 Quern ti\^ddseruare r^oce, n^ijtugidtJuoles; 
 
 EscaJ-Vque pojMoii'^ uqiiMri/decet : 
 
 Apud m^nsam plenam hom6ni rostrum deliges. 
 
 Dum tu iili, quod edit 6t quod potet, praebeas . 90 
 
 Suo drbitratucZ dd fatim cottidie, 
 
 Nuinquam ^depol fugiet, tani ^tsi capital f^cerit : 
 
 Facile ddseruabis, diim eo uinclo uincies. 
 
 Ita ista^c nimis lenta uincla sunt escdria : 
 
 Quam mdgis extendas, tdnto adstringunt drtius. 95 
 
 Kam ego dd Menaechmum hunc mine eo, quo idm diu 
 
 82 nam 3fss., namque Ritschl, nam hoc MuUer. 85 tum Mss. dum 
 
 a 
 
 Ritschl, aut om. Mss. add. Bitscld. 89 homini Mss. 90 edit B. 
 91 arbitratud Ritschl, arbitratu Mss. 92 edepol te f ugiet iam et si C 
 edepol te f ugi & ^tiam & si ^ corr. Pylades. 96 nunc om. Mss. add. 
 Muller. 
 
36 PLAVTI [1 1 21-35. 1 2 1-5) 
 
 Sum iiidicatus : liltro eo, ut me uinciat. 
 
 Nam illic homo homdnes n6n alit^ uerum ^ducat 
 
 Recredtque : nuUus melius medicindm f acit, 
 
 Itdst adulescens : ipsus escae mdxumae, 100 
 
 Ceridlis cenas ddt : ita mensas ^xstruit, 
 
 Tantds struices c6ncinnat patindrias : 
 
 Standiimst in lecto, si quid de summ6 petas. 
 
 Sed mi interuallum iam h6s dies mult6s fuit : 
 
 Domi dum mi^itus sum lisque cum caris meis : 10ft 
 
 Nam n^que edo neque emo, nisi quod est carissumum. 
 
 Sed qu6niam cari, qui instruontur,'d6serunt, 
 
 Nunc dd eum inuiso. sed aperitur 6stium : 
 
 .Menaeclimum eccum ipsum uideo : progreditiir f oras. 
 
 MENAECHMVS I. PENICVLVS. 
 
 MEr Ni mdla, ni stulta sis, ni Indomita Xp' HO 
 
 Imp6sque animi, quod uiro esse odio vaJ^ 
 Videds, tute tibi odio hdbeas. 
 JPra^terhac si mihi tdle post hiinc diem 
 Fdxis,^^x6 foris uidua uisds patrem : 
 Nam qu6tiens foras ire nolo, 115 
 
 Me retines, reuocas, r6gitas, 
 
 Qu6 ego eam, qudm rem agam, quid negoti geram, 115 11 
 Quid petam, quid feram, quid foris ^gerim. 
 P6rtitor^m domum diixi : ita omn^m mihi 
 R6m necesse ^loquist, quicquid egi dtque ago. 120 
 
 98 homines Mss., homones Brix, hercle homines RitschL 101 men- 
 sam Mss., mensas Festus, RitschL 105 Domo B, domitus Mss., sum- 
 mus que B. corr. Madvig. 107 id quoque iam Mss., sed quoniam 
 RitschL 1 10 sis Mss., sies Bothe, RitschL 118 egerira corr. B, legerim 
 BaC. 
 
1 2 10-27] MENAECHMI. 37 
 
 Nimium ego te liabui delicatam. nunc adeo, ut factiirus, 
 dicam. 
 Quando ego tibi ancillas, pennm, 120 R 
 
 Lanam, aiirum, uesteni, purpnram. 
 Bene praebeo nee quicquam eges, 
 Mal6 cauebis, si sapis : 125 
 
 Virum 6bseruare d^sines. 
 Atque adeo, ne m6 nequicquam serues, ob earn indiistriam 
 H6die dueam sc6rtum atque ad cenam dliquo condicdm 
 V ^ c foras. 
 
 Vy /<Pe. illic homo se ux6ri simulat mdle loqui, loquitiir 
 mihi: 125 R 
 
 Ndm si foris cendt, profectome,liaud uxorenij ulciscitur. 130__ 
 Me. Eiiax, iurgio hercle tandem ux6rem abegi ab idnua. 
 Vbi sunt amatores mariti ? d6na quid cessdnt mihi 
 Conferre omnes congrdtulantes, quia pugnaui f 6rtiter ? 
 Hdnc modo uxori intus pallam siirrupui : ad scortdm 
 fero. 130 R 
 
 Sic huic decet dari facete u6rba custodi catae. 135 
 
 Hoc f acinus pulcrumst, h6c probumst, hoc l^pidumst, hoc 
 
 factiimst fabre : 
 [Me6 malo a mala dbstuli hoc : ad amicam defer^tur.] 
 Au6rti praedam ab h6stibus nostrum salute s6cium. 
 Pe. Heiis adulescens, ecqua in istac pdrs inest praemi 
 mihi? 135 R 
 
 Me. Perii, in insidi^s deueni. Pe. Immo in praesidium. 
 ne time. 140 
 
 121 ego om. Ritsdd. 128 ad cenam atque aliquo Mss., Em. Pau- 
 viier. 133 quia BhCD, qui Ba, Bitschl. 135 hoc Mss. corr. Colvius. 
 136 factust Mss. 137 damnum Mss., amicam Brix. 139 et qua Ba 
 C, corr. B, praemi mihi Gulielmus, pre mihi Mss., praeda mihi 
 Camerarius. , k P~ 
 
38 PLAVTI [1 2 28-42 
 
 Me. Quis homost ? Pe. Ego sum. Me. m6a commo- 
 
 ditas, 6 mea opportiinitas, 
 Sdlue. Pe. Salue. Me. Quid agis ? Pe. Teneo d^xtera 
 
 genium meum. 
 Me. N6n potuisti mdgis per tempus mi dduenire quam 
 — -V , aduenis. 
 
 Pe. Ita ego soleo : c6mmoditatis 6mms articul6s scio. 140 R 
 ~~lsfE. Vin tu facinus luculentum inspicere? Pe. Quis id 
 
 coxit coquos ? 145 
 
 Idm sciam, si quid titubatumst^ libi reliquias uidero. 
 Me. Die mi, en umquam id uidisti tdbulam pictam in 
 --. pdriete, 
 
 Vbi aquila Catameitum raperet, aiit ubi Venus Ad6neum ? 
 Pe. Saepe. sed quid ista6 picturae ad me dttinent ? 
 
 Me. Age me dspice. 145 R 
 
 Ecquid adsimul6 similiter ? Pe. Quis istest ornatiis 
 
 tuos ? J 150 
 
 Me. Die hominem lepidissumum esse m^d. Pe. Vbi 
 
 essurisumus? 
 • Me. Die modo hoc quod 6go te iubeo. Pe. Dico : homo 
 
 lepidissume. 
 Me. ficquid audes de tuo istuc dddere ? Pe. Atque 
 
 hilarissume. 
 Me. P6rge. Pe. Non per go h^rcle itero, nisi scio qua 
 
 grdtia. 150 R 
 
 Litigium tibist cum uxore : eo mi dbs te caueo caiitius. 155 
 ^^ .* * # # =^ # # 
 
 145 quis Mss., qui Bothe, Bitschl. 147 nuqua C, numqua B, num- 
 quam Salmasius, en umquam Brix. 148 catamei turn Ba, catami- 
 tura corr. B,csite mei turn C. 150 qui istic est ornatus tuus BC, em. 
 Mailer. 151 me Mss., med Fleckeisen, ubi nos essuri sumus Ritschl. 
 154 uero om. Mss. add. Bitschl. 155 o JB, oh C, eo Ritschl. 
 
1 2 43-591 MENAECHMI. - 39 
 
 Clam lixorem ubi sepiilcrum habeamus, liiinc comburamus 
 diem. • 155 R 
 
 Pe. Age sane igitur, qudiido aequom oras, qudm mox 
 iiicend6 rogiim ? 
 
 Dies qiiidem iam ad dmbilicum est dimidiatus m6rtuos. 
 
 Me. T^ morare, milii quom obloquere. Pe. 6culum 
 ecfodito p^r solum 160 
 
 Mitii, Menaechme, si lillum uerbum f 4xo, nisi quod iiisseris. 
 
 Me. C6ncede hue a f6ribus. Pe. Fiat. Me. £tiam con- 
 cede hue. . Pe. Licet. 
 
 Me. Etiam nunc concede audacter kh leonin6 cauo. 
 
 Pe. Eu, edepol ne tu, lit ego opinor, 6sses agitat6r pro- 
 bus. 160 R 
 
 Me. Quidum ? Pe. Ne te ux6r sequatur, r^spectas 
 id^ntidem. 165 
 
 Me. S^d quid ais ? Pe. Egone ? id enim quod tu uis, id 
 aio atque id nego. 
 
 Me. ]^cquid tu de od6re possis^ si quid forte olf^ceris, 
 
 Fdcere coniectiiram ? Pe. Captum si siet collegium, 
 
 Cuo . . s . . ata • . . 165 R 
 
 Me. Age dum, odorare hdnc quam ego habeo pdllam: 
 quid olet ? dpstines ? 170 
 
 Pe. Siimmum oportet 61factare u^stimentum miiliebre : 
 
 Nam ^x istoc loc6 spurcatur ndsum odore inMtili. 
 
 Me. 6lfacta igitur hinc, Penicule : ut l^pide fastidis. 
 
 Pe. Olet. 
 
 Me. Quid igitur ? quid ol^t ? responde. Pe. Fiirtum, 
 scortum, prdndium. 170 R 
 
 157 hunc Brix, atque hunc Mss. 159 dimidiatus mortuost Gel- 
 lius III. 14, Ritschl. 160 per solum Mss., semorum Bueche/er, pessu- 
 lo, Madvig. 166 ais Pylades, agis Mss. 168 sit Mss., siet Bothe. 
 172 inlucido Mss., inlutibili Nonius, inlutili Ritschl. 173 olet Seyffert, 
 Philol. xxvii. 452, decet 7l/.ss. 
 
40 PLAVTI [1 2 G0-G7. 1 3 1-7 
 
 Tibi * * * * * ^175 
 
 Me. j^locutu's # # * # j^ 
 
 Nunc ad amicam d^feretur h^nc meretricem Er6tium. 
 Mihi, tibi at que illi iubebo iam ddparari pr indium : 
 fnde usque ad diiirnam stellam crdstinam potdbimus. 175 R 
 Pe. Eli, expedite fdbulatu's. idm foris f erio ? Me. Feri, 180 
 V^l mane etiam. Pe. Mille passum c6mmoratu's cdntha- 
 
 rum. 
 Me. Pldcide pulta. Pe. M6tuis credo, n6 fores Samia^ 
 
 sient. 
 Me. Mdne mane, obsecro h^rcle: eapse eccam 6xit. ah, 
 
 sol^m uide, 180 R 
 
 Sdtin ut occaecdtust prae huius c6rporis cand6ribus ? 
 
 erotivm. PENICVLVS. MENAECHMVS I. 
 
 Er. Anime mei, Mena^chme, salue. Pe. Quid ego ? 
 
 Er. Extra numerum 6s mihi. 185 
 
 Pe. fdem istuc aliis ddscriptiuis fieri ad legion^m solet. 
 Me. ]figo isti ac mihi hodie ddparari iiissim apud te prc6- 
 
 lium. ' 185 R 
 
 Er. H6die id fiet. Pe. fn eo uterque pro^lio potdbimus. 
 Vter ibi meli6r bellator 6rit inuentus cdntharo, 
 Tiios est : legito ac iiidicato, cum utrof^ hanc noctem sies. 190 
 Me. Vt ego uxorem, m^a uoluptas, libi te aspicio, odi male. 
 
 180 ferio foris A, Ritschl, fores ferio BC. 183 eapse Acidalius, 
 ab se Mss., ecca Mss. corr. Bothe, ah Bothe, o C, oh B, uide Acidalius, 
 Becker, uides Mss. 184 occaecatus Mss., occaecatust Pylades. 
 185 mei Ba, mi Bh. 186 fieri ad legionem Varro L. L. vii. 56, 
 ad legionem fieri Mss. 187 istic Mss., isti ac Acidalius, iussi Mss. 
 corr. Acidalius. 188 Er. 07n. Mss., flet Mss. corr. Gruter Pe. om. 
 Mss., pro ilio Mss. corr. Scaliger. 190 tuest legio adiudicato Mss., 
 utrod Ritschl. 191 Me. om. Mss. 
 
1 3 8-25] MENAECHMI. 41 
 
 Ek. fnterim ncquis quin eius dliquid inclutus sies. 190 R 
 
 Quid hoc est ? Me. Induuiae tuae atqiie ux6ris exuuia^, rosa. 
 
 "^ Er. Siiperas facile, ut superior sis mihi quam quisquam 
 
 qui impetrant. 
 Pe. M^retrix tantisp^r blanditur, diim illud quod rapidt 
 
 uidet ; 195 
 
 Kdm si amabas, idm oportebat ndsum abreptum m6rdi- 
 
 ^^^ cus. 195 R 
 
 Me. Siistine hoc, Penicule : exuuias f dcere quas uoui uolo. 
 Pe. C6do, sed obsecro hercle, salta sic cum palla p6stea. 
 Me. Ego saltabo ? sdnus hercle n6n es. Pe. Egone an 
 
 tii magis ? 
 Si non saltas, ^xue igitur. Me. Nimio ego hanc perl- 
 
 culo 200 
 
 Siirrupui hodie. me6 quidem animo ab Hippolyta sub- 
 
 cingulum 200 R 
 
 r Hercules haud a^que magno umquam dbstulit periculo. 
 
 Cdpe tibi hanc : quando lina uiuis meis inorigera m6ribus. 
 Xj' __Er. H6c animo dec^t animatos esse amator^s probos. 
 
 Pe. Qui quidem ad mendicitatem s6 properent detrii- 
 
 dere. 205 
 
 Me. Qudttuor minis ego istanc dnno emi uxori meae. 205 R 
 
 ^ Pe. Qudttuor mina^ perierunt pldne, ut ratio redditur. 
 
 Me. Scin quid uolo ego te dccurare ? Er. C^do, curabo 
 
 qua^ uoles. 
 Me. lube igitur tribus n6bis apud te prdndium accurdrier 
 
 192 sis Mss., sies Pylades. 197 quas suo uiuolo B (uiuilo C) corr. 
 Camerarius. 198 Pe. om. Mss. 199 Me. om. Mss., Pe. om. Mss. 202 haud 
 hercle seque B, aud hercule seque C, Hercules haud Lambinus. 
 203 mieis BC. 204 Pen. Mss. 205 Pe. om. Mss., proderent BC. 
 206 ego mi istanc anno Mss. 208 uolo te A, uolo ego te BC, uolo 
 ted Wagner scio Mss., si scio Acidalius, ubi scio Ussing, hauscio 
 Ritschl, cedo Brix. 
 
42 ^'^ PLAVTl [1 3 26-35. 14 1-7 
 
 Atque aliquid scitdmentorum de foro obsondrier : 210 
 
 GUndioniddm suillum aut Idridum pern6nidam 210 R 
 
 Aut sincip.utam6nta porcina aiit aliquid ad eiim modum, 
 Mddida quae mi adp6sita in mensa miluinam stiggerant. 
 Atque actutum. Er. Licet ecastor. Me. N6s prodimus 
 
 4d forum : 
 lam hie nos erimus. ddm coquetur, interim potdbimus. 215 
 Er. Qudndo uis, ueni: parata r^s erit. Me. Proper^ 
 
 modo. 215 R 
 
 S^quere tu me. Pe. Ego hercle uero te 6t seruabo et t6 
 
 sequar, 
 Neque hodie, ut te p^rdam, meream de6rum diuitids mihi. 
 Er. jfiuocate intiis Culindrum mihi coquom actutdm foras. 
 
 EROTIVM. CVLINDRVS. 
 
 Er. Sp6rtulam cape dtque argentum. ^ccos tris numm6s 
 habes. 220 
 
 Cv. Hdbeo, Er. Abi atque obsonium adfer. tribus uide 
 quod sit satis : 220 R 
 
 IST^que defiat n^que supersit. Cv. Quoins modi i homi- 
 nes erunt ? 
 
 Er. !lfigo et Menaechmus 6t parasitus ^ius. Cv. lam isti 
 sunt decem. 
 
 Ndm parasitus 6cto homonum munus facile fungitur. 
 
 Er. lElocuta siim conuiuas : c^terum cura. Cv. Ilicet. 225 
 
 C6cta sunt : iube iie accubitum. Er. R^di cito. Cv. lam 
 ego hie ero. 225 R 
 
 210 sit amentorura Mss. corr. Turnebus. 211 sullam BC, corr. 
 Scaliger, laridum aut pernonidem A. 212 sinciputamenta A, sinci- 
 pitamenta BCD. 213 mensam Mss. corr. Lambinus. 215 quoquitur 
 Mss. corr. Bothe. 217 me om. Mss. add. Lambinus. 222 hiomines BC. 
 224 homimum Mss., homonum, Brix. 225 curarilicet A, curaticet 
 BC, cura ilicet Buecheler. 
 
2 1 1-21] MENAECHMI. 43 
 
 ACTVS II. 
 
 MENAECHMVS II. MESSENIO. 
 
 (f' 
 
 Y 
 
 Me. VoMptas nuUast nduitis, Mess^nio, 
 Mai6r meo animo, qudm si quam ex alt6 procul 
 Terrdm conspiciunt. Mes. Mdior, non dicdm dolo, 
 Si adu^niens terrain uideas, quae fuerit tua. 230 
 
 Sed quaeso, quamobrem mine Epidamnum u^nimus ? 230 K 
 An qudsi mare omnis circnmimns iiisulas ? 
 Me. Fratr^m quaesitum g^miimm germamim meum. 
 Mes. Nam quid modi futdrumst ilium qua^rere ? 
 Hie dnnus sextust, p6stquam ei rei oper^m damns. 235 
 Histr6s, Hispanos, Mdssiliensis, Hilurios^ 235 R 
 
 Mare superum omne Gra^ciamque ex6ticam — 
 Ordsque Italicas 6mnis, qua adgreditiir mare, 
 Sumus circumuecti. bei acum, credo, quaereres, 
 Acum inuenisses, sei dppareret, idm diu. 240 
 
 Hominem inter uiuos qua^ritamus m6rtuom : 240 R 
 
 Nam inu^nissemus idm diu, sei uiueret. 
 "'^^E. Ergo istuc quaero c^rtum qui facidt mihi, 
 Quel s6se deicat scire, eum esse em6rtuom : 
 Operdm praeterea niinquam sumam qua^rere. 245 
 
 Verum dliter uiuos niimquam desistam ^xsequi : 245 R 
 Ego ilium scio quam cdrus sit cordi meo. 
 
 227 uoluptas nulla est A, nullast uoluptas BC. 228 si quam 
 Brix, qum G, quum B. 230 quam si Mss. corr. Acidalius. 235 sex- 
 tu8 A, sextus est BC, ei rei Gruter, ire hi Mss. 239 sei A, si alii. 
 240 sei A, si alii, tarn diu Mss. corr. Gulielmus. 242 sei A, si alii. 
 244 quei A, qui alii, deicat A, dicat alii, mortuum B. 245 summam 
 A. 247 carus sit cordi A, cordi sit carus BC. 
 
44 PLAVTI [2 i 22-43 
 
 Mes. In scirpo nodum qua^ris. quin nos liinc domum 
 
 Redimus, nisi si hist6riam scripturi snmus ? 
 
 Me. Dictum haiH facessas d6ctum, si caueds malo. 2m 
 
 Molestus ne sis : n6n tuo hoc fi^t modo. 250 li 
 
 Mes. Em, illoc enim uerbo^sse me seru6m scio: 
 
 Non p6tuit paucis pldra plane pr61oqui. 
 
 Veriim tamen nequeo c6ntineri quin loquar. 
 
 Audin, Menaechme ? quom inspicio marsiippium, 255 
 
 Vidticati hercle ddmodum aestiue sumus. 255 R 
 
 Ne tu hercle, opinor, nisi domum reu6rteris, 
 
 Vbi nil habebis, g^minum dum quaeris, gemes. 
 
 Nam itdst haec hominum ndtio : in Epiddmnieis 
 
 Voluptdrii atque p6tatores mdxumei; 260 
 
 Tum siicophantae et pdlpatores pMrumei 260 11 
 
 In lirbe hac habitant : tiim meretrices miilieres 
 
 Nusqudm perhibentur bldndiores gentium. 
 
 Pjopt^rea huic urbei n6men Epidamno inditumst, 
 
 Quia n^mo ferme sine damno hue deu6rtitur. 265 
 
 Me. Ego istiic cauebo. c6do dum hue mihi marsiip- 
 
 pium. 265 R 
 
 Mes. Quid e6 uis ? Me. lam aps te m^tuo de uer^bis tuis. 
 Mes. Quid m^tuis ? Me. Ne mihi damnum in Epidamn6 
 
 duas. 
 Tu amdtor magnus miilierum es, Mess^nio, 
 
 250 dictum fac cessas Mss., facessas Saracenus, hau facessas Bri'x, 
 datura edis caueas Mss., doctum et discaueas Camerarius, doctum si 
 caueas Brix. 254 continere Mss. coir. Fleckeisen. 255 Adi B. 
 258 quaeris BC, quaeres A, gemes natio epidamnia Nam ita est liec 
 hominii uoluptarii BC, corr. Ritschl. 259 Epidamnieis A. 260 max- 
 umei A. 261 plurumei A. 264 urbei A. 265 sine damno hue A, 
 hue sine damno BC. 266 mihi hoc BC. 268 diis Mss. 269 magnus 
 amator Mss. transp. Fleckeisen 
 
^ 1 44-47. 2 2 I-ID] MENAECHMI. 45 
 
 Ego aiitem homo iracdndus, animi p^rditi : 270 
 
 Id utrumque, argentum qudndo liabebo, cduero, 270 R 
 
 Ne tii delinquas n^ue ego irascdr tibi. 
 Mes. Cape dtque serua i me lubente f ^ceris. 
 
 CVLINDRVS. MENAECIIMVS II. MESSENIO. >>0 
 
 Cv. Bene 6psonaui atque ^x mea sent^ntia : 
 Bonum dnteponam prdndium prans6ribus. 275 
 
 Sed ecciim Menaechmum uideo. uae terg6 meo : 275 R 
 Prius idm conuiuae o6dmbulant ante 6stmm, 
 Quam ego 6psonatu r^deo. adibo atque ddloquar, 
 Mena^clime, salue. Me. Di te amabunt, quisquis es. 
 ^ * * * ^ quis ego sim ? 280 
 
 Mes. Non h^rcle uero. Cv. Vbi conuiuae c6teri ? 280 R 
 Me. Quos tii conuiuas qua^ris ? Cv. Parasitum tuom. 
 Me. Meiim parasitum ? c^rto hie insaniist homo. 
 Mes. Dixin tibi esse hie sScophantas pMrumos ? 
 * * * # # # # # 285 
 
 Me. Quem tiiparasitum qua^ris, adulesc^ns, meum ? 
 Cv. PeniculumV^^^ilEsV^ccum in uidulo salu6m fero. 
 Cv. Mena^chme, numefo hue dduenis ad prdndium: 
 Nunc 6psonatu r^deo. Me. Kespond^ mihi, 
 Adul^scens : quibus hie pr^tiis porci u^neunt 290 
 
 Sacr^s sinceri? Cv. Niimmis. Me. Nummum a me 
 Recipe : 290 R 
 
 lube t^ piari d6 mea peciinia. 
 Nam equidem insane insanum ^sse te cert6 scio, 
 Qui mihi molestu's h6mini ignoto, quisquis es. 
 
 270 perdici B, perciti Lipsius. 271 habeo Mss. 273 iubente BC. 
 276 uideonaetergo Mss. corr. Oruter. 277 ambulant Mss. corr. Rltschl. 
 279 amabunt quisquis ego sim (sun G) BC. 283 certe Mss. corr. 
 BUschl 287 Mes. add. Goetz. 290 pretii Mss. corr. Itali. 293 in- 
 sane add. Lorenz. 
 
 r^ 
 
46 PLAVTI [2 2 23-44 
 
 Cv. Est tibi Menaechmo n6men, tantum qu6d sciam. 295 
 Me. Pro sdno loqueris, qu6m me appellas n6mine. 
 Sed libi nouisti tij. me ? Cv. Vbi ego te n6uerim, 
 Qui amicam eram meam habeas banc Er6tium ? 300 R 
 Me. Neque h^rcle ego habeo n^que te, qui homo sis, scio. 
 Cv. Culindrus ego sum : n6n nosti nomen meum ? 300 
 Me. Sei tii Culindrus seii Colindru's, p^rieris. 295 R 
 Ego t6 non noui n^que nouisse ade6 uolo. 
 Cv. Non scis quis ego sim, qui tibi saepissume 
 Cuathisso apud nos, qudndo potas ? Mes. Hei mihi, 
 Quom nihil est, qui illic h6mini dimminudm caput. 305 
 Me. Tun cuathissare mihi soles, qui ante hiinc diem 305 R 
 Epiddmnum numquam uidi neque ueni ?f' Cv. Negas ? 
 Me. Nego h^rcle uero. Cv. N6n tu in illisce a^dibus 
 Habes ? JVEe., Di illos homines, qui illic habitant, p^rduint. 
 Cv. Insjinit hie quidem, qui ipsi/s male dicit sibi. 310 
 Audin, Menaechme ? Me. Quid uis ? Cv. Si me c6n- 
 sulas, 310 R 
 Nummum ilium quem mihi diidum pollicitd's dare, 
 lubeds, si sapias, p6rculum adferri tibi. 
 Nam tii quidem hercle c^rto non sand's satis, 
 Menaechme, qui nunc ipsus male dicds tibi. 315 
 Me. Heu, hercle homonem miiltum et odiosiim mihi. 
 Cv. Solet iocari sa^pe mecum ill6c modo. 
 Quam uis ridiculus ^st, ubi uxor n6n adest. 
 Quid ais tu ? Me. Quid uis, n^quam ? Cv. Satin hoc, 
 q^duides, V^V^^^ 
 
 297 tu add. Pylades. 298 habeas eram meam Mss. corr. Ritschl. 
 299 ego om. BC. 301 seu Mss., seiBtix. 305 illi Mss., illic Ritschl. 
 
 309 habitas Mss., habes Seyffert, que illic Mss., perdunt Mss. 
 
 310 equidem Mss., quidem Bothe, id se Mss., ipse Itali, ipsus Lucks. 
 316 tu hercle hominem Mss. 319 inquam 3Iss., nequam Ritschl. 
 
2 2 45-69] MENAECHMI. 47 
 
 Tribus u6bis opsonatumst an opsono dmplius, 320 
 
 Tibi 6t parasito et mulieri ? Me. Quas mulieres, 
 
 Quos tu parasites 16quere ? Mes. Quod te urg^t scelus, 
 
 Qui huic sis molestus ? -Cv. Quid tibi meciimst rei ? 
 
 Ego t6 non noui : cum h6c, quern noui, fdbulor. 
 
 Me. Non edepol tu homo sdnus es, cert6 scio. 325 
 
 C V. iam ego Iiaec madebunt f dxo : nil mordbitur. 
 
 ft"oin tii ne quo abeas 16ngius ab a^dibus. 
 
 Numquid uis ? Me. Vt eas mdxumam maldm crucemd^ 
 
 Cv. Ire hercle meliust te interim atque acciimbere, 
 
 Dum ego haec appono ad V61cani uiol^ntiam. 380 
 
 Ibo intro et dicam te liic adstare Er6tio, 
 
 Vt te hinc abducat p6tius quam hie adstes foris. ji^^t 
 
 Me. lamne dbiit ? ahiit. Edepol haud menddcia 
 
 Tua uerba experior 6sse. Mes. Obseruat6 modo : 
 
 Nam istic meretricem cr6do habitare miilierem, 335 
 
 Vt quidem ille insanu^ dixit, qui hinc abiit modo. 
 
 Me. Sed miror, qui ille n6uerit nom6n meum. 
 
 Mes. Minume hercle mirum : m6rem hunc meretric^s 
 
 habent : 
 Ad p6rtum mittunt s^ruolos, ancillulas : 
 Si qua6 peregrina nduis in portum dduenit, 340 
 
 K^ Rogitdnt quoiatis sit, quid ei nomen siet : 
 j\ Postilla extempio se ddplicant, adgliitinant : 
 p^ Si p^llexerunt, p^rditum^'amittunt domum. 
 Nunc in istoc portu stdt nauis praedat6ria, 
 
 3'26 ego Atidalius, ergo Mss. 327 habeas BC. 329 ire hercle 
 meliust te interim atque Mss., te ire hercle meliust intro iam Ritschl, 
 Brix. 330 ergo BC. 333 abiit add. Gruter. 334 exteriores e ob- 
 seruato BC corr. Lipsius. 340 sed qua Ba, sed quia C, si qua Bb, 
 si quae Ritschl. 341 rogant B. 342 post illae B, post ille C corr. 
 Guliebnus. 
 
,48 . L^^-^^A PLAVTI. [2 2 70-75. 2 3 1-17 
 
 O ^ • ' ■;. V 
 
 .Aps qud cauendum ii6bis sane c^nseo. ,^^ 345 
 
 Me. Mones quidem hercle r^cte. Mes. Turn demiim sciam 
 Rect6 monuisse, si tu recte cdueris. 
 Me. Tace diim parumper : ndm concrepuit 6stium. 
 Videdmus, qui liinc egreditur. Mes. Hoc ponam interim. 
 Ads^ruatote haec sdltis, naual^s pedes. 350 
 
 EEOTIVM. MENAE€HMVS II. MESSENIO. 
 
 Er. Sine f 6ris sic : abi, nolo 6periri : 
 Intiis para, curd : uide, 
 Quod opust, fiat, sternite lectos, 
 Incondite odores : miinditia 
 Inl^cebra animost amdntium. 355 
 
 ~~' Amdnti amoenitds malost, nobis lucrost. 
 Sed ubi illest, quern coquos dnte aedis ait 6sse ? atque 
 eccum uideo, \ ^ ^ijfcp^ 
 
 Qui mi 6st usui et plurdmum pfodesr:^ 
 Item huic vdtro fit, lit meret, potissumus nostrae ut sit domi. 
 ^— -- Nunc 6um adibo: adloquar liltro. 360 
 
 Animule mi, milii mird uidentur 
 Te hie stdre foris, fores quoi pateant 
 Magis, qudm domus tua, domus quom ha^c tua sit. . 
 
 Omn6 paratumst, 
 Vt idssisti atque ut u61uisti, 365 
 
 Neque tibi iamst uUa mora intus. 
 Prandium, ut iussisti, hie curatumst : ^j^ 
 Vbi lubet, ilicet acctibitum. ^.wSv^'^^, "^^^ 
 
 349 hinc creditur BaC. 350 sultis Pi/lades, si uoltis Mss. 
 355 amantuni CD, amantium B. 356 malo si B, malosr C, malo 
 est Camerarius. 357 aedis se ait se Mss. 358 propest BC. 359 domi 
 ut sit BC. corr. Ritschl. 364 parasitust BC, paratust corr. B. 366 iam 
 add. G. Hermann. 368 ire licet Mss., ilicet Brix. 
 
2 3 18-30] . MENAECHMI. 49 
 
 Me. Quicum haec mulier 16quitur ? Er. Equidem t^cum. 
 
 Me. Quid mecuni tibi 
 Fiiit umquam aut nunc 6st negoti ? Er. Quia pol te unum 
 
 ex 6mnibus 370 
 
 Venus nie uoluit mdgnificare : n^que id hand imHierit6 tuo. 
 Nam ^castor solus bene factis tuis me florent^m facis. 
 Me. C^rto haec mulier aut insana aut ^briast, Mess^nio, 
 Qua6 hominem ignotiim conpellet m^ tam famiK Writer. 
 Mes. Dixin ego istaec hie solere fieri ? folia nunc 
 
 cadunt, 375 
 
 Prae lit si triduom h6o hie erimus : tum drbores in t6 
 
 cadent. 
 Nam ita sunt hie meretrices : omnes ^lecebrae argentdriae. 
 S^d sine me duin hanc c6mpellare. hens mulier, tibi 
 
 dic6. Er. Quid est ? 
 Mes. Vbi tu hunc hominem nouisti ? Er. Ibidem, ubi 
 
 hie me idm diu. 
 f n Epidamno. Mes. fn Epidamno ? qui hiic in hanc 
 
 urb^m pedem, 380 
 
 Nisi hodie, numquam intro tetulit ? Er. H(^ia, delicids - . 
 
 fecis.5f ^^ 
 
 Mi Menaechme, quin amabo is intro ? hie tibi erit r^ctiusr* 
 Me. Ha^c quidem edepol r6cte appellat me6 me mulier 
 
 n6mine. 
 Nimis miror, quid hoc sit negoti. Mes. Oboluit marsdp- 
 
 pium 
 Huic istuc, quod hab^s. Me. Atque edepol tu me monu- 
 
 isti probe. .. > " ^ 385 
 
 Accipe dum hoc : iam scibo, utrum haec me mdge amet 
 
 an marsiippium. \j v-^ 
 
 Er. Edmus intro, ut prdndeamus. Me. B&e uocas : tam "^ 
 
 grdtiast. 
 
V 
 
 50 PLAVTI [2 3 37-54 
 
 Er. Cdr igitur me tibi iussisti c6quere dudum prdndium? 
 Me. £gon te iussi c6qiiere ? Er. Certo tibi tu et para- 
 
 sit6 tuo. 
 Me. Quoi malum parasito ? certo haec miilier non sandst 
 . satis. 390 
 
 Er. Peniculo. Me. Quis ist^st Peniculus ? qui extergen- 
 
 tur bdxeae ? v i/^^ V 
 
 Er. Scilicet qui diidum tecum u^nit, quoim palldm mihi 
 D^tulisti, qudm ab uxore tud surrupuisti. Me. Quid 
 
 _est? 
 Tibi pallam dedi, quam uxori mea6 surrupui ? sdnan es ? 
 Certo haec mulier cdnterino ritud astans s6mniat. 395 
 Er. Qui lubet ludibrio habere me dtque ire infitids mihi 
 Fdcta quae sunt ? Me. Die quid est id qu^d neggia, quod 
 
 f^cerim ?   V ' ^ 
 
 Er. Pdllam te hodie mihi dedisse ux6ris. Me. Etiam 
 
 mine nego. 
 iSgo quidem neque umquam uxorem hdbui neque habe6 - 
 
 neque hue 
 Vmquam, postquam ndtus sum, intra p6rtam penetrauC 
 
 pedem. 40C 
 
 ^'^l^rdndi in naui: inde hue sum egressus et te conueni. 
 
 Er. £ccere, 
 P^rii misera. qudm tu mihi nunc nduem narras ? Me. Lig- 
 
 neam, ^^o^^^^^^"^ ^l^v^Kr^^^^ 
 Sa^pe tritam^sa^pe fissam, sa^pe excusam mdlleo. 
 Qudsi supellex p^llionis^ : pdlus palo pr6xumust. 
 
 389 egone Mss. corr. Bothe, tu add. Ritschl. 391 bexeae Mss. corr. 
 Scntarius. 395 eerto F, Brix, Wagner, et al, certe BC, ritu Mss.^ 
 ritud Ritschl Neue Plant, ere. I. p. 64. 401 et add. liitschl, hie Wag. 
 ner. 403 fixam Mss. corr. Ritschl, excussam Mss. corr. Scaliger. 
 404 pellionis 3fss. corr. Ritschl. 
 
2 3 54-73] MENAECHMI. 51 
 
 Ek. I4m amabo, desiste ludos fdcere atque i hac mecum 
 
 semiil. 405 
 
 Me. N^scio quern tu, mulier, alium h6miiiem, non me 
 
 quaeritas. 
 Er. ]Sr6ii ego te noui Menaechmuni, M6scho prognatum 
 
 patre, 
 Qui Suracusis perhibere ndtus esse in Sicilia, 
 Vbi rex Agathocl^s regnator fuit, et iterum Pintia, 410 
 T^rtium Lipar6, qui in morte r^gnum Hieroni trddidit, 
 Ndnc Hierost ? Me. Haikl fdlsa^ mulier, , pra^dicas. .^^ 
 
 Mes. Pro luppiter, O^A;^ ^^pjcx>^^ 
 
 Niim istaec mulier illinc uenit, qua^ te nouit tdm cate ? ^ 
 
 * # * #.# # # # 
 
 Me. H^rcle opinor pefnegari n6n potest. Mes. Ne 
 f^ceris. 415 
 
 P^iJ.sti, si intrdssis intra limen. Me. Quin tu tdce modo : ~" - 
 
 * ^ # # , _ # # # * i^<^ 
 Bene res geritur. 4f^sentaboi;, quicquid dicet, miilieri, >^^^ 
 
 . Si possum nospitfum nancisci. idm dudum, mulier, tibi 
 ^y^a/r^-^^Hon inprudens aduorsabar : hiinc metuebam n6 meae 420 
 ^ ^__Vxori renui^itiaret de palla et de prdndio. ^,o' 
 
 Nunc quMdo uis, edmus intro. Er. jStiam parasitiim , 
 
 manes T'-'j'^-y ^-^y^ 
 Me. Neque ego ilium mane6 neque flocci fdcio, neque si 
 
 u^nerit, 
 Eiim nolo intro mitti. Er. Ecastor haiid inuita f^cero. 
 S^d scin quid te amdbo ut facias ? IMe. Impera quiduis 
 modo. 425 
 
 Er. Pdllam illam quam di\dum dederas, dd phrygionem 
 
 ut d^feras, 
 Vt reconcinn^tur atque ut 6pera addantur qua^ nolo. 
 
 405 desine Mss., desiste FlecTceisen. 406 nescio quelii B, nam quera 
 C, tu add. Stiidemiind. 410 pinthia Mss. corr. Ritschl. 
 
h 
 
 "K. 
 
 52 \ PLAVTI [2 3 74-90 
 
 Me. H6rcle qui tii r^cte dicis et eadem ignordbitur, 
 Ne lixor cognoscat te habere, si in uia conspexerit. 
 Er. Ergo mox auf^rto tecum, quando abibis. Me. Mdx- 
 ume. 430 
 
 Eb. Edmus intro. Me. lam sequar ted : hiinc uolo etiam 
 
 c6nloqui. 
 £ho, Messenio, dd me accede liuc. Mes. Quid negotist ? 
 Me. Siiscipe hoc. 
 ^~^— Mes. Quid eo opust ? Me. Opiist. scio ut me dices. 
 Mes. Tan to nequior. 
 Me. Tdce # # :)t :* * # 
 
 Hdbeo praedam ; tantum incepi 6peris. ei, quantum potes 435 
 
 . Abduc istos in tabernam actiitum deuors6riam. 
 
 Tii facito ante s61em occasum ut uenias aduorsum mihi. 
 Mes. N6n tu istas meretrices nouisti, ere. Me. Tace, 
 , • ^ ^' \ inquam atque hlnc obi. 
 
 Mihi dolebit, n6n tibi, si quid ego stulte f^cero. 
 
 Miilier haec stulta dtque inscitast: qudntum perspexi 
 modo, 440 
 
 [fist hie praeda n6bis. Mes. Perii. idpane abis ? periit probe : 
 Q Diicit lembum idm dierectum nduis praedat6ria. y-' 
 
 \ Sed ego inscitus sum qui ero me p6stulerii moderdrier: .' ^ 
 
 Dicto jne emit aiidientem, hand imperatorem sibi. 
 /— \,j^' S^quimini, ut, quod imperatumst, ueniam aduorsum 
 .v^A ^- ttoperi. \^v\ ^^ ^-^ . 445 
 
 428 qui Fleckeisen, quin Afss., et add. Bri.v. 431 i iam Wagner, 
 te Mss., ted Gut/et. 432 ad me add. Ritschl, sussciri BC, suspice 
 Ussmg, suscipe Bitsckl, suscipe hoc Bn'x. 434 tace Ritschl. 435 et 
 Mss., i Gruter, ei Brix, potes Mss., potest Dousa, Bitschl, Brix. 
 437 solis Mss., solem Lambinus. 438 atque hinc abi add. Ritschl. 
 442 iam add. Ritschl. 443 insitus BC, sum add. Bitschl, quid ronie 
 C, quod romae B, qui hero me Z. 
 
3 J 1-15] MENAECHMI. 53 
 
 [ACTVS III.] V^ 
 
 PENICVLVS. 
 
 Pliis triginta ndtus annis ego sum, quom intered loci 
 Niimquam quicquam fdcimis feci p6iiis neque scelestiiis, 
 Qudm hodie, quom in c6ntionem m^diam me inmersi 
 
 miser : 
 Vbi ego dum hiet6, Menaeclimus s6 subterduxit mihi 
 Atque abiit ad amicam, credo, n^que me uoluit diicere. 450 
 Qui ilium di omnes p^rduint, quel primus commentiist*, 
 
 male ,..' ^ 
 
 C6ntionem habere, quae homines 6ccupatos 6ccupat. ,o 
 
 N6n ad eam rem herde 6tiosos h6mines decuit d^legi, 
 Qui nisi adsint qu6m citentur, census capiant ilico ? ^ 
 
 Qu qua . senatus . . . o . . one 465 J^^ 
 
 •^ q . . m 1   
 
 Adf atimst hominum, in dies qui singulas escds edint,. __ J4>£A'*^ 
 Quibus negoti nihil est, qui essum n^que uocantur n^que 
 
 uocant : 
 E6s oportet c6ntioni ddre operam atque c6mitiis. » 
 
 Si id ita esset, n6n ego hodie p<^rdidissein prdndium : 46^^ \"^ ^ 
 Quoi tam credo ddtum uoluisse qudm me uideo uiuere/^'^ ^, ^.c^ 
 Ibo ; etiamnum r61iquiarum sp6s animum oblectdt meum. \ 
 
 446 triginta annis natus Mss. transp. Gruter, ego add. Rttschl. 
 451 qui Camerarius, quo B, que C, quei primus O, que ciprimus B, 
 male add. Bitschl. 452 hac requi B, hare qui (7, habere quae 
 Pylades. 453 unos Gertz, Ussing, non saltem ad Vahlen, hercle add. 
 Bitschl. 461 quoi tam credo datum uoluisse Mss., quoi tam credi- 
 deram insoluisse Bitschl, quoi tam credo deum uoluisse Bothe, quod 
 t.'im credo deos uoluisse Brix. 
 
X ' 
 
 54 PLAVTI [3 1 lG-18. 3 2 1-23 ^ 
 
 S6d quid ego mde6 ? Menaechmus c^^m corona exit foras. 
 Siiblatumst conuiuiiun : edepol u^nio aduorsum t^mperi. 
 Obseruabo, quid agat, hominem : p6st adibo atque ddlo- 
 quar. 466 
 
 MENAECHMVS II. PENICVLVS. 
 
 Me. Potme lit quiescas, si ^go tibi hanc hodi^ probe 
 Lepid^que concinndtam referam t^mperi ? 
 Non fdxo earn esse dices : ita ignordbitur, 
 Pe. Pallam dd phrygionem f^rt confecto prdndio 
 Vin6que expoto, pdrasito exclus6 foras. 470 
 
 Non h^rcle ego is sum qui sum, ni hanc iniiiriam ^ 
 
 Meque liltus pulcre fiiero. obserua quid dabo. ; ' 
 Me. Pro di immortales, quoi homini umquam un6 die 
 Boni dedisti pliis, qui minus sperduerit ? 475 
 
 Prandij'potaui, scortum accubui, dpstuli 
 (> Hanc, qu6ius heres niimquam erit post hiinc diem. 
 Pe. ]Sreque6, quae loquitur, 6xaudire cldnculum. 
 [Satiir nunc loquitur d6 me et de parti mea.] 
 Me. Ait hdnc dedisse m6 sibi atque eam m^ meae 480 
 Vx6ri surrupuisse. quoniam s^ntio 
 , O^^^'^^rrdre, extemplo, qudsi res cum ea ess6t mibi, 
 Coepi ddsentari : miilier quicquid dixerat. 
 Idem 6go dicebam. quid multis uerbis o'pust ? 
 Min6re nusquam b^ne fui disp^ndio. 485 
 
 Pe. Adibo ad hominem : ndm turbare g^stio. 
 Me. Quis hie 6st, qui aduorsus it mihi ? Pe. Quid.ais, homo 
 Leui6r quam pluma, p^ssume et nequissume, 
 
 ^\^ 
 
 463 Menaechmum chorona Mss. corr. Brix. 466 sed dico B, sedco 
 C, si ego Itali, F. 471 ego add. Ritschl. 472 obseruatdst opus 
 Ritschl. 473 aliquid dabo Bitschl. 479 parte B. 480 me add Bothe. 
 484 opust add. Pylades. 487 aduorsus it Bothe, aduersum sit Mss. 
 
3 2 24-43] ^^' MENAECHMI^ ^ ^, ^^ h >-/ 
 
 Flagitmm liomonis, siibdole ac Winumi preti ^ t^^ 
 Quid d6 te merui, qud me causa p^rderes ? ^^^^^^^ ---^ 490 
 Vt siirrupuisti t^ mihi dudum d6 f oro, . n /;^jlAj • w 
 
 Fecisti funus m^d absent! prdndio ?- -^ "' * \ ^ 
 
 Cur aiisu's facere, quoli ego aeque her^s eram? 
 Me. Adu\^scens, quaeso, quid tibi meciimst rei, 
 Qui mihi male dicas h6mini ignoto tu insciens ?^ 495 
 
 An tibi malam rem uis pro male dictis dari ? 
 Pe. Istdm quidem edepol t6 dedisse int611ego. 
 Me. Kesp6nde, adulescens, qua^so, quid nom^n tibist ? 
 Pe. Etidm derides, qudsi nomen non n6ueris ? 
 Me. Non , Edepol ego te, qu64 sciam, umquam ante hunc 
 diem 500 
 
 Vidi neque noui : u^rum certo, quisquis es, 
 Aequ6m si facias, mihi odiosus n6n sies. 
 Pe. Non m^ nouisti ? Me. N6n negem, si n6uerim. 
 Pe. Mena^chme, uigila. Me. Vigilo hercle equidem, 
 
 " qu'od^ sciam. 
 Pe. Tu6m parasitum n6n nouisti ? Me. N6n tibi 606 
 Sanum 6st, adulescens, sinciput^ ut int^llego. 
 Pe. Resp6nde : surrupuistin uxori tuae 
 Pallam istanc hodie atque edm dedisti Er6tio ? 
 
 489 flagitium hominis Mss.y flagitium tu hominis Bitschl, hominis 
 flagitium Wagner, flagitium homonis Brix. 491 ut Mss., quid Brix. 
 492 meo absenti Mss. corr. Salmasius. 493 quoi Mss., quoii Brix, 
 ea quae heris heram EC, aeque heres eram Bothe, quoi ego adaeque 
 heres eram Ritschl. 495 homini hie noto insciens Mss., sic homini 
 ignoto sciens Ritschl, homini hie ignoto sciens Brix, homini ignoto 
 tu insciens Fowler. 497 posteam Mss., istam Vahlen. 498 tibi no- 
 menst (sit C) BC corr. Weise. 501 certe Lantjen. 502 si aequom 
 B corr. Camerarius, non Brix, ne Mss. 506 ut add. Camerarius. 
 508 earn add. Ritschl. 
 
56 PLAVTI [3 2 44-57. 3 3 1-8 
 
 Me. Neque h^rcle ego uxorem lidbeo, neque ego Er6tio 
 
 Dedi nee pallam siirrupui. Pe. Satin sdnus es ? 510 
 
 ******* 
 
 Occisast haec res. n6n ego te indutiim foras 
 
 Exire nidi pdllam ? Me. Vae capiti tuo. , o\ '' \y^ 
 
 Omnis cinaedos 6sse censes, tii quia's ? - ^^% ^ ' 
 
 Tun m6d indutum fuisse pallam pra^dicas ? 615- 
 
 Pe. Ego h^rcle uero. Me. N6n tu abis, quo dignus es, 
 
 Aut t6 piari iiibes, homo insanissume ? 
 
 Pe. Numquam ^depol quisquam me ^xorabit, quin tuae 
 
 Vx6ri rem omnem iam, lit siet gesta, ^loquar^ ^ t>0^''^ 
 
 Omn^s in te istaec r^cidetit contum^liae. . ^ ^'-' ' 620 
 
 Faxo haiid inultus prdndium com^dereis. 
 
 Me. Quid hoc ^st negoti ? sdtin, ut quemque c6nspicor, 
 
 Ita m^ ludificant ? s^d concrepuit 6stium. •, '; 
 
 ANCILLA. MENAECHMVS II. * 
 
 OV^ 
 
 An. Mena^chme, amare ait te multum Er6tium, 
 Vt h6c una opera idm ad aurificem d^feras, 525 
 
 Atque hdc ut addas auri pondod linciam 
 lubedsque spinter n6uom reconcinndrier. 
 Me. Et istiic et aliud, si quid curari uolet, 
 Me curaturum dicito, quicquid uolet. 
 An. Scin, qu6d hoc sit spinter? Me. N6scio, nisi 
 aiireum. 530 
 
 An. Hoc 6st, quod dim cldnculum ex armdrio 
 
 514 quia tu es Mss. corr. Camerarius. 515 med Bothe* Ritschl, me 
 Mss. 517 iube Mss. corr. Pylades, iubes piari Gui/et. 519 ut il/ss., 
 uti Camerarius^ sit Mss.^ siet Brix^ ego eloquar Ritschl. 521 inultus 
 A^ inultum B, multum C. 525 iam add. Ritschl, opera sibi Ussing. 
 526 hue Ritschl, hunc B, nunc C, pondo Mss., pondod Ritschl (pondo 
 unam Ritschl). 528 istuc A, istud BCD. 530 sit Mss., est Ritschl. 
 
3 3 9-31] MENAECHMI. 57 
 
 Te siirrupuisse ai^bas uxori tuae. 
 
 Me. Numquam hercle factumst. An. N6n meministi, te 
 
 6bsecro? . , . -x v^ ^ 
 
 Redde igitur spinter, si non meministi. Me. Mane. 
 Immo 6quidem memini : nempe hoc est quod illi dedi. 535 
 An. Istiic. Me. Vbi illae armillae, quas und dedi ? 
 An. Numqudm dedisti. Me. Ndm pol cmn hoc und dedi. 
 
 An. Dicdm curare ? Me. Dicito : curdbitur. 
 
 Et pdlla et spinter fdxo referantur simul. 540 
 
 An. Amdbo, mi Menaechme, inauris dd mihi, 
 
 Faciunda pondo du6m nummum staldgmia, 
 
 Vt te lubenter uideam, quom ad nos u^neris. 
 
 Me. Fidt. cedo aurum : ^go manupretium dabo. 
 
 An. Da s6des aps tec? .• ego post reddider6 tibi. 545 
 
 Me. Imm6 cedo aps ted .• ego post tibi redddm duplex— 
 
 An. Non hdbeo. Me. At tu, qudndo habebis, tiim dato. 
 
 An. Numquid uis ? ME.^Haec me curaturum dicito, 
 
 Vt, qudntum possini^^m^ieliceant, u^neant. 
 
 lamne dbiit intro ? dbiit, operuit foris. 550 
 
 Di m^ quidem omnes ddiuuant, aug^nt, amant. ^ -S"*^^"^-^ 
 
 Sed quid ego cesso, diim datur mi occdsio 
 
 Tempiisque, abire ab his locis len6niis ? 
 
 Properd, Menaechme : f^r pedem, prof^r gradum. 
 
 Demam hdnc coronam atque dbiciam ad laeudm manum, 555 
 
 532 aiebas ed. Aldin, mebas Mss. 533 te add. JRitschl. 536 armil- 
 lae sunt Mss., sunt om. Weise. 537 cum add. Ritschl. 540 refera- 
 tur A, referantur *5CZ>. 542 fatiendas Mss. corr. Pylades. 545 te 
 post reddidero Mss.., te post ego Pi/lades, te ego post Spengel, ted 
 Ritschl. 546 ted Bitschl, te Mss. 549 possint Mss., possit Scioppius. 
 550 introd Ritschl. 551 equidem Mss. corr. Bothe. 554 profer Brix, 
 confer Mss. 555 banc om. Mss. add. Nonius. 
 
58 PLAVTI [3 3 32-34. 4 11-12 4J21-3 
 
 Vt, si sequentur me, hdc abiisse c^nseant. 
 
 Ibo 6t conueniam s^niom, si poter6, meum, 
 
 Vt lia^c, quae bona dant di mihi, ex me idm sciat. 
 
 ACTVS III. 
 
 MATRONA. PENICVLVS. 
 
 Ma. Egone hie me patiar ^sse in matrim6nio, 
 
 Vbi uir compilet cldnculum, qnicquid domist, 560 
 
 Atque hinc ad amicam d^ferat ? Pe. Qnin tii taces ? 
 
 Manuf^sto faxo iam 6pprimes : sequere hdc modo. 
 
 Pallam M phrygionem ciim coronac? 6brius 
 
 Fer^bat, hodie tibi quam surrupuit domo. 
 
 Sed eccdm coronam, qudm habuit. num m^ntior ? 565 
 
 Em, hac dbiit, si uis p^rsequi uestigiis. 
 
 Atque ^depol eccum ipse 6ptume reu6rtitur, 
 
 Sed pdllam non fert. Ma. Quid ego nunc cum ill6c agam ? ^j 
 
 Pe. Id6m quod semper : mdle habeas. XjVEa. Sic c6nseo.Y^>-^ 
 
 Pe. Hue c6ncedamus : 6x insidiis aiicupa. 570 
 
 MENAECHMVS I. MATRONA. PENICVLVS. 
 
 Me. Vt h6c utimiir maxum6 more m6ro 570 b 
 Mol^stoque multum, atque uti quique siint 
 Optumi, maxum6 morem hab^nt hunc : clu^ntis* 
 
 556 ut si sequentur Nonius, si qui sequatur Mss. 558 iam add. 
 Bentley, JRitschl, mihi hie Ussing. 559 medatiar Ba, medaciar C, me 
 patiar Bh, esse add. Camerarius. 561 atque ad Mss., hinc add. Bitschl, 
 atque id ad Camerarius, atque omne ad Miiller. 563 corona Mss., 
 coronad Bitschl. 565 numnam mentior Bitschl. 567 ipse add. 
 Miiller Pros. p. 498, eccum hue Bitschl. 570 b morum Mss., morg 
 Lipsius. 572 maxumi Mss., maxume Loman. 
 
^ 
 
 /"; 
 
 b^4-28] * MENAECHMI. 59 
 
 
 Sibi 6mnis uoMnt esse miiltos : bonine an 
 Mali sint, id haiid quaeritdnt. res magis 
 
 \Qiiaeritiir, quam clu^ntum fid^s quoins modi 675 
 
 Clueat.i si ^st pauper d.tque haud maMs, nequam hab^tur : 
 Sin dines maliist, is cln^ns frngi hab^tur. 
 Qui neque leg^s neque aeqn6in bonum usqndm 
 colunt^ 
 Sollicitos patr6nos hab^nt, 
 Datiim denegdnt, quod datiimst : 680 
 
 Litium pleni, rapaces, 
 Viri fraudnl^nti, 
 
 Qni ant fa^nore ant periiiriis 
 Hab^nt rem pardtam : mens ^st in qner^lis. 
 Inris nbi dicitiir dies, sim^l patronis dicitnr : 586 
 
 [Qnippe qni pro illis loqnantnr, qnae male fecerint :] 
 
 Ant dd popnlum ant in inre ant dd indic^m rest. 
 Sicnt me hodie niiMs^ sollicitnm cln^ns qnidam habnit, 
 
 n^qne quod nolni 
 Agere ant qnicum udlui licitnmst : ita me attinuit, ita 
 
 detinuit. 
 Aput aediles pro ^ins factis plnrnmisqne p^ssumisqne 590 
 Dixi cansam : c6ndiciones t^tnli tortas, c6nfragosas.\ 
 Haiid plus, haud minus quam opus fuerat dixi, eam con- 
 
 trov6rsiam ut 
 Sp6nsio finiret. Quid ille igndvos 9 quid ? praed^m dedit. 
 
 675 clientum C, clientium JB. 576 clueat C, dueat B. 584 mense 
 in quo re Lis B, mensae inquo ire lis C. 585 iuris DFZ, uiris BC. 
 587 aut . . . aedilem A, aut ad iudiceni BC. 589 aut om. BC, au 
 4, uolui add. Ritschl, quicum lubitumst licitumst Miiller, ita me 
 detinuit C, ita denuit B. 591 detuli A, tetuli BC. 592 aut plus aut 
 minus Mss., qua A, quam opus erat multo dixeram BC. 593 ficret 
 PE. quid BC, ille qui Mss., praedem A, praedam BC. 
 
60 PLAVTl [4 2 29-44 
 
 N^c magis manuf^stum ego hominem liinquam ullum 
 
 ten^ri uidi : 
 Omnibus male fdctis testes tr^s aderant ac^rrumi. 695 
 Di ilium 6mnes perdant: ita mi hunc optumum li6die 
 
 corrupit diem : 
 Meque ddeo, qui hodi^ forum umquam 6culis inspexi meis. 
 Vbi primum licitumst, ilico properdui abire d^ foro. 
 lussi ddparari prdndium : amica exspectat m6, scio : 
 Irdtast credo mine mihi : placdbit palla qudm dedi. 600- 
 [Quam meae hodie uxori abstuli atque huic detuli ErotioJ er*^ 
 Pe. Quid ais ?.AMa. Viro me malo mdle nuptam. Pe. Satin 
 
 ,^6dis quae illic 16quitur ? 
 Ma. Satis. Me. SI sapiam, hinc intro dbeam, ubi milii 
 
 bene sit. Pe. Mane : male erit p6tius. 
 ]yfE. * =jt =Jt * # # 
 
 ^ Tristis admodumst; non mihi istuc sdtis placet, sed 
 
 cdnloquar. 
 Die, mea uxor, quid tibi aegrest ? Pe. B^Uus blanditiir 
 
 tibi. 605 
 
 Me. P6tin ut mihi mol^stus ne sis ? niim te appello ? 
 
 Ma. Auf^r manum, 
 Aiifer hinc palpdtiones. Pe. P^rge tu! Me. Quid tii 
 
 mihi 
 Tristis es ? Ma. Te scire oportet. Pe. Scit, sed dissi- 
 
 muldt nialus. 
 
 694 hominem quam ilium J. 596 mihi hunc hodie corrumpit diem 
 B corr. Brix. 698, 599 Brix, 599, 598 Mss. 698 est licitum Mss., 
 lieitum est Guyet. 599 diem compi optumnum iussi Mss. 601 meae 
 add. Ritschl, hodie om. B. 604 sed conloquar Bitschl, nugas agis 
 Mss.f " quod irrepsit E. v. 610 sq." Ritschl. 607 perge tu Mss., per- 
 gin tu Ritschl. 
 
4 2 56-53] MENAECHMT. 61 
 
 Me. Niimquis seruoriim cleliquit ? niim dncillae aut serul 
 
 tibi 
 Responsant ? el6quere : inpune n6n erit. Ma. Kugds 
 
 agis. 610 
 
 . Me. Certe familidrium aliquoi irata's ? Ma. Nugds agis. 
 
 Me. Niim mihi es irdta saltern ? Ma. Nunc tu non 
 
 nugds agis. 
 
 Me. N6n edepol deliqui quicquam.X Ma. Em, riirsum 
 
 nunc nugds agis. 
 Me. Quid illuc est, ux6r, negoti ? Ma. M6n rogas ? 
 
 Me. Vin hiinc rogem ? 
 Quid negotist ? Ma. Pdllam. Me. Pallam ? quidnam 
 "^- pallam ? Pe. Quid panes ? 615 
 
 Me. Nil equidem paue6 — nisi unum: pdlla pallorem 
 
 incutit. 
 Pe. At tu ne clam m6 comessis prdndium. perge in 
 
 uirum. 
 Me. N6n taces ? Pe. Non h^rcle uero tdceo. nutat n^ 
 
 loquar. 
 
 Me. N6n hercle ego quidem lisquam quicquam niito 
 
 neque nict6 tibi. 
 Pe. Nihil hoc confid^ntius, qui, qua^ uides, ea p^rne- 
 
 gat. 620 
 
 Me. P^r louem deosque 6mnis adiuro, lixor, — satin hoc 
 
 6st tibi ? — 
 M6 isti non nutdsse. ' Pe. Credit idm tibi de isto : illiic 
 
 redi. 
 
 609 seruet BC, serui Gruter. 613 em Mss., hem Bitschl, rurum 
 BaC, rursum Bh. 015 quidam pallam Mss., quidnam pallam Brix. 
 617 tu nee iam BaC, eomesses 3/6s., comessis Bothe, at ego tu ne 
 clam comessis Bitscld. 620 confidentius Mss., confidentiust Ritschl^ 
 Brix. 622 mei si nou, Mss. corr. Pylades, isto Bothe, istis Mss. 
 
62 PLAVTI [4 2 54-50 
 
 Me. Qu6 ego redeam ? Pe. Ad phrygionem equidem 
 
 c^nseo. ei, palldm refer. 
 Me. Qua6 istaec pallast? Pe. Tdceo iam, quando hie 
 
 rem non meminit suam. 
 Ma. Cldnculum te istaec flagitiafdcerecensebdspotis ? 625 
 N6 illam ecastor fa^nerato dbstulisti. sic datur. 
 Pe. Sic datur. properdto apsente m6 comesse prdndium : 
 P6st ante aedis ciim corona m6 derideto 6brius. 
 Me. Neque edepol ego prdndi neque hodie hiic intro 
 
 tetuli pedem. 
 Pe. Tii negas ? Me. Nego h^rcle uero. Pe. Nihil hoc 
 
 homine auddcius. 630 
 
 N6n ego te modo hie ante aedis ciim corona fl6rea 
 Vidi astare, bu6m negabas mihi esse sanum sinciput 
 Et negabas m^ nouisse, p^regrinum aibas esse te ? 
 Me. Quin u$ midum d^uorti abs te, r^deo nunc demto 
 
 domum. txJX^^ 
 
 Pe. ]S"6ui ego te. non mihi censebas ^sse, qui te ulci- 
 
 scerer : 635 
 
 6mnia hercle ux6ri dixi. Me. Quid dixisti ? Pe. N^scio. 
 Edmpse roga. Me. Quid h6c est, uxor ? quidnam hie 
 
 narrauit tibi ? 
 Quid id est ? quid tac^s ? quin dicis quid sit ? Ma. Quasi 
 
 tu n^scias. 
 N6 ego ecastor mulier misera. '' Me. Quid tu misera's ? 
 
 mi ^xpedi. 
 
 623 redeam Ritschl, egrediam Ba, ego rediam Bh, equidem ad 
 phrygionem Mss. transp. Mulier, Brix, ei Brix, i Gruter, et Mss. 
 624 hie Camerarius, hec Mss. 625 potis Lindemann^ potesse Mss. 
 630 tun Mss., tu Brix, audacius Mss., audaciust Ritschl, Brix. 
 633 alebas Mss., aibas Botke. 637 earn plus B, eampsusei C, eampse 
 Ritschl. 639 qui Mss., quid Brix. 
 
4 2 77-92] MENAECHMI. 63 
 
 Ma. Me rogas ? Me. Pol haiid rogem te, si sciam. 
 
 Pe. homin^m malum : M^j^^^ ^^\L. a 
 
 Vt dissimulat. n6n potes celare : rem nouit, prbber '^^ 
 6miiia liercle ego ^dictaiii. Me. Quid id est ? Ma. Quando 
 
 nil pudet 
 
 N^que uis tua uoliintate ipse pr6fiteri, audi dtque ades. 
 ^t quid tristis sim 6t quid hie mihi dixerit, fax6 scias. 
 Pdlla mihist dom6 surrupta. Me. Pdlla surruptdst 
 
 mihi ? 645 
 
 Pe. Viden ut te scel6stus capiat ? huic surruptast, n6n _^ 
 
 tibi : 
 Ndm profecto tibi surrupta si ^sset, salua mine foret. 
 Me. Nil mihi tecumst. s^d tu quid ais ? Ma. Pdlla, 
 
 inquam, periit domo. 
 Me. Quis eam surrupuit ? Ma. Pol istuc ille scit qui 
 
 illam dpstulit. 
 Me. Quis is homost ? Ma. Mena^chmus quidam. 
 
 Me. fidepol factum n^quiter. 650 
 
 Quis is Menaechmust? Ma. Tii istic, inquam. Me. 
 
 figone ? Ma. Tu. Me. Quis drguit ? 
 Ma. ifigomet. Pe. Et ego : atque huic amicae d^tulisti 
 
 Er6tio. 
 Me. iigOTL dedi ? Pe. Tu, tii istic, inquam. uin adferri 
 
 n6ctuam, 
 Qua6 tu tu usque dicat tibi ? nam n6s iam defessi sumus. 
 Me. P6r louem deosque 6mnis adiuro, lixor, — satin hoc 
 
 6st tibi ? — 655 
 
 641 nouit Acidaliiis, noui Mss. 643 audiat qui adest B, audeat 
 qui ades C, audi atque hue ades Ritschl. 644 sim add. Lambinus. 
 645 mihi Lambinus, tibi Mss. 646 uiden ut te Lambinus, uiden te 
 uti Ritschl, uident ut BC, capiat Mss. corr. Camerarius. 647 nunc 
 Camerarius, non Mss. 650 is Brix, hie Mss. 
 
64 PLAVTI [4 2 93-111 
 
 N6n dedisse — Pe. Immo h^rcle uero n6s, non falsum 
 
 dicere. 
 Me. S6d ego illam non c6ndonaui, s6d sic ntenddm dedi. 
 Ma. £quidem ecastor tudm nee chlamydem d6 foras nee 
 
 p Allium 
 Quoiquam utendum. miilierem aequomst u^stimentum 
 
 miiliebre 
 Ddre foras, uiriim nirile. quin refers pallam domum ? 660 
 Me. £go f axo ref er^tur. Ma. Ex re tiia, ut opinor, f eceris : 
 Nam domum numquam introibis, nisi feres palldm simul. 
 !fio domum. Pe. Quid mihi futurumst, qui tibi lianc 
 
 operdm dedi ? 
 Ma. Opera reddetiir, quando quid tibi erit surruptiim 
 
 domo. 
 Pe. fd quidem edepol niimquam erit: nam nihil est, 
 
 quod perddm, domi. 665 
 
 Qud uirum qua ux6rem di uos p^rdant. properabo dd 
 
 forum : 
 Nam ex liac familid me plane ^xcidisse int611ego. 
 Me. Mdle mi uxor ses6 fecisse c^nset, quom exclusit 
 
 foras : 
 Qudsi non habeam, quo intro mittar, dlium melior^m 
 
 locum. 
 Si tibi displice6, patiundum : at pldcuero huic Er6tio. 670 
 Qua6 me non excliidet ab se, s^d apud se occludet domi. 
 Nunc ibo, orabo At mihi pallam r^ddat, quam dudiim dedi. 
 Aliam illi redimdm meliorem. heus, Acquis hie est 
 
 ianitor ? 
 Aperite atque Er6tium aliquis ^uocate ante 6stium. 
 
 662 introd ibis Ritschl, Brix. 666 cum uiro cum uxore Mss., quon? 
 uirum turn uxorem Ritschl, qua uirum qua uxorem Fleckeisen. 
 
4 3 1-15] MENAECIIMl. ^ 65 
 
 EROTIVM. MENAECHMVS I. 
 
 Er. Quis hie me quaerit ? Me. Sibi inimieus mdgis 
 
 quist quam aetati tiiae. 675 
 
 Er. Mi Menaechme, eur ante aedis dstas ? sequere intr6. 
 
 Me. Mane. 
 Scin quid est, quod ego dd te uenio ? Er. Scio, ut tibi 
 
 ex me sit uolup. ^ 
 Me. Immo edepol pallam illam, amabo t6, quam tibi 
 
 dudum dedi, 
 Mihi eam redde : ux6r resciuit rem 6mnem, ut factumst, 
 
 6rdine. 
 Ego tibi redimdm bis tanto phiris pallam, qudm uoles. 680 
 Er. Tibi dedi equidem illam, dd phrygionem lit ferres, 
 
 paul6 prius, 
 Et illud spinter, lit ad aurificem ferres, ut fier^t nouom. 
 Me. Milii tu ut dederis pdllam et spinter ? niimquam 
 
 factum reperies. 
 Nam 6go quidem postquam illam dudum tibi dedi atque 
 
 abii dd forum^ 
 Niinc redeo, nunc t6 postill^c^uideo. ^ Er. Video, qudm 
 
 rem agis : 685 
 
 Qua6 conmisi, ut m6 defrudes, dd eam rem adfectds 
 
 uiam. 
 Me. N6que edepol te d^frudandi caiisa posco : quin tibi 
 Dico uxorem r^sciuisse. Er. N6c te ultro oraui lit dares : 
 Tiite ultro ad me d^tulisti, d^disti eam don6 mihi : 
 
 675 quist «c?c?. jR/^sc/t/. 677 uolup Py/ac?es,uoluptas Miss. 680 quam 
 Mss., quom Brix. 681 ferres Mss.^ deferres Fleckeisen, paulo ius 
 BG, dedi equidem illanc, ad phrygionem ut ferres, tibi paulo prius 
 Ritschl. 683 ut tu B, reperies Priscian, repere.ris Ritschl, releceris B, 
 relegeris C. 086 quae Bot/ie, quia Mss. 
 
66 PLAVTI [4 3 16-2G. 5 1 1-6 
 
 Edndem nunc rep6scis. patiar : tibi habe^o, aufer : 
 
 litere 690 
 
 V61 tu, uel tua lixor, uel etiam in loculos conpingite. 
 Tu hiic post hunc di^m pedem intro n6n feres, ne frdstra 
 
 sis: 
 Qudndo tn me b6ne merentem tibi liabes despicdtui. 
 [Nisi feres arg^ntum, frustra's : m^ ductare non potes. 
 Xliam posthac inuenito, qudm habeas frustrdtui.] 695 
 Me. Nimis hercle iraciinde tandem, heus tu, tibi dic6, 
 
 mane. 
 E^di. etiamne astds ? etiam audes me A reuorti grdtia ? 
 Abiit intro, occMsit aedis. nunc ego sum exclusissumus : 
 N^que domi neque dpud amicam mihi iam quidquam 
 
 cr^ditur. 
 f bo et consulam hdnc rem amicos, quid faciundum c6n- 
 
 seant. O-W^r ^^ 
 
   — 0)^ 
 
 V 
 
 
 ACTVS IV. . 
 
 MENAECHMVS II. MATRONA. 
 
 Me. Nimis stdlte dudum f^ci, quom marsiippium 
 
 Mess^nioni cum drgento concr^didi. 
 
 Inm^rsit aliquo s6se credo in gdneum. '^.■ 
 
 Ma. Prouisam, jquam mox uir mens rededt domum. 
 
 Sed 6ccum uideo : sdlua sum, palldm refert. 705 
 
 Me. Demiror, ubi nunc dmbulet Mess^nio. 
 
 690 habeto BitschJ, habe Mss., i tibi habe Miiller. 691 loculos 
 Balhach, oculos Mss. 694 frustra me ductare Mss. corr. Ritschl. 
 696 nimis iracunde hercle Mss., nimis hercle iracunde Seyffert. 
 
5 1 7-37] MENAECHMI. G7 
 
 Ma. Adibo atque hominem accipiam quibus dictis meret. 
 Non t6 pudet prodire in conspectiim meum, 
 Flagitium homoiiis, cum istoc ornatii ? Me. Quid est ? 
 Quae t6 res agitat, miilier ? Ma. Etiamne, inpudens, 710 
 j - Muttire uerbum unum aiides aut mecum loqui ? 
 "^Q Me. Quid tdndem admisi in me^ lit loqui non aiideam ? 
 T Ma. Rogds me ? o hominis inpudentem auddciam. 
 •^ ^Me. Nori M scis, mulier, H^cubam quapropt^r canem 
 ^ f Graii ^sse praedicdbant ? Ma. Non equid^m scio. 715 
 ^ . Me. Quia id6m faciebat H^cuba^ quod tu mine facis. 
 '. Omnia mala inger^bat, quemquem asp^xerat :~^-, 
 Utaque ddeo iure co^pta appellarist canes. \^jJ^ 
 MA. Non 6go istaec tua flagitia possum p^rpeti : 
 Nam m^d aetatem uiduam Mc esse mduelim, "^-^ ^ 720 
 Quam istaec flagitia tiia pati, quae tii facis. 
 ^Me. Quid id dd me, tu te niiptam possis p^rpeti, 
 An sis abitura a tu6 uiro ? an mos hie itast, ^ 
 
 ^^Peregrino ut adueni^nti narrent fdbulas ? 
 
 Ma. Quas f dbulas ? non, inquam, patiar pra^terhac, 725 
 
 Quin uldua uiuam, qudm tuos mores p^rferam. 
 
 Me. Med quidem hercle caiisa uidua uiuito 
 
 ^v^^yel lisque dum regnum 6ptinebit Iiippiter. 
 
 V^p^A. Ne istiic mecastor idm patrem arcessdm meum 
 
 y-\..'\ A. 
 
 h-J-^ 
 
 ^ Atque ei narrabo tiia flagitia quae facis. 730 
 
 Ei, D6cio, quaere meiim patrem, teciim simul 
 Vt u6niat ad me : ita r^m natam esse dicito. 
 
 707 aeret BaC, maeret Bb, meret Nonius, p. 468. 709 flagitium 
 
 hominis Mss., flagitium homonis Brix, hominis flagitium Wagner. 
 
 , , 710 queres te BC, quae res ted JRitscId, quRe te res Brix. 713 o add. 
 
 y Pylades. 719 tua add. Ritschl. 720 hie add. Brix. 722 tu Mss., 
 
 tun Bothe. 723 annos ita est hoc B corr. Bothe. 730 ei Mss., i 
 
 Camerarius. 732 natam add. Bitschl. 
 
68 
 
 PLAVTI 
 
 [5 1 38-52. 5 2 1-2 
 
 lam ego dperiam istaec tiia flagitia. Me. Sdnau es ? 
 
 Quae m^a flagitia ? Ma. Pdllas atque auriim meum 
 
 Dom6 suppilas tu tuae uxori ^t tuae ^-j^ 
 
 Deg^ris amicae. sdtin haec recte f dbulor ? 
 
 Me. Heu, h^rcle, mulier, multum et aiidax 6t mala es. 
 
 Tun tibi hanc surruptam dicere audes, qudm mihi 
 
 Dedit 41ia mulier, lit concinnanddm darem ? 
 
 Ma. Haud mihi negabas diidum surrupuisse te : 740 
 
 Nunc edndem ante oculos dttines ? non t6 pudet ? 
 
 Me. Quaeso h^rcle, mulier, si scis, monstra qu6d bibam, 
 
 Tudm qui possim p^rpeti petuUntiam. 
 
 Quem tii med hominem esse drbitrere, n^scio : 
 
 Ego t4^imitu n6ui cum Forth done. 
 
 Ma. Si m6 derides, kt pol ilium n6n potes, 
 
 Patr^m meum, qui hue dduenit. quin r6sj)icis.? 
 
 Nouistin tu ilium ? Me. N6ui cum Calchd simul : 
 
 Eod^m die ilium uidi, quo te ante hiinc diem. 
 
 Ma. Negds nouisse m6 ? negas patr^m meum ? 
 
 Me. Idem h^rcle dicam, si auom uis addiicere. 
 
 Ma. Ecdstor pariter h6c atque alias r6s soles. 
 
 senex. matrona. menaechmvs Tl* 
 
 Se. Vt a^tas medst atque ut h6c usus fdctost,^ 
 Gradum proferdm, progrediri properdbo. 
 
 745 
 
 734 pallas Vahlen, pallam Mss. 735 tu add. Mulier. 738 hanc 
 surruptam Mss., surruptam hanc Bothe, Ritschl. 740 at Mss., liaut 
 Ritschl. 744 med add. Bitschl, esse add. Cameranus, arbitrere Luchs, 
 arbitrare Mss., quem tu esse homonem me arbitrere Bergk. 745 si 
 me tu B, simentu C, simitu Cameranus, Porthaone Mss., Parthaone 
 Camerarius. 748 Calcha Priscian, Calchantes B, Calchante C 
 754 progrediri Bothe, progredi Mss. 
 

 5 2 3-23] MENAEC HMI. G9 
 
 Sed id quanq. milii faciL^ sit, haud sum fdlsus. 755 
 Nam p^rnicitds deserit : consitus sum ''' „' 
 Sen^ctute : onustum g-3r6 corpus : uires " ^ 
 
 Reliquere. ut a^tas laala m^rs est mala t^rgo ! 
 Nam 4:^s_j)lurumds pes mmas, quom aduenit, 
 Adfert, quds si autumeii 6mnis, nimis longus ser- 
 most. *iXrvN>Aw c "^^^ 
 
 ^ed ha(^c res mihi in pectore ^t corde cdraest, 
 Quidnam hoc sit neg6ti, quod filia sic 
 E,ep6nte expetit med, ut 4d sese irem. 
 Nee quid id sit mihi, c^rtius facit, 
 Qu6d uelit, quod mec? arcessat. 765 
 
 Veriim propemodiim iam sci6, quid si^t rei : 
 Cred6 cum uir6 litigium natum esse dliquod. 765 R 
 Ita istaec sol^nt, quae uir6s subseruire 
 Sibi postuldnt, dote fretae, fer6ces. 
 Et illi quoque haiid abstinent saepe culpa. 770 
 
 Veriimst modus tamen, quoad pati uxorem op6rtet. 
 Nee p61 filia umquam. patrem drcessit ad se, 770 K 
 Nisi aiit quid commisit wjV aiit iurgi est causa. 
 Sed id quicquid 6st, iam sciam. dtque eccam edmpse 
 Ante aedis et 6ius uiriim uideo tristem. ^ 775 
 
 755 mihi facile sit Weise, facile sit mihi Mss. 758 mala est mer 
 (merx BbC) mala ergost BC, mala est mers mala est ergo Nonius, 
 mala merx mala est tergo Turnehus, Gruter, malast merces tergo 
 Ritschl, mala mers est mala tergo Brix. 760 fert Ba, affert BhC, si 
 iam Ritschl, nunc si Fleckeisen, si hie Wttgner. 761 cura est Ba, curae 
 est corr. B, dura est C. 763 med Brix, me Mss. 765 quid Mss., 
 quod Bitschl (his), med Brix, me Mss., arcessat Lamhinus, accersit 
 Mss. 772 arcessit Lamhinus, accersit Mss. 773 commisi B, com- 
 missumst Bitschl, uir add. Seyffert. 774 quicquid id est Mss., id 
 quicquid est Bothe. 115 tristem uirum uideo Mss., uirum tristem 
 uideo Bothe, uirum uideo tristem Brix. 
 
70 PL vVTI [5 2 24-41 
 
 «<>. 
 
 Id ^st, quod euspicdbar. 
 Ippellabo han^ Ma. Ibo iduorsum. sdlue multum, mi 
 
 pater. > 775 R 
 
 Se. Sdlua sis. salu^n adueno ? sdluen arcessi iubes ? 
 Quid tu tristis es ? quid illeautem dbs te iratus d6stitit? 
 Nescio quid uos uelitati ^sUs inter u6s duo. 780 
 
 L6querej uter meruistis ci.ipam, paiicis : non long6s logos. 
 Ma. Niisquam equideir/ quicqudm deliqui : hoc primum 
 
 te absolu6, pater : 780 R 
 
 V6rum uiuere hie non possum n^que durare ull6 modo : f 
 Proin tu me hinc ^abdiicas. Se. Quid istuc autemst ? * 
 
 Ma. Lu(iifiri6" pater, *^ J'^^-4/ 
 
 Habeor. Se. Vnde ? Ma. Ab illo, quoi me mdndauisti, 
 
 me6 uiro. . 785 
 
 ^e7 Ecce autem Ij^gium. quotiens tdndem ego edixi tibi, 
 Vt caueres, neiiteraHme iritis cum querim6nia ? 785 K 
 Ma. Qui ego istuc, mi pater, cauere possum ? Se. Men 
 
 int^rrogas ? 
 # # ^ # =*»*•.# * 
 
 Nisi non uis. quotiens monstraui tibi, mro ut mor^m geras ? 
 Quid ille faciat, n6 id obserues, qu6 eat, quid rerum 
 
 gerat. P'^ P^"^ '^•^ 790 
 
 Ma. At enim ille hinc amdt mer^tricem ex pr6xumo. 
 
 Se. San^?^:^*^ 790 R 
 
 Atque ob istanc indiistriam etiam fdxo amabit dmplius. 
 Ma. Atque ibi potat. Se. Tud quidem ille caiisa pota- 
 
 bit minus. 
 
 777 uorsum Mss., aduorsum Pylades. 778 accersi Mss., saluen 
 Mss., saluaen Gronovius, saluen Mss., saluan Gronovius. 780 ueliati 
 Mss., uelitati Festus, Nonius, duo Nonius, duos Mss. 783 hie uiuere 
 B. 786 ego add. Ritschl. 788 ego om. G. 790 quod ille Wagner. 
 793 tua Mss., tuan Pylades, Ritschl. 
 
5 2 42-56] MENAECHMI. 71 
 
 Si illic, siue fubiml^ebit ? quae lia^c iqjtlum iii\)ud6ii- , ^\ 
 
 XVna opera proliib^re, afl) cenam n6 promittat, p6stules, 795 
 N6ue quemquam accipiat alienum dpud se. ^ruiriii 
 
 tibi 795 R 
 
 P6stulas uir6s ? dare unac? 6pera pensum p6stules, 
 filter ancillas sedere iiibeas, laiiaiii cdrere. 
 Ma. N6n equidem niihi te dduocatum, pdter, adduxi, s6d 
 
 uiro : 
 Hinc stas, illim causam dicis. Se. Si ille quid deli- 
 
 querit, ^^^^ ^^^^ ^ ^^^. 800 
 
 Mtilto tanto mum ^ccusabo, quam te accusaui, dm- 
 
 pliusAfcoXA*A-K 800 R 
 
 Qudndo te auratam^t uestitam b^ne habet, ancillds, 
 
 ^penum ^^^.-.^JU^ 
 
 E6cte*praehibet, m^liust ^n^, miilier, mentem siimere. 
 Ma. At ille ^uppiU^ milii aurum et pdllas ex arcis domo : 
 M6 despoliat, mea 6rnamenta clam dd meretrices d^ge- 
 * rit. 805 
 
 Se. Mdle facit, si istiic facit: si n6n facit, tu mdle 
 
 facis, 805 R 
 
 Quae iiisontem insimuMs. Ma. Quin etiam mine habet 
 
 palldm, pater, 
 fit spinter, quod ad hdnc detulerat : nunc, qui^^resciujj 
 
 refert. 
 
 796 neque B, se AcidaUus, te Mss. 797 una Mss., unad Brix, 
 una te Wagner, illi una Bitschl. 798 carere Varro, de L. L. VII. 
 54, p. 339 *Sj»., carpere il/ss. 801 tanta J5(7Z). 802 ancillas penum 
 Pylades, anpillaspen BC. 803 melius sanam est^C, meliust sanam 
 Bitschl. 804 modo Mss., domo Acidalius. 805 iam B, tiam me 
 C, clam Acidalius. 808 et F om. BC. 
 
72 PLAVTl [5 2 57-70 
 
 Se. Idm 0go %x Hie, ut fdctumst, scrbo : adibo ad homi- 
 
 nein atque dcZloquar. 
 Die mi istuc, Mena^chme, quid uos discertatis, lit sciam.^810 
 Quid tu tristis <^s ? quid ilia autem dbs te irata d^sti- 
 
 tit? 810 R 
 
 Me. Quisquis es, quicquid tibi nomen ^st, senex: sum- 
 
 miim louem . . ^i ^ 
 
 De6sque do testis. Se. Qua de re aut qu6ius rei rerum 
 
 6mniuni ? 
 Me. M^ neque isti mdle feeisse miilieri, quae me drguit 
 Hanc domo ab se siirrupuisse * * 815 
 
 * * * dbstulisse d^ierat. 81511 
 
 Si ego intra aedes hiiius umquam, ubi hdbitat, penetraui 
 
 pedem, 
 Omnium hominum exdpto ut fiam miserorum mis^rrumus. 
 Se. Sdnun es, qui istdc exoptes, aiit neges te umqudm 
 
 pedem 
 In eas aedis intulisse ubi hdbitas, insanissume ? 820 
 
 Me. Tiin, senex, ais habitare m6d in illisce a^dibus ? 820 R 
 Se. Tii negas ? Me. Nego li^rcle uero. Se. Immo h^rcle 
 
 ridicule negas ; /^^ \| ^, 
 Nisi quo nocte hac ^atoigrasti. c6ncede hue sis, filia. 
 
 809 sibo BC, scibo Camerarius, adibo add. Ritschl, adquemloquar 
 BG corr. Pylades. 810 quid Ritschl, Becker, quod Mss., discertatis 
 DaF, Ritschl, dissertatis BCDb, disceptatis, Colvius. 811 tutrix 
 BCDa, tristis Db, destituis B, dedistitus CD, destitit Dousa. 
 813 detestes BC, do testes Gruter. 817 pedem add. Pylades. 819 nee 
 est umquam B, nee est eumquam C corr. FZ. 820 intulis BG, 
 intulisse FZ. 821 me in B, metdin C, med in Gruter. 822 immo 
 hercle Vahlen, immo heo B, nimio hoc Ritschl, ridicule Studemund, 
 ludere B, peiure Seyffert. 823 hac Camerarius, ac Mss., migrasti 
 Mss., emigrasti Itali, exmigrasti Ritschl, hac Mss., hue Camerarius^ 
 sis add. Acidalius. 
 
5 2 71-82] MENAECHMI. ^. 73 
 
 ^ ) 
 Quid tu ais ? num. hinc ^xmigrastis ? Ma. Quern in 
 
 locum aut quam ob rem, 6bsecro ? 
 Se. N6n edepol scio. Ma. Profecto ludit te hie : non tii 
 
 tenes ? 825 
 
 Idm uero, Mena^chme, satis iocdtu's: nunc hanc rem 
 
 gere. 825 li 
 
 Me. Quaeso, quid mihi t^cumst ? unde aut quis tu 
 
 homo's ? sandn tibi 
 Mms est aut adep isti, quae mol^stast mihi quoqu6 modo ? 
 Ma. Viden tu illic ocul6s liuere ? ut uiridis exoritur colos 
 Ex temporibus dtque fronte : ut 6culi scintilldnt, uide. 830 
 
 Me. Hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, I'dtro quom ipsi insaniunt. 
 Quid mihi meliust qudm ut, quando illi me insanire prae- 
 
 dicant, 
 Egome^ me adsimulem insanire, ut illos a me apst^r- 
 
 ream ? 
 Ma. Vt pandiculans 6scitatur. ' quid nunc faciam, mi 
 
 pater ? 
 Se. C6ncede • hue, mea gndta, ab istoc qudm potest lon- 
 
 gissume. 835 
 
 \ Me. Eiioe Bacche : heu, Br6mie, quo me in siluam uena- 
 
 tiim uocas ? 
 
 824 exmigrasti B, emigrastis Acidalius, quam add. Beroaldus. 
 825 tute Mss., te Ritschl, tu Miiller, Brix. 826 locatus Mss., iocatus 
 es Camerarius, Ritschl, gere Studemund, Spenyel, age Ritschl^ agere 
 Mss. 827 sanan add. Weise. 828 mens est add. Weise, mihi mo- 
 lesta est 3Iss., molestast mihi, Ritschl. 829 illic Ritschl, illi Mss., 
 lure reutuiridis C, uire . . . uiridis (corr. uirere ut uiridis) B, liuere 
 ut uiridis Ritschl. 832 ut Ritschl. 833 ego me Mss., ego me ut, 
 Ritschl, egomet me, MiiUer. 836 eubiatque heu bromie CD, eum 
 atque heu bromie B, euhoe atque heu Bromie, Saracenus, Camera- 
 rius, euoe Bacche : heu Bromie Ritschl. 
 
74 PLAVTi [5 2 sa-ioo 
 
 Aiidio, sed n6ii abire p6ssum ab his regionibus : 
 Ita ilia me ab laeud rabiosa f ^mina adserudt canis : 
 "V P6st^ autem illic hir'cus caluos, qui saepe aetate in sua 
 
 P^rdidit ciuem innocentem fdlso testini6nio. 840 
 
 Se. Va6 capiti tuo. Me. iScce Apollo mi ex oracloc? 
 
 imperat, 
 Vt ego illic ocul6s exuram Idmpadibus ard^ntibus. 
 Ma. P^rii, mi pat6r : minatur mihi oculos exiirere. a. 
 Se. Filia, heu^.. Ma.^ Quid 4s t ? quid agimus ? Se. Quid, 
 r\; _ si egp hue seru6s cito ?.. , ,, '\/*^ - 
 
 Ibo, adducam qui hiinc hinc tollant 4t domi deiiinciant, 845 
 Prhis Tjuam- turbardm quid f aciat dmpHus. Me. Enim 
 -., . ha^reo : ' 
 
 i Ni 6ccupo aliquod mihi consilium, hi domum me ad se 
 
 afferent. .^ v* >:" ' ^ 
 Pdgnis me u^tds in huius 6re quicquam pdrcere, 
 Ni iam ex meis oculis abscedat mdxumam in maldm 
 
 crucem ? 
 Pdciam quod iub^s, Apollo. Se. Edge domum quantiim 
 
 potest, . '-t.\i^,Jvx=!-iVA"''''^ • 850 
 
 Ne hie te obtundat. Ma. Fiigio. amabo, ddserua istunc 
 
 mi pater, 
 N6 quo hinc abeat. siimne ego mulier misera, quae illaec 
 
 aiidio ? 
 Me. Haiid male illanc d me amoui. ndnc hunc inpuris- 
 
 sumum, 
 
 ■y,/^ 
 
 839 poste Ritschl, post te Mss., illic hircus caluos Mulier, illic 
 hircus alius Beroaldus, Pylades, illi circo salus Mss. 841 oraclo 
 CD, oraculo B, oracled Ritschl. 842 illi BC, illic Ritschl. 846 enim 
 Ba, enim uero Bh, enim ereo CD, enim haereo Ussing, enim iara 
 reor Ritschl. 849 ex add. Camerarius, maxumam in malam crucem 
 Ritschl, in malam magnam crucem Mss. 850 potest B, potes CD. 
 853 a me add. Bothe. 
 
 N 
 
5 2 101-119] MENAECHMI. 75 
 
 Bdrbatunij tremuMm Tithonum, qui cluet Ciicin6 patre, 
 Ita milii imperdsj- ut ego huius membra atque ossa atque 
 
 drtua , . 855 
 
 C6mminuam illo scipion^, quern ipse habet. Se. Dabitiir 
 
 malum, 
 M^ quidem si attigeris aut si pr6pivis ad me acc^esserjs. 
 Me. Fdciam quod iub^s : sectLfim cdpiam ancipitem atque 
 
 hiinc senem 
 6sse fini d^dolabo dssulatim ez uiscera. . ''"fl^o uucxw VmJo 
 Se. ifinim uero illud pra^cauendumst dtque adcuranddio^ ^^ 
 
 Sdne ego ilium metuo, lit minatur, n^ quid male faxit miM. 
 Me. Miilta mibi imperds, Apollo, nunc equos iunct6s iubes 
 Cdpere me indomit6s, fevocis, dtque in currum insc^nderej 
 Vt ego hunc proteram^leohem u^tulum, olentem, ed^ntu- 
 
 lum. - 
 
 lam ddstiti in currdm : iam lora t^neo, iam stimulum in 
 maiiu. 865 
 
 Agite equi, facit6te sonitus lingularum appdreat: , vjj-w^^'^ 
 jjj^) Ctirsu^eleri fdcite inflexa sit pedum pernicitas. ^.k^U 
 
 (jv- ^ Se. Mihi^i equis iunctis minare ? Me. £cce, Apollo, d^nuo ^ 
 M^ iubes facere inpetum in eum, qui hie stat, atque occidere. 
 S^d quis hie est, qui m6 capillo hinc de curru deripit ? 870 
 fmperium tu6m demutat dtque edictum Ap611inis. 
 
 Se. Heu, h^rcle morbum aciitum. di, uostrdm fidem : 
 
 w*^ 
 
 \ ^ d4^i^c 
 
 '^^^ 
 
 ,:,tc 'U, M.O^' 
 
 854 titanum Mss., Tithonum Meursius, cycno prognatum patre 
 Mss., qui cluet Cucino patre Priscian, Ritschl. 855 artus B. 859 ei 
 add. Brix. 860 adcuradumsi BC, corr. Itali. 864 uetulum Guliel- 
 mus, etulum Mss., edentulum Pius, edentius Mss. 865 manu Brix, 
 manust Mss. 867 inflexa Dousa, inflexu Mss. 869 hie add. Bothe. 
 872 acutum Spengel, acrem ac durum Mss. 
 
76 cJ PLAVTI [5 2 120-122. 5 3 1-12. 5 4 1-3 
 
 /I 
 
 ^'Vel hie, qtii insaniiA qudm ualuit paul6 prius. 
 Ei d^rep^nte tdntus morbus incidit. 
 Eibb dtque arcessam modicum iam quantiim potest. 875 
 Me. lamne isti abierunt qiiaeso ex conspectii meo, 
 Qui ui me cogunt, lit ualidus insdniam ? 
 Quid c^sso abire ad nduem, dum salu6/Ticet ? 
 
 Vosque 6mnis quaeso, si senex reu^nerit, 880 
 
 Ne me indicetis, qud platea bine aufdgerim. 
 
 L 
 
 ACTYS V. 
 
 SENEX. 
 
 jumbi sedendocZ, 6culi spectando dolent, 
 Man^ndQjjiedicum, diim se ex opere r^cipiat. 
 'O&iosusiaVdem uix ab aegrotis .uenit. 
 Ait se 6bligasse criis fractum Aesculdpio, 886 
 
 Ap611ini autem brdcchium. nunc c6gito, 
 
 k^^ 
 
 Vtrum md dicam diicere medicum dn fabrtttn^ 
 Atque 6ccum incedit. m6ue formicinum gradum. 
 
 MEDICVS. SENEX. 
 
 Me. Quid illi 6sse morbi dixeras ? narrd, senex. 
 
 Num Idruatus aiit cerritust ? f dc sciam. 890 
 
 Num eiim ueternus aiit aqua interciis tenet ? 
 
 881 nime Mss., ne ei iam Ritschl. 882 sedendo Mss., sedendod 
 Ritschl. 886 brachium Mss. 887 medicum ducere Ritschl. 889 esset 
 illi Mss., illi esse Ritschl. 890 laruatust Ritschl^ cerritus Mss., cerri- 
 tust Brix. 
 
5 4 4-10. 5 5 1-11] MENAECHMI. v/ 77 
 
 Se. Quin ed te causa diico, ut id dicds mihi 
 Atque ilium ut sanum facias. Me. Perfacile id quidemst. 
 Saniim futurum, m6a ego id promitt6 fide. 
 Se. Magnd cum cura ego ilium curari uolo. 896 
 
 Me. Quin s6spitabo pliis sescentos in dies. 
 Ita ilium cum cura mdgna curab6 tibi. wJ4dU ^ 
 
 Se. Atque ^ccum ipsum hominem. Me. 6pseruemus, 
 quam rem agat; 
 
 menaechmvs I. sexex. medicvs. ^ 
 
 ^* 
 
 Me. ]fidepol ne hie di6s peruorsus dtque aduorsus mi 
 
 6ptigit : 
 Qua6 me clam ratiis sum facere, ea 6mnia hie fecit 
 
 palam 900 
 
 Pdrasitus, qui m6 conpleuit fldgiti et formidinis, 
 M^us Vlixes, su6 qui regi tdntum conciuit mali : 
 Qu6m ego homonem, si quidem uiuo, uitacZ euoludm sua. 
 S^d ego stultus Slim, qui illius 6sse dico, qua^ meast : 
 Me6 cibo et sumptu ^ducatust : dnima priuab6 uirum. 905 
 C6ndigne autem haec m^retrix fecit, lit mos est meretri- 
 
 cius: 
 Quia rogo pallam, lit referatur riirsum ad uxor^m meam, 
 Mihi se ait dedisse. heu, edepol n6 ego homo uiu6 miser. 
 Se. Aiidin quae loquitdr ? Med. Se miserum pra^dicat. 
 
 Se. Adeds uelim. ,^ ^^ 
 
 894 mea ego id DFZ me aeco id B. 896 sospitabo Ritschl, 
 suspirabo Mss., sescenta Mss. corr. Camerarius. 897 ego ilium Mss., 
 ego om. Ritschl. 900 quem eclam B corr. Ritschl, ea omnia Mss., 
 omnia ea Bothe, hie add. Midler. 903 uita Mss., uitad Biicheler, 
 Ritschl, homonem Brix, hominem Mss. 904 mea est Camerarius, 
 mea sit Mss. 
 
78 PLAVTI [5 5 12-26 
 
 Med. S41uos sis, Menaechme. quaeso, ciir apertas brdc- 
 
 chium ? 910 
 
 N6n tu scis, quantum isti morbo niinc tuo facids mali ? 
 Me. Quill tu te susp6ndis ? Se. Ecquid s^ntis ? Med. 
 
 Quid ni s6ntiam ? 71 ^ ' 
 
 ^611 potest haec r^s ellebori linguine optin^rier. 
 S6d quid ais, Menaechme ? Me. Quid uis ? Med. Die 
 
 mihi hoc quod te rogo : 
 Album an atrum uinum potas ? Me. Quid tibi quaesi- 
 
 t6st opus ? 915 
 
 Med. * * * # ]y[E^ q^Jj^ ^^ ig 
 
 in maldm crucem ? 
 Se. lam h^rcle occeptat insanire primulum. Me. Quin 
 
 tii rogas, 
 Ptirpureum panem An puniceum s61eam ego esse an lu- 
 
 teum ? 
 S61eamne esse auis squamossas, piscis pennat6s ? Se. 
 
 Papae, 
 Aiidin tu, ut deliramenta 16quitur ? quid cessds dare 920 
 P6tionis ^liquid, prius qu^m p^rcipit insdnia ? 
 Med. Mdne modo : etiam p^rcontafebr dlia. Se. Occidis 
 
 fdbulans. 
 Med. Die mihi hoc : sol^nt tibi umquam 6culi duri fieri ? 
 Me. Quid? tu me luciistam censes ^sse, homo igna- 
 
 uissume ? ^^^ ^*^ 
 
 Med. Die mihi, en umquam intestina tibi crepant, quod* *^ 
 
 s^ntias ? 925 
 
 913 iungere Mss., unguine Lachmann, uno unguine Miiller, iugere 
 Ussing. 917 tu rogas Bothe, tu me interrogas Mss. 919 squamosas 
 Itali, quam ossas B, quamosas C. 922 fabulans Acidalius, fabu- 
 1am Mss. 923 oculis umquam duri fieri Ritschl. 925 me hie num- 
 quam BC corr. Itali. 
 
^55 27-41] MENAECHMI. 79 
 
 J Me. Vbi satnr sum, nulla crepitant : qudndo esurio, tijm 
 crepant. • 
 
 "^-Med. H6c quidem edepol hau pro insano u^rbuin "Te- 
 spondit milii. 
 Perdormiscin tu lisque ad lucem ? fdcilin tu o6dormis 
 
 Cubans ? 
 Me. P^rdormisco [si * * * *: 
 
 6bdormisco] si resolui drgentum, quoi d^beo. 930 
 
 ]y[ED. :^ :Jt # :,^ # # 
 
 Me. Qui te Juppit^r dique omnes, p^rcontator, p^rduint. 
 Med. Nunc homo insanire occeptat. de illis uerbis c4ue 
 
 tibi. 
 Se. f mmo melior nunc quidemst de uerbis, prae ut dudiim 
 
 fuit: 935 
 
 ]Si4m dudum uxor^m suam esse ai^bat rabiosdm canem. 
 Me. Quid ego dixi ? Se. InsSmsTJJ^quam. Me. iSgone ? 
 
 Se. Tu istic, qui mihi . Ay^H^ 
 
 fitiam me iunctis quadrigis minitatu's prost^rnere. ^ 
 Me. * * #^^# # #^_^ ***** 
 
 Se. '^gomet haec te uidi'^ facer e : egomet haecjted 
 
 drguo. 940 
 
 Me. At ego te sacrdm coronam siirrupuisse loui scio : 
 Et ob earn rem in cdrcerem ted 6sse conpactiim scio : 
 Et postquam es emissus, caesum uirgis sub furcd scio : 
 Tdm patrem occidisse et matrem u^ndidisse etidm scio. 
 
 928 perdormiscin usque Mss., tu add. Ritschl, dormis curans Mss. 
 corr. Scioppius, Acidalius. 933 perdunt Mss. corr. Pius. 935 melior 
 Brix, nestor B, noster Ritschl. 937 insanus Miss., insanisti Ritschl. 
 940 te iWss., ted Guy et, Ritschl. 941 lovis J/ss., lovis scio Ritschl, 
 loui scio Camerarius. 942 te deesse B, ted esse Camerarius. 943 suf- 
 f urea Ba. 
 
,-v./- 
 
 ycy 
 
 ^ 
 
 80 PLAVTI [5 5 42-55 
 
 Sdtin haec pro san6 male dicta mjile dictis resp6ndeo ? 945 
 ^"^Tdi. 6bsecro hercle, m6dice, propere, quidquid factum's, 
 
 face. ^'^ 
 
 N6n uides hominem insanire ? Med. Scin quid facias 
 
 6ptuinumst ? 
 Ad me face uti d^feratur. Se. Itane censes ? Med. 
 
 Qulppini ? • /" I 
 
 f bi meo arbitrdtu potero curare hominem. Se. Age, lit 
 
 lubet. 
 Med. ,H611eborum potdbis faxo hosce dliquos uiginti 
 
 dies. 950 
 
 Me. At ego te pend^ntem fodiam stimulis trigintd dies. 
 Med. I, drcesse homines, qui illunc ad me d^ferant. 
 
 Se. Quot sunt sdgDi^ r^ 
 Med. Proinde ut insanire uideo, qudttuor, nihil6 minus. 
 Se. lam hie ei;unt. adserua tu istunc, m^dice. Med. Immo 
 
 ego a6ib6 domum, 
 Vt parentur, quibus paratis 6pus est. tu seru6s iube 955 
 Hiinc ad me ferdnt. Se. lam ego illic f dxo erit. Med. Abeo. 
 
 ^Se. Vale. 
 Me. Abiit socerus, dbiit medicus : s61us sum. pro lup- 
 
 piter. 
 Quid illuc est, quod nunc me hisce homines insanire 
 
 pra^dicant ? 
 
 946 maledice Mss., medice Itali, quidquid Mss., si quid Luchs, 
 Hermes VIII. 118 j^. 947 optumumst Mss., optumum Bitschl. 
 948 ut id eferatur C, ut deferatur B corr. Acidalius. 950 hosce add. 
 Brix (hos add. Miiller'). 952 Larcesse BC corr. Parens, ilium Mss., 
 illunc Camerarius. 954 ego om. C, ibo Mss., abibo Schwabe. 955 tuos 
 B, tus C, tu FZ, Schwabe. 957 nunc solus sum Mss., nunc oni. 
 Weise. 958 nunc add, Miiller, me hie Mss., hice me Ritschl., me 
 hisce Brix. 
 
5 5 5G-()2. 5 1-10] MENAECHMI. 81 
 
 Nam ^quidem, postquam gndtus sum, numquam a^grotaui 
 
 uniim diem. 
 Neque ego insani6 neque pugnas 6go iiec litis co^pio. 960 
 Sdluos saluos dlios uideo : n6ui homones, ddloquor. 
 An illi, perperam insanire qui diunt me, ipsi insdniunt ? 
 Quid ego nunc f acidm ? domum ire ciipio : at uxor n6n sinit ; 
 Hiic autem nemo intro mittit. nirais prouentumst n^- 
 
 quiter. 
 Hie ero usque : ad n6ctem saltem, cr^do, intro mittdr 
 
 domum. 965 
 
 MESSENIO. (mENAECHMVS I.) 
 
 Spectdmen bon6 seruo id ^st, 'qui rem erilem, 
 
 Prociirat, uid^t, collocdt, cogitdtque, 
 Vt dbsente er6 rem eri diligenter 
 
 Tut^tur, quam si ipse adsit, aiit rectids. 
 Tergiim quam guldm, crura qudm uentrem op6r- 
 tet 970 
 
 ^^ Poti6ra esse, quoi cor modiste sitiimst. 
 
 Kec6rdetur id. 
 Qui nihili sunt, quid is preti 
 
 Detiir ab suis eris, 
 Ignduis, improbis uiris. 975 
 
 Verb^ra, comped^s, 
 Mola6, lassitiido, fam6s, f rigus ddrum : 975 R 
 
 9G0 ego nee RitschJ, neque ego Mss. 961 noui homines 3fss., noui 
 ego homines liitschl, probe noui homines Wagner, noui homones Brix. 
 0G2 qui add. RitscM. 963 at add. Camerarius. 965 ero Pius, ergo 
 BC, hie ergo usque ad noctem si astem Ussing. 968 rem sui RitscM, 
 tarn rem Ussing. 971 scitumst Langen, modestumst Bergk. 972 
 recorde cordetur B, recordetur qui sunt nihili, is quid preti Bitschl. 
 977 molae, magna lassitudo Mss., magna om. Ritschl. 
 
82 /O'^^ PLAVTI [5 G 11-31 
 
 r ^^ /' 
 
 Haec pr^tia sunt ignduiae. id 6go malum male m^tuo. 
 
 Propt^rea bonum esse c6rtumst potius qudm 
 malum. 
 Magis miilto patior fdcilius ego u^rba, uerbera 6di : 980 
 Nimi6que edo lub^ntius molitiim quam molitum prae- 
 
 hibeo. 
 Propt^rea eri imperium ^xsequor, bene 6t sedate s^ruQ 
 
 id : V ^■'-.. 980 R 
 
 E6que exemplo s^ruio, tergo in rem ut arbitro 6sse. 
 >yr^""Atque id mihi prodest. "■ dlii, ut esse in sudm rem ducunt, 
 
 ita sint : 
 Ego ita ero, ut me esse op6rtet. id 8i adhibeam, culpam 
 
 abstineam, 985 
 
 Er6 meo ut omnibus in locis sim pra^sto, metuam baud 
 
 miiltum. 
 Prop^st, quando haec mea mens erus ob fdcta pretium 
 
 exs61uet. 985 R 
 
 Postquam in tabernam udsa et seruos c6nlocaui, ut iiis- 
 
 serat, 
 Ita u^nio aduorsum. mine foris pultdbo, adesse ut m6 
 
 sciat, 
 Atque eum ex hoc sdltu damni sdluom ut educdm f oras. 990 
 S6d metuo ne s^ro ueniam d^pugnato pro^lio. 
 
 978 male malum B. 979 certumst potius quam malum esse 
 Langen. 980 nam magis Mss., ego om. B. 981 quam praehibeo a 
 me Ritschl, quam molitum phibeo Mss. 983 eoque Ritschl, ego Mss. 
 984 alii esse ita ut in rem esse ducunt, sint B corr. Ritschl. 985 me- 
 tum id mihi adhibeam culpa abstineam B corr. Ritschl. 986 meo 
 add. G. Hermann, metuam baud Gruter, metum aut BC 987 mea 
 mens add. Ritschl, quando ceruso fatiam (faciam) BC. 990 neque 
 utrum BCD, meuinque erum Ritschl, meque et erum Koch, atque 
 eum Brix. 
 
w- --\ 
 
 5 7 1-lG] MENAECHMI. 83 
 
 SE NEX. MENAECHMVS I. LORARII. MESSENIO. 
 
 , . Se. P^^r ego nobis d.e6s atque homines dico,- ut imperium 
 >**' meum |^ ,,o^j?. 980K 
 
 Sdpienter habe^tis ciirae, qu^ imperaui atque impero. 
 Fdcite illic homo iam in medicinam abldtus sublimen 
 siet ^ occv^i^i 
 
 dv ^^v^«>;^jUV Vt*'^ JUvCt CQu/Mt VA>-tv«JC Ia <» #>•■«« .• ^ ^^f* 
 
 Nisi quiOem i^s u6stra crura aut idtera nihili penditis. §95 
 Caue quisquam, quod illic minitetur, u6strum flocci f ecerit. 
 Quid stdtis ? quid dubitdtis ? iam sublimen raptum op6r- 
 
 tuit. vt/./ ^ 995 R 
 
 Ego ibo ad medicum : pra^sto ero illi, qu6m uenietis. 
 ^^ Me. 6ccidi. 
 Quid hoc 6st negoti ? quid illisce homines dd me currunt, 
 
 . 6bsecro ? 
 Quid u61tis uos ? quid qua^ritatis ? quid me circumsi- 
 stitis ? 1000 
 
 Quo rdpitis me ? quo f^rtis me ? peril. 6bsecro nostrum 
 
 fidem, 
 Epiddmnienses siibuenite ciues. quin me mittitis ? 1000 R 
 Mes. Pro di immortales, 6bsecro, quid ego 6culis aspici6 
 
 meis ? 
 Eriim meum indignissume nesci6 qui sublimen ferunt. 
 Me. Ecquis suppetias mi aiidet ferre ? Mes. Ego, ere, 
 audeo audacissume. 1005 
 
 fdcinus indignum 6t malum, 
 Epiddmnii ciu^s, erum 1005 R 
 
 Meum hie in pacato 6ppido 
 
 994 sublimen B, subliniem C, sublimis Pylades. 995 nihil B, 
 nihili Z. 997 sublimen B, sublimem DZ. 999 illic Mss., illisce 
 Brix. 1004 sublimen B, sublimem DbZ. 1005 audeo add. Schwabe. 
 
84 PLAVTI [5 7 17-31 
 
 Luci derupier in uia, 
 Qui liber ad uos u^nerit. 
 Mittite istunc. Me. 6bsecro te, quisqui's, operam mi lit 
 
 duis, 
 Ned sinas in me insignite fieri tantam iniiiriam. 1010 
 
 Mes. tmmo operam dabo 6t defendam et siibuenibo s6dulo. 
 Niimquam te patidr perire : m^ perirest a^quius. 1010 R 
 £ripe oculum istic, ab umero qui tenet te, ere, 6bsecro. 
 Hisce ego iam sem^ntem in ore fdciam pugnosque 6b- 
 
 seram. 
 Mdxumo hercle liodi6 malo uostro istilnc fertis. mit- 
 tite. 1015 
 Me. T^neo ego huic oculiim. Mes. Face ut oculi 16cus 
 
 in capite appdreat. 
 V6s scelestos, u6s rapacis, u6s praedones. Lo. Peri- 
 
 imus. 1015 R 
 
 6bsecro hercle. Mes. Mittite ergo. Me. Quid me nobis 
 
 tdctiost ? 
 P^cte pugnis. Mes. Agite abite : fugite hinc in maUm 
 
 crucem. 
 ifim tibi etiam : quia postremus c^dis, hoc praemi feres. 1020 
 Nimis bene ora c6mmetaui atque ^x mea sententia. 
 J^depol, ere, ne tibi suppetias t^mperi adueni modo. 1020 R 
 
 1009 mittit is tunc B, mittitis tunc C corr. Gruter, mihi ut des B, 
 mihi uides CD corr. Ritschl. 1011 et operam Mss., et om. Gut/ef. 
 1012 me derideres te cuius B, me derires tecuius C corr. Caine- 
 rarius. 1013 isti Mss., istic Fleckeiseti, qui tenete rete BCDa, qui 
 tenet te ere Fleckeisen. 1015 maxumo hodie malo liercle uostro 
 Mss. corr. Bothe. 1017 scelesti uos Mss. corr. Ritschl. 1020 em 
 Bihheck, en BCD. 1021 aut bene Miss., aut om. Bothe, commetaui 
 BaC, commentaui BhDFZ, commutaui Pius. 1022 tempore Mss. 
 corr. Ritschl. 
 
5 7 32-45] MENAECHMI. 85 
 
 Me. At tibi di semperj adulescens, quisquis es, facidnt 
 
 bene : 
 Nam dbsqiie te esset, li6die immquam ad s61em occasum 
 
 uiuerem. , 
 Mes. £rgo edepol, si recte facias, ere, med emittds 
 
 manii. 1025 
 
 Me. Liberem ego te ? Mes. Verum, quando equidem, 
 
 ere, te seruaui. Me. Quid est ? 
 Adulescens, errds. Mes. Quid erro ? Me. P6r louem 
 
 adiur6 patrem, 1025 R 
 
 M^d erum tuom non esse. Mes. N6n taces ? Me. Non 
 
 m^ntior : 
 Nee meus seruos iimquam tale fecit quale tii mihL 
 Mes. Sine igitur, si tu6m negas iiied 6sse, abire libe- 
 
 rum. 1030 
 
 Me. Med quidem hercle caiisa liber ^sto atque ito qu6 
 
 uoles. 
 Mes. Kempe iubes ? Me. lubeo hercle si quid imperist 
 
 int^mihi. 1030 R 
 
 Mes. Sdlue, mi patr6ne. quom tu liberas me S(^rio, 
 Gaiideo. Me. Credo hercle uero. Mes. S^d, patrone, te 
 
 6bsecro, 
 N<^ minus nunc imperes mihi, qudm quom tuos seru6s 
 
 fui. 1035 
 
 Apud tec? habitabo 6t, quando ibis, lina tecum ib6 do- 
 mum. 
 
 1024 namque absque B, ted CD, ted esset numquara hodie Ritschl. 
 1025 me Mss., med Bothe. 102G quidem il/ss., equidem M'dller. 
 1028 me Mss., med Bothe. 1030 sic sine Mss., sic om. Brix,me Mss., 
 med Brix. 1033 liberas me serio Balbach, liberes messenio 3fss. 
 1034 uero Balbach, uobis Mss. 1035 nunc add. Ritschl. 1036 ted 
 Gni/et,teMss. 
 
86 PLAVTI [5 7 46-59. 5 8 1-2 
 
 Mdne me : nunc ibo in tabernam, udsa atque argentdm 
 
 tibi . 1035 K 0^ 
 
 E^feram. ./ rectest obsignatum in uidulo marsiippium d" 
 
 Cum uia/^ico : id tibi iam hue ddferam. Me. Adfer strenuc.'^ 
 Mes. Sdluom tibi item, ut mihi dedisti, reddibo : tu hie 
 
 m6 mane. 1040 
 
 Me. Nimia mira mihi quidem hodie ex6rta sunt miris 
 
 modis. 
 [Alii me negdnt eum esse qui sum atque excludiint 
 
 foras.] 1040 R 
 
 V61 ille seruom se meum esse aibat, quem ego modo 
 
 emisi manu. 
 Is ait se mihi dllaturum eum drgento marsiippium. 
 Id si attulerit, dieam ut a med dbeat liber qu6 uolet, 
 N6 tum, quando sdnus factus sit, a me argentiim petat. 1045 
 S6cer et medieus me insanire ai^bant. quid sit, mira sunt. 
 Ha6e nihilo esse mihi uidentur setius quam somnia. 
 Niinc ibo intro ad hdnc meretricem, qudmquam suscen- 
 
 set mihi. 
 Si possum exordre, ut pallam r^ddat, quam referdm 
 
 domum. 
 
 MENAECHMVS II. MESSENIO. 
 
 Me. M6n hodie usquam e6nuenisse te, aiidax, audes 
 
 dicere, 1050 
 
 Post quam aduorsum mi imperaui ut hue uenires ? Mes. 
 Quin modo 
 
 1037 mane me Acidalius, minime Mss. 1040 reddebo Mss.^ red- 
 dibo Nonius, tu add. Ritschl. 1041 nimia Mss., nimium Ritschl. 
 1042 V. App. 1043 is quod ait se mi Ritschl. 1044 me habeat BC 
 corr. Bothe. 1045 ne tum Lambinus, necdum B. 1046 aiebant Cam- 
 erarius, dicebant Mss. 1047 sec us B, setius C, sectius Varro, Ritschl. 
 
5 8 3-10. 5 9 1-6] MENAECHMI. 87 
 
 j^ripui, homines qu6m ferebant t6 sublimen qudttuor, ^ 
 
 Apud hasce aedis. tii clamabas deiim fidem atque ho- 
 
 minum 6mniumj ^x / ^jm' 
 
 Qii6m ego accurro teque eripio iii pugnando, ingrdtiis. 
 6b earn rem, quia t^ seruaui, me dmisisti liberum. 1055 
 Quom drgentum dixi me petere et udsa, tu quantum 
 
 potest 
 Pra^cucurristi 6buiam, ut quae f^cisti, mfitids eas. 
 Me. Liberum ego te iiissi abire ? Mes. C^rto. Me. Quin 
 
 certissumumst, 
 M6pte potius fieri seruom, qudm te umquam emittdm 
 
 manu. 
 
 MENAECHMVS I. MESSENIO. MENAECHMVS II. 
 
 y 
 
 Me. I. Si uel per ocul6s iuratis, nihilo hercle ea caus4 
 
 magis 1060 
 
 Fdcietis ut ego h6die abstulerim pdllam et spinter, p6s- 
 
 sumae. 
 Mes. Di immortales, quid ego uideo ? Me. II. Quid 
 
 uides ? Mes. Speculum tuom. 
 Me. II. Quid negotist ? Mes. Tiiast imago : tdm con- 
 
 similist qudm potest. 
 Me. II. P61 profecto baud ^st dissimilis, medm quom 
 
 formam n6scito. 
 Me. I. 6 adulescens, sdlue qui me s^ruauisti, quisquis 
 
 es. 1065 
 
 1052 quom Ritschl, quia Mss., sublimen B, suplimem C. 1054 ui 
 Camerarius,\ie\ in B. 1058 quin Saracenus, cui Mss. 1060 si uoltis 
 Mss., sultis Bitschl, si uel Luchs, iurare Mss., iuretis Luchs, iuratis 
 B7'ix. 1062 pro di Mss., pro om. Bitschl. 1063 turast B, turn est 
 C, tuast F. 1064 quam Mss., quom Acidaliu^, 
 
88 PLAVTI [5 9 7-22 
 
 Mes. Adulescens, quaeso hercle, eloquere tu6m mihi 
 
 nomen, nisi piget. 
 Me. I. N6n edepol ita pr6meruisti de me, ut pigeat qua6 
 
 uelis 
 Eloqui. mihist Menaechmo n6meii. Me. II. Immo ede- 
 pol mihi. 
 Me. I. Siculus sum Surdcusanus. Me. II. ifiadem urbs 
 
 et patridst mihi. 
 Me. I. Quid ego ex te audio ? Me. II. H6c quod res est. 
 
 Mes. N6ui equidem hunc : erus 6st meus. 1070 
 ]Sgo quidem huius s^ruos sum, sed m^d esse huius cre- 
 
 didi. 
 Hdnc censebam t6 esse : huic etiam exhibui neg6tium. 
 Qua^so ignoscas, si quid stulte dixi atque imprud^ns tibi. 
 Me. II. D^lirare mihi uidere. n6n commeministi semul 
 Te h6die mecum exire ex naui ? Mes. jfinim uero aequom 
 
 p6stulas. 1075 
 
 Tii erus es : tu s^ruom quaere, tii salueto : tu uale, 
 Hiinc ego esse ai6 Menaechmum. Me. I. At ego me. 
 
 Me. II. Quae haec f dbulast ? 
 Tu's Menaechmus ? Me. I. M^ esse dico, M6scho pro- 
 
 gnatiim patre. 
 Me. II. Tun meo patr^'s prognatus ? Me. I. fmmo 
 
 equidem, adulesc^ns, meo. 
 Tu6m tibi neque 6ccupare n^que praeripere p6stulo. 1080 
 Mes. Di immortales, spem insperatam ddte mihi, quam 
 
 siispicor. 
 
 1066 loquere Mss. corr. Fleckeisen. 1067 non me depol B, non 
 me edepol C corr. Ccwierarius. 1068 eloqui add. Fleckeisen. 1069 ea 
 domus et patria est M^. corr. Biicheler. 1071 me Mss., med Parens. 
 1072 ego hunc Mss., ego om. Ritschl. 1079 tun ameo BC corr. Py- 
 lades, meo C om. B. 
 
5 9 23-30] MENAECHMI. 89 
 
 Ndm nisi me animus fdllit, lii sunt g(^mini germani duo : 
 Nam ^t patriam et patr^m commemorant pdriter qui 
 
 fuerint sibi. 
 S^uocabo eriim. Menaechme. Me. Ambo. Quid uis ? 
 
 Mes. Non amb6s nolo. 
 Sed erum : uter uostriimst aduectus m^cum naui ? Me. I. 
 
 N6n ego. 1085 
 
 Me. II. At ego. Mes. Te nolo igitur, liuc concede. 
 
 Me. II. Concessi. quid est ? 
 Mes. Illic homo liercle aut siicoplianta aut geminus est 
 
 frater tuos. 
 Ndm hominem hominis similiorem niimquam uidi ego 
 
 dlterum, 
 N^que aqua aquae neque Idctest lactis, mihi crede, us- 
 
 quam similius, 
 Quam hie tuist tuque hiiius autem ; poste eandem patriam 
 
 do patrem 1090 
 
 M^morat. meliust n6s adire dtque hunc percont^rier. 
 Me. II. H^rcle qui tu me ddmonuisti r^cte et habeo grd- 
 
 tiam. 
 P^rge operam dare, 6bsecro hercle. liber esto, si inuenis 
 Hunc meum fratrem esse. Mes. Spero. Me. II. Et 6go 
 
 gwideni sper6 fore. 
 Mes. Quid ais tu ? Mena^chmum opinor t(5 uocari di- 
 
 xeras. 1095 
 
 1083 patrem et matrem Mss. corr. Lipsius. 1085 erum add. 
 Bergk, uter uostrorumst Ritschl, nostrum est hodie Vahlen. 1087 her- 
 cle add. Brix, aut est Ritschl. 1088 nam ego hominem Mss. corr. 
 Bothe, uidi alterum 3Iss. corr. Bothe, homini Mss. corr. Wesenherg. 
 1089 lacti Mss. corr. Ritschl, crede mihi Mss. corr. Linge, similiust 
 Bitschl. 1090 postea Mss. corr. Ritschl. 1092 qui B, quin C, Ritschl. 
 1094 idem Mss., quidem Brix. 1095 agis B, ais D. 
 
90 PLAVTI [5 9 37-54 
 
 Me. I. fta uero. Mes. Huic it6m Menaechmo n6nien 
 
 est. in Sicilia 
 T^ Suracusis natum esse dixisti : hie natiist ibi. 
 M6scliuni tibi patr^m fuisse dixisti : huic itid^m fuit. 
 [Niinc operam potestis ambo mihi dare et nobis simul. 
 Me. I. Pr6meruisti ut n6 quid ores, qu6d uelis quin 
 
 impetres. 1100 
 
 Tdm quasi me emeris argento, liber seruib6 tibi. 
 Mes. Sp^s mihist, uos inuenturum frdtres german6s duos 
 G^minos, una mdtre natos ^t patre uno un6 die. 
 Me. I. Mira memoras. litinam efficere, qu6d pollicitu's, 
 
 p6ssies. 
 Mes. Possum, sed nunc dgite, uterque id, qu6d rogabo, 
 
 dicite. 1105 
 
 Me. I. Vbi lubet, roga: r^spondebo, nil reticebo qu6d 
 
 sciam. 
 Mes. £st tibi nom^n Menaechmo ? Me. I. Fdteor. 
 
 Mes. Est itid^m tibi ? 
 Me. II. £st. Mes. Patrem fuisse Moschum tibi ais ? 
 
 Me. I. Ita uero. Me. II. ]Et mihi. 
 Mes. ifisne tu Surdcusanus ? Me. I. C6rto. Mes. Quid 
 
 tu ? Me. II. Qulppini ? 
 Mes. 6ptume usque adhtic conueniunt signa. porro 
 
 operdm date.] 1110 
 
 Quid longissum^ meministi, die mihi, in patrid tua ? 
 Me. I. Ciim patre ut abii Tarentum dd mercatum, p6stea 
 fnter homines m^ deerrare d patre atque inde duehi. 
 
 1098 dixit Ba C, dixsti Bb, dixisti Guyet. 1101 tamquasi BCDa^ 
 tamquamsi Db FZ, Ritschl. 1102 inuenturum Lambinus, inuenturos 
 Mss. 1104 possis Mss., possies Camerarius. 1105 cogite B, agite C. 
 1107 estne Bitschl, est Mss. (bis). 1112 abii tarentum D, aput aren- 
 tum C, habitarem. turn B, una ad Muller. 1113 med aberrare 
 Bucheler (cf. 31). 
 
5 9 55-69] MENAECHMI. 91 
 
 Me. II. Iiippiter supreme, serua m6. Mes. Quid clamas ? 
 
 quill taces ? 
 Qu6t eras annos giiAtus turn quom t6 pater a patria 
 
 duehit ? 1115 
 
 Me. I. S^ptuennis : nam tunc dentes mihi cadebant pri- 
 
 mulum, 
 lN"6que patrem post iliac umquam uidi. Mes. Quid ? uos 
 
 tdm patri 
 Filii quot erdtis ? Me. I. Yt nunc mdxume memini, duo. 
 Mes. Vter eratis, tun an ille, mdior ? Me. I. Aeque 
 
 amb6 pares. 
 Mes. Qui id potest ? Me. I. Gemini dmbo eramus. 
 
 Me. II. Di me seruatiim uolunt. 1120 
 
 Mes. Si interpellas, ^go tacebo. Me. II. P6tius taceo. 
 
 Mes. Die mihi : 
 Vno nomine dmbo eratis ? Me. I. Minume : nam mihi 
 
 h6c erat, 
 Qu6d nunc est, Mena^chmo, ilium autem tiim uocabant 
 
 S6siclem. 
 Me. II. Signa adgnoui: c6ntineri quin complectar n6n 
 
 queo. 
 Mi germane gamine f rater, saluefo .• ego sum S6sicles. 1125 
 Me. I. Qu6 modo igitur p6st Menaechmo n6men est fac- 
 
 tiim tibi ? 
 Me. II. P6stquam ad nos reni^ntiatumst te =^ ^ ^ 
 * ■* -^ ^ (^t patrem esse m6rtuom, 
 
 Auos noster mutduit : quod tibi n6men est, fecit mihi. 
 
 1115 turn add. Flecheisen, quom olim Wagner, patriad Ritschl. 
 1116 nam tunc Z>, nam tuno C, iam nunc fi. 1117 umquam pos- 
 tillac Mss. corr. Ritschl. 1123 autem add. Muller, at ilium, Fleckei- 
 sen, illunce Ritschl. 1125 mihi BC, salue Mss. corr. Fleckeisen. 
 
92 PLAVTI [5 9 70-85 
 
 Me. I. Cr^do ita esse fdctum ut dicis. s6d mi hoc re- 
 sponde. Me. II. Eoga. 1130 
 
 Me, I. Quid erat nomen n6strae matri ? Me. II. Teiixi- 
 marchae. Me. I. C6nuenit. 
 
 6 salue, insperdte, multis dnnis post quern c6nspicor, 
 
 Frdter. Me. II. Et tu, quern, ego multis miseriis, labori- 
 bus 
 
 Vsque adhuc quaesiui quemque ego esse inuentum gaiideo. 
 
 Mes. H6c erat, quod ha6c te meretrix hulus uocabat 
 n6mine : 1135 
 
 Hiinc censebat t6 esse, credo, qu6m uocat te ad prdndium. 
 
 Me. I. Ndmque edepol mi hie h6die iussi prdndium ad- 
 pardrier 
 
 Cldm meam uxorem : quoi quam pallam siirrupui dudiim 
 domo, 
 
 Edm dedi huic. Me. II. Hanc dicis, frater, pdllam, quam 
 ego habeo hi manu ? 
 
 Me. I. Qu6 modo haec ad t6 peruenit ? Me. II. Mere- 
 trix, quae hue ad prdndium 1140 
 
 Me dbduxit, me sibi dedisse aiebat. prandi p^rbene, 
 
 Potaui atque acciibui scortum : pdllam et aurum hoc miJii 
 dedit 
 
 Me. I. Gaiideo edepol, si quid propter m6 tibi euenit boni ; 
 N4m ilia quom te ad s6 uocabat, m6 esse credo cr^didit. 1145 
 Mes. Niimquid me mordre, quin ego liber, ut iusti, siem ? 
 
 1133 miseris Mss. corr. Bothe, et miseris Ritschl. 1137 mi hie 
 Bothe, hie mihi Mss., appararier Camerarius, paraui B, adparandum 
 D, adprandium C. 1138 quam add. Ritschl. 1139 in manu add. 
 Brix. 1140 quae add. Ritschl. 1142 mihi dedit add. Camerarius. 
 1145 credo add. Muller, memet esse credidit Ritschl. 1146 iusti 
 siem D, iustis earn BO. 
 
5 9 8G-100] MENAECHMI. 93 
 
 Me. I. Optumiim atque aequlssumum orat, frdter: fac 
 
 causd mea. 
 Me. II. Liber esto. Me. I. Qu6m tu's liber, gaiideo, 
 
 Messenio. 
 Mes. Sed nieliorest opus aiispicio, ut liber perpetu6 sieiii. 
 **##### 1150 
 
 Me. II. Qu6niam liaec euenerunt nobis, filter, ex sen- 
 
 tentia, 
 In patriam rededmus ambo. Me. J. Frdter, faciam ut 1 u 
 
 uples, 
 Adctionem liic fdciam et uendam quidquid est. nunc 
 
 interim 
 Edmus intro, frdter. Me. II. Eiat. Mes. Scitin quid 
 
 ego u6s rogo ? 
 Me. I. Quid ? Mes. Praeconiiim mi ut detis. Me. I. I)d- 
 
 bitur. Mes. Ergo nunciam 11^5 
 
 Vis conclamari aiictionem f6re ? Me. I. Equidem die 
 
 septimi. 
 Mes. Auctio fi<^t Menaechmi mdne sane septimi. 
 V^nibunt serui, supellexj fundi et aedes. 6mnia 
 Venibunt. quiqui licebunt, pra^senti peciinia. 
 V6nibit uxor quoque etiam, si quis emptor u(^nerit. 11(^0 
 [Vix credo aucti6ne tota cdpiet quinquag^nsies.] 
 Niinc, spectatores, ualete et n6bis clare applaudite. 
 
 1151 frater nostra ex il/ss.,f rater nobis ex Camerarius, nobis frater 
 ex Ritschl. 1155 praeconium mihi ut detis ACDF, mihi praeco- 
 nium uidetis J5a (ut detis J5i), praeconium ut mihi detis Z. 1156 equi- 
 dem Bergk, quidem Mss., quo die Lamhlnns. 1158 fundi aedes Mss., 
 aedes fundi Linpe, Bifsc/d, aedes fiindis Biichekr, Ritschl opusc. IT. 
 050 n, fundi et aedes Miiller^ Bergk, Bnx. 1162 clare dare plaudite B. 
 
94 
 
 METRES OF THE MENAECHMI. 
 
 METRES OF THE MENAECHMI. 
 
 1-109. iambic senarii. 
 
 110 f. anapaestic dimeters. 
 
 112. anapaestic dimeter catalectic. 
 
 113 f. cretic tetrameters. 
 
 115 f. anapaestic dimeters catalectic. 
 
 117-120. cretic tetrameters. 
 
 121. trochaic octonarius. 
 
 122-126. iambic dimeters. 
 
 127-131. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 132 f. iambic octonarii. 
 
 134. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 135 f. iambic octonarii. 
 
 137 f. iambic septenarii. 
 
 139-226. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 227-350. ianibic senarii. 
 
 351. anapaestic dimeter. 
 
 352. iambic dimeter. 
 353 f. anapaestic dimeters. 
 
 355. anap. monometer+ iamb, monorji. 
 
 356. iambic senarius. 
 
 357. anapaestic septenarius. 
 
 358. anapaestic dimeter. 
 
 359. iambic octonarius. 
 
 360. anapaestic dimeter catalectic. 
 361-363, 365. anapaestic dimeters. 
 
 364. anapaestic monometer. 
 
 366. anapaestic dimeter catalectic. 
 
 367. anapaestic dimeter. 
 
 368. anapaestic dimeter catalectic. 
 369-465. trochaic septenarii. 
 466-570. iambic senarii. 
 
 570 b-577. bacchiac system (continuatio numeri). 
 
 578. cretic tetrameter. 
 
METRES OF THE MENAECHMI. 
 
 95 
 
 679 f . bacchiac trimeters catalectic. 
 
 581. trochaic dimeter. 
 
 582. bacchiac dimeter. 
 
 583. iambic dimeter. 
 
 584. bacchiac tetrameter. 
 
 585. iambic octonarius. 
 587. bacchiac tetrameter. 
 
 588-591. trochaic octonarii. 
 
 592 f. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 594. trochaic octonarius. 
 
 595. trochaic septenarius. 
 596-601. iambic octonarii. 
 
 602 f. anapaestic septenarii. 
 
 604-700. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 701-752. iambic senarii. 
 
 753-761. bacchiac tetrameter. 
 
 762 f. bacchiac dimeter with iambic penthemimeris, 
 
 764. cretic dimeter with trochaic dipody catalectiCr 
 
 765. trochaic dimeter. 
 766-775. bacchiac tetrameters. 
 
 776. iambic dimeter catalectic. 
 
 777-871. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 872-898. iambic senarii. 
 
 899-965. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 966-968, 970. bacchiac tetrameters. 
 
 969, 971. bacchiac tetrameters catalectic. 
 
 972, 974, 976. bacchiac dimeters catalectic. 
 
 973, 975. iambic dimeters. 
 
 977. bacchiac tetrameter. 
 
 978. iambic septenarius. 
 
 979. iambic senarius. 
 980-987. iambic septenarii. 
 988-990. iambic octonanf. 
 991-996. trochaic septenarii. 
 
 997-1005. iambic octonarii. 
 
 1006-1008. iambic dimeters. 
 
 1009-1162. trochaic septenarii. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 AKGUMENTUM. 
 
 1. Acrostic argumenta for all the plays, except the Bacchides, are 
 found in B and C (not in A). They are of later date than the plays, 
 probably not older than the time of the Empire. Several plays 
 have metrical argumenta not in acrostic form. These are somewhat 
 later than the acrostics, and are probably the work of the gramma- 
 rian C. Sulpicius Apollinaris. See Teuffel, Gesch. d. rom. Lit. p. 157 ; 
 Kitchl, opusc. 11.404, comm. on Trinum. p. cccxvi. — Siculus: a 
 Syracusan; see prol. 17. Notice the hiatus quoi erant. 
 
 2. ei : dissyllabic, as prol. 18, and often in Plautus. The comic 
 poets use ei, 1) as a spondee, 2) as an iambus (so here), 3) as one 
 syllable by synizesis. — surrupto: i.e. suhrepto ; so the Mss. almost 
 always in this play. Stem a of rapere, capere, etc., was changed in 
 composition to u in early Latin, later to i. Corssen, Ausspr. d. Lat. 
 II. 132. On the hiatus in this line and 3, see App. — The construction 
 Mercator . . . ei mors optigit betrays the struggles of the versifier. 
 
 4. eSosicle: see 1125 ff. 
 
 6. post : one might expect postremo. 
 
 8. Menaechmum civem : is predicate. 
 
 9. appellant, address, accost; i.e. they call him by name as an 
 acquaintance. Brix renders : accuse, call to account. Cf. Cic. Off. I. 
 25. 89. 
 
 10. se invicem : this is foreign to the style of Plautus. Brix on 
 Capt. 397 shows that vicem is used by Plautus with a possessive pro- 
 noun or a genitive. Wagner adds that se invicem does not occur 
 before Tacitus and Pliny the younger, but is very common in the 
 second half of the second century after Christ. — The writer of this 
 acrostic spells the title of the play Menaerhmei. The same affec- 
 tation of an early form occurs in the acrostic argument of the 
 Capteivei, 
 
NOTES. 97 
 
 PERSONAE. 
 
 Peniculus: a Latin name invented by Plautus (see Introd. p. 21). 
 The point is partially explained in 1. 78. Festus, p. 230 M., says, 
 * Penem antiqui codam vocabant, a qua antiquitate etiam nunc offa por- 
 cina cum cauda in cenis puris offa penita vacatur . et peniculi, quis cal- 
 ciamenta tergentur, quod e codis extremis faciebant antiqui qui (quis? 
 Brix) tergent (tergerent? Brix) ea.' The tails of animals were, then, 
 used instead of sponges when a long instrument was wanted. So to 
 cleanse tables (Men. 78), shoes (Men. 391), wounds (Ter. Eun. 
 777 ff.). Such tails would absorb moisture ; therefore they could be 
 squeezed out like sponges (see Rud. 1008). If it be true that long 
 sponges were called peniculi on account of their resemblance to tails 
 (Paul. Fest. p. 208 M., Peniculi spongiae longae propter similitudinem 
 caudarum appellatae}, the context must decide in each case whether a 
 brush, broom, or sponge is meant. (A. Spengel, * iiber die lat. Komtidie,' 
 p. 26, thinks the meaning is always sponge.) But as Festus speaks 
 of calciamenta, and Plautus (Men. 391) of baxeae in connexion with 
 peniculi, the best translation would probably be bi-ush or duster. The 
 word spongia does not occur until after Plautus and Terence. 
 
 Sosicles : ^coaiKXrjs, cf . 'Ayopaa-roKKrjs in the Poenulus, I.Tparnriro- 
 K\7js in Epidicus, n\evaiK\TJs in Mil. Glor., KaWiKXrjs in Trin. and 
 Trucul. 
 
 Erotium : 'Epcvnov, Little Love, a diminutive used as a term of en- 
 dearment, from 'EpccTis, as 'EXetJo-ioj/ from eXevais (Trucul.), irAai/r?- 
 aiov from irXavriais (Curculio), ^povhaiov, from (pp6vT]cris (Trucul.). 
 It occurs also in Turpilius 187 (Ribbeck), and in Greek and Latin 
 inscriptions. Similar diminutives occur as proper names in many 
 plays of Plautus and Terence. 
 
 Culindrus : KvMvSpos, a name derived, according to A. Spengel, 
 lat. Kom. p. 27, from the cylindrical roller used in making pastry. 
 Plautus doubtless wrote Culindrus, which is the reading of B C D 
 in 219, though in 300 and 301 these Mss. give Cilindrus. 
 
 Messenio : Meo-o-rjvicoj/. The slave received his name from his 
 native country. Cf. Geta (reVos), Dorus (Acopos) with Dorio (Ao- 
 plcov), Dorias (Acopias), and Dorippa (Aoopiirirr]) , Thessala (©eo-traX^), 
 Phrygia (^pvyia), My sis (Mvais), Cilix (KtAi|), Lydus (AuSJs), Syrus, 
 Syra (2vpos, 'S.vpa), Carlo (Kapiwp from Kap). 
 
98 MENAECHMI. 
 
 PROLOGUS. 
 
 The Prologue is not by Plautus. See A pp. 
 
 1. salus propitia : seems to occur only here. Propitlus is used 
 in early Latin almost exclusively vvitli names of persons, but ci. pax 
 propitia, Trin. 837. The prologue of the Casina begins with a greet- 
 ing to the spectators. Here the speaker addresses the greeting to 
 himself also as a joke. 
 
 3. Plautum, i.e. Plauti fahulam. Cf. Ter. Phorm. prol. 24, ad- 
 porto nouam Epidicazomenon qnam uocant comoediam. — lingua, non 
 manu: a stupid joke. Many such occur in the prologues prefixed 
 by so-called poets to the plays of Plautus. Cf. 22 f., 49 ft. 
 
 6. in verba conferam paucissima: hardly applies to the long, 
 dull prologue which follows. See App. 
 
 7. Atque : connects this part of the prologue (1. 7-16) with what 
 originally preceded it, but is now lost. Possibly these lines belonged 
 to an entirely different prologue from that in which they are here 
 inserted. See App. — poetae : sc. the Roman poets. 
 
 8. This statement is not strictly true. The scene of this play is 
 laid at Epidamnus, that of the Amphitruo at Thebes, of the Captivi 
 and Poenulus at Calydon, of the Curculio at Epidaurus, of the Miles 
 at Ephesus, of the Rudens at Cyrene. But nevertheless the normal 
 scene of comedy was Athens, and Plautus even so far forgets himself 
 as to make an Attic citizen of a slave set free at Calydon (Poenulus, 
 369). 
 
 9. illud : i.e. argumentum, and therefore the play. 
 
 10. The sense is, * I, the director of the theatre (opposed to poe- 
 tae 7), will never say that the scene of a play is laid at Athens, unless 
 I am told that the action of the play really took place in Athens (fac- 
 tum, sc. esse, i.e. rem Atlienis esse gestam). So now I say only that 
 the scene of the play is laid in a Grecian country, not in Athens, 
 but in Sicily.' The statement that he takes Athens for the scene 
 only when the action is really Attic, is, of course, only a joke of 
 the dominus gregis, addressed to an audience accustomed to regard 
 Athens as the natural scene of comedy, diciiur refers, not to the 
 poet, but to a supposed reporter of the events of the plot. Cf. 22 
 and 46, quia ilium clamore vidi Jiagitarier. Factum is opposed to 
 autumant in 8. See App. 
 
NOTES. 99 
 
 11. atque adeo, and yet. See Dziatzko on Ter. Phorrn. 389. 
 See App. 
 
 12. sicelicissitat : from the Greek adj. cnKi\iK6s, as atticissat 
 (oTTtKt^et) is from aTTiK6s. The iterative form (not the more simple 
 sicelissat) is employed for the sak^of the metre, and perhaps also 
 on account of its ridiculous length. 
 
 13. This verse, with hiatus in the caesura and also after argumen- 
 tum, is doubtless corrupt. Brix proposes hoc fahulae argumento ante- 
 logiumfait. — antelogium {xS-yos) : i.e. praefatio. 
 
 14. demensum dabo : the speaker now adopts the tone of a 
 merchant, or perhaps of a procurator peni (cf. Pseud. 608), whose 
 duty it was to dispense provisions and give the slaves their monthly 
 allowance (demensum, Ter. Phorm. 43). The demensum of slaves 
 employed in field laboi* was, according to Donatus, ad Ter. Phorm. 
 43, four modii of wheat, while free men and uilici, who were treated 
 as free men, had lighter work, and received three modii. Hence 
 trimodio in 15. (So M. Voigt, Rhein Mus. XXIV., 1869, p. 63.) 
 
 15. ipso horreo, not by the peck or the three-peck measure, hut by 
 the whole granary. This accords ill with the promise of 6. 
 
 16. tantum : i.e. tantopere. See Madvig on Cic. Fin. I. 2. 5. Cf. 
 Verg. Aen. III. 348, et multum lacrimas verba inter singula fund it. — 
 adest : to be read as a Pyrrhic. See Introd. p. 11. 
 
 17. senex: he cannot be considered a very old man, for his 
 father is still living. Cf. 38. 
 
 18. ei : see on argument. 2. 
 
 19. mater: nurse, mater cdiquando pro nutr ice po7iitur lii on. 'p.42o, 
 343. Cf . Plant. True. 892. — sua, their own. A. & G. 196, c ; G. 295, 
 Hem. 1. —See App. 
 
 21. neque adeo, nor even. Cf. 296; Trin. 181, 200, 918; Capt. 
 318, 519; Poen. 642, 860; Epid. 176; Bacch. 1209; Rud. 36. 
 
 22. dixit : cf . dicitur 10. This reference is intended to give an 
 air of authenticity to the story. — ille : the first syllable must be 
 treated as short. So also in illos 23. — uiderat : really more exact 
 than uidit, but cf. 57. — See App. 
 
 24. postquam: with hist. pres. like quom in 29, 1095, 1116. The 
 same use of postquam occurs in Capt. 24, 487 ; Mil. 1331 ; Cure. 325, 
 683; Cas. II. 3, 9; Epid. 504; True. 082; Bacch. 631. 
 
 26. geminum : hiatus. See App. 
 
100 MENAECHMI. 
 
 28. ilium: i.e. Sosiclem. — apud: to be read as a Pyrrhic, the 
 final d being silent or nearly so. See Introd. p. 11. 
 
 29. venit : liistorical present. 
 
 33. Epidamnus: a colony of Corcyra situated on the Illyrian 
 coast opposite Brundisium (see.Thucyd. I. 24), was called Dyrrha- 
 chium by the Romans, Epidamnum colonia propter inauspicatum no- 
 men Dyrrhachium appellata, Plin. N. H. III. 23. Cf. Fomponius 
 Mela II. p. 46 Parthey, and the pun in this play 1. 263 ff. 
 
 35. animum despondit, lost courage. Cf. Mil. 1053; Liv. III. 
 38. 2. — ea aegritudine : i.e. eius rei aegritudine. Cf. Mil. 769, 888, 
 971 ; Capt. 358, 721, 934; Poen. 1254. 
 
 36. emortuost = emortuos (nominative) est. The us (os) of the 
 nominative is often run together with est. 
 
 37. Syracusas: see Introd. p. 11. See App. 
 
 38. surruptum : see arg. 2. 
 
 39. Tarenti: Ennius (heduphag. 5, Apriculum piscem scito primum 
 esse Tarenti) and after his example other poets treat the first sylla- 
 ble of Tarentum as short. Perhaps the Greek accent of Tdpas, To- 
 pavTos may have influenced the writer of this prologue to depart 
 from the established custom. The modern Italian accent is said to 
 be Taranto. See App. 
 
 40. huic : i.e. Sosicli. — gemino : see App. 
 
 42. illi qui : common in Plautus for the more usual ei qui. 
 
 43. Menaechmo: dat. A. &G. 231, 6; G. 322 ; H. 387, n. 1. — 
 idem quod alteri nomen fuit: is superfluous after illius (sub- 
 repti) nomen indit, but wordiness is a common fault of the prologues 
 prefixed to the plays of Plautus. Here it is excusable on account 
 of the importance attached to the identity of name. — See App. 
 
 44. eodem : to be pronounced as two syllables. Cf . eaque 35. — 
 auos: the final s should be dropped, making the word a Pyrrhic. 
 See on apud 28. 
 
 46. clamore flagitarier: Ladewig (Philol. I. p. 279) thinks 
 this refers to the eagerness of the spectators who call for the play 
 (cf. Plin. N. H. 34. 62). This is possible, though illius nomen 45 
 and ilium 46 referring to the play would be unusual. Wagner and 
 Brix (2d ed.), following Schwabe, think the reference is to the 
 calling out of the name by the praeco or public crier when the boy 
 was lost (see Merc. III. 4. 78 ff. ; Petronius, c. 92 and 97 ; Plut. vit. 
 
NOTES. 101 
 
 Alcib. c. 3). This is not the proper understanding of our passage, 
 for there is nothing witty or ridiculous in the assertion by the pro- 
 logist that he heard the crier advertising the lost boy. It is, on the 
 other hand, quite in keeping with the prologist's style of wit to say 
 that he had seen Menaechmus in later times plagued hj creditors 
 calling for their money (of. Pseud. 655 f. namque edepol, si nan dabis,\ 
 clamore magno et multum Jiagitahere ; 1145, sed tu, bone vir, flagitare 
 saepe clamore in foro). 
 
 47. ne mox erretis : is a warning to tlie spectators not to forget 
 the fact that the two brothers bore the same name ; for this is neces- 
 sary to the understanding of the play. Cf. mox ne erretis, Mil. 150; 
 ne quis errel nostrum, Trin. prol. 4 ; ne erres, Capt. prol. 14 ; ut rem 
 teneatis rec^ws, Amph.prol. 110; meminisse ego hanc rem nolo, Cist. 149 
 (I. 2. 29). — iam nunc, now already; very different from nunciam, 
 straightway . Cf. Trin. 3. 
 
 49. in Epidamnum : the preposition with names of towns occurs 
 elsewhere, e.g. Bacch, 171, in Ephesum ahii. — pedibus : a pun. 
 pedes are metrical feet, as well as feet for walking. 
 
 50. examussim, according to a rule or level; hence exactly, pre- 
 cisely. Cf. Amph. 843; Most. 99 (I. 2. 19). — disputem, make clear, 
 from the adj. putus, clean, putare ualet purum facere, ideo antiqin 
 purum putum appellarunt, Varr. L. L. 6, § 63 Miiller. 
 
 51. Epidamnum : Pylades, and after him most eds., reads Epi- 
 damni ; but it is more in accordance with early usage to preserve 
 the ace. and thus emphasize the idea of motion implied in curari. 
 
 52. uSlit : the last syllable is long. See Introd. p. 13. 
 
 55. This whole passage from 49 is very like Poen. prol. 79-82. 
 See on 62. — magis : added to increase the force of the compara- 
 tive. Cf. 980. 
 
 56. atque: i.e. ac tamen. Cf. Pseud. 784, 1024, atque edepol. 
 This line refers to 49. — uno : i.e. eodem. 
 
 57. Epidamniensis ille : the nom. has no place in the sentence, 
 being supplanted by ei 59. The irregularity of the construction is 
 an imitation of conversational style. Cf. Mil. 140. ille is to be 
 scanned as two short syllables. See App. — dudum, some time ago, 
 is used indifferently of long and short distances of time. Cf. Capt. 
 478. — dixeram : equiv. to dixi. See on 22, and cf. 426, Capt. 
 prol. 17. 
 
102 MENAECHMI. 
 
 59. diuitiae : a strained joke, as if wealth and children were to 
 be classed together. 
 
 60. surrupticium : formed like adoptaticius, Poen. 1045; expositi- 
 cius, Cas. prol. 79; proiecticius, Cist. arg. 8. 
 
 62. heredem fecit : this does not mean that he declared him his 
 heir on the day of his death, but that he made him his heir by di/ing. 
 The pfologist here imitates Poen, 1070. The same line occurs 
 Poen. prol. 77. 
 
 63. pluerat : on the length of the first syllable, see Varro L. L. 
 IX. 104 (p. 232 Miiller) ; probably a contraction for pluuerat. Cf. 
 pluuius. See App. 
 
 64. See App. — longule : also Rud. 266 ; Ter. Heaut, 239. 
 
 65. rapidus raptor : observe the paronomasia, raptor is almost 
 equiv. to a perf. act. partic. This is hardly consistent with later 
 usage. 
 
 67. See App. 
 
 69. habet: i.e. habitat. Cf. Aul. 5; Bacch. 114; Trin. 193. 
 
 70. senio : i.e. Messenione. 
 
 12. haec urbs: i.e. the city represented by the stage decorations, 
 to which the speaker points. 
 
 74. familiae : the troupes of actors (so Silsofamiliae gladiatorum). 
 They were mostly freedmen or slaves and were educated for the 
 stage by their masters, who sometimes employed them for their own 
 amusement, and sometimes hired them out for pay. See Fried- 
 lander in Marquardt's Roraische Alterth. iv. p. 534. 
 
 75. hie : i.e. hie histrio. — agitat leno : i.e. agit lenonis partes, 
 plays the part of, etc. A rare use of agitare as intrans. 
 
 76. hariolus : this spelling is to be preferred to ariolus. See 
 Vani9ek, Etym. Worterbuch, ed. II. p. 96. — The end of the prologue 
 is wanting. This was first observed by Bothe. 
 
 ACTUS I. 
 
 77. The opening scene has no trpoa-uirov irporariKov (^persona pro- 
 tatica or extra argumentum) ; i.e. a person whose business is to intro- 
 duce the action of the play without directly taking part in it. See 
 Donatus on the beginning of the Andria, Hecyra, and Phormio. — 
 Enter the Parasite from the right of the stage (i.e. the side to the 
 
NOTES. 103 
 
 right of the spectator), before the house of Menaechmus I. (96). 
 On the costume of the Parasite, see Introd. p. 23. — Peniculo : dat. 
 A. & G. 231, 6 ; G. 322 ; H. 387, n. 1. 
 
 78. See note on Peniculus among the personae. — detergeo, sweep 
 clean. Even as late as the time of Horace the Romans seem to 
 have used no table-cloths, and the tables were wiped with the gau- 
 sape (Hor. Sat. II. 8. 10. Cf. Lucil. Sat. XXI. p. 75, ed. L. Miiller). 
 The youtlis who gave Peniculus his name evidently meant that he 
 made a clean sweep when the table was set for him. — After this line 
 some verses are missing, as was rightly observed by Ritschl. They 
 probably contained further jokes on the name Peniculus (cf . Capt. 
 69 ff.; Stichus, 174). 
 
 79. homines captiuos, captives taken in ivar. Cf. Capt. 100, 
 homines captiuos commercatur. So homo amicus and homo seruos are 
 common in Plautus. homo amator occurs Cas. 543 (III. 3. 2) ; homo 
 verbero, Pseud. 1205. Cf. meretrices mulieres, Men. 262. 
 
 81. nimis, veri/ ; a common use of nimis in comedy. For the 
 similar use of nimiiim, see Brix on Trin. 28. 
 
 82. malum accedit : refers not to any evil, but to the particular 
 evil of being put in chains, thereby adding to the propriety oifugere 
 83. Therefore Miiller, Nachtrag zur Plant. Pros. p. 117, inserted 
 hoc. Cf . Bacch. 424, id quom optigerat, hoc etiam ad malum accerseha- 
 tur malum ; Ter. Andr. 215, ad haec mala hoc mihi accedit etiam. See 
 App. 
 
 83. maior lubidost: equiv. to magis luhet; hence the mU.fugere 
 and facere. Further examples are given by Brix on Trin. 626. — 
 facere nequiter : behave like a nequam, do ivrong. 
 
 84. eximunt : i.e. expediunt, take out. The change from the sin- 
 gular (Jiomini 7nisero) to the plural is frequent where the singular 
 designates only an example of a class. Cf. Trin. 237 f. ; Mil. 160 ff. 
 
 85. turn : the second class of bondsmen, the compediti, cf. 80, are 
 now introduced as distinct from the catenis uincti, cf. 79. Therefore 
 tum is rightly defended by Brix. See App. — anus : the ring of the 
 fetter. Tlie diminutive dnulus means a ring for the finger. 
 
 86. eae : is the subj. Those are foolish measures. — nugae : the 
 form naugae, which Brix adopts liere (a third form is nogae), shows 
 the derivation from nauciim, a word concerning the meaning of which 
 ancient grammarians were in doubt. See Fest. p. 166 M. Plautus, 
 
104 MENAECHMI. 
 
 too, Most. 1027 (V. 1.2), makes Tranio confess that he uses the 
 word nauci without knowing its meaning. See Brix on Trin. 396. 
 
 87. recte, ne aufugiat, properly, that he may not run away. Brix 
 thinks ne aufugiat expresses result, not purpose. His note on Mil. 
 149 certainly proves tliat ne was sometimes used in colloquial lan- 
 guage {i.e. in comedy) to introduce consecutive clauses, but here 
 the meaning seems to be final. 
 
 89. hoindni: an old form for homini. See App. — rostrum: a 
 familiar or slangy substitute for os, as we say snout, and the Ger- 
 mans say Schnabel. The word is used in the same sense by other 
 writers, especially by satyrists. See lexicon. 
 
 90. edit : the old form of the subjunctive. Cf. Trin. Ij02. See 
 Brix ad loc, and Stolz in Miiller's Handbuch d. klass. Alterthums- 
 wiss. II. p. 236. 
 
 91. arbitratud : the old form of the abl. See App. — adfatim, 
 to satiety, until he has his Jill. Cf. Poen. 534, usque ad fatim; Rud. 
 758, usque ad saturitatem ; Cist. 71, ad satietatem usque, fatim is the 
 ace. of an old noun fatis. Paul. Fest. p. 11 explains ad fatim cor- 
 rectly by ad lassitudinem, and Serv. ad Verg. Aen. I. 123 recognizes 
 fatim as an independent word. Wherever this original meaning is 
 felt, ad fatim should be written as two words. In passages like 457 
 and Mil. 980 adfatim is already used as an adv. governing the gen. 
 like satis. — cottidie : on the spelling, see Brix, App. on Capt. 855; 
 Corssen, Aussprache des Lat, I. p. 175; Jordan, Hermes, XVI. p. 49. 
 
 92. capital : facinus quod capitis poena luitur, Fest. p. 48 M. Cf . 
 Cic. Leg. II. 8. 21. See App. 
 
 93. dum : equiv. to quamdiu. On the hiatus, see Introd. p. 14. — 
 uinclo uincies : is a good example of the fig. etymol. Brix, in his 
 note on Capt. 250, has collected many instances of this figure in 
 Plautus. 
 
 94. ita nimis lenta, so very tenacious. We should expect this to 
 be followed by a consecutive sentence with ut (ita nimis lenta ut . . . 
 adstringa7it) ; but the conversational style often prefers short, vigor- 
 ous, co-ordinate sentences to the subordination of clauses usual in 
 literary composition. Cf. standumst 103, after ita 101, and tantas 
 102; also Mil. 1047, ita me occursant multae : haud meminisse possum ; 
 Pseud. 881 ; Stich. 525 f,; Epid. 77 ; Ter. Eun. 97.— quam magis: 
 occurs for quo (quanto) magis in only four other places in Plautus: 
 
NOTES. 105 
 
 Poen. 348, Bacch. 1001, Asin. 158 (tarn without comparative in the 
 apodosis), Bacch. 1076 (with only magis in the apodosis). Here 
 tanto does not correspond exactly to quam magis. Cf. Most. 816, 
 (III. 2. 140) , ut qxddque magis contemplor tanto magis placet. 
 
 96. nam : introduces the particular instance illustrating the gen- 
 eral maxim of the preceding lines. See Brix on Trin. 25. — nunc : 
 see App. — quo, whither, i.e. to which place or person, i.e. to whom; 
 equiv. to ad quern, cui or quoi, which latter is the reading of many 
 eds. Cf. Stich. 142, quo dedisti nuptiim ahire nolumus, i.e. quoi dedisti, 
 ah eo ahire. So also mide 785 and eo, hue, inde, hinc, etc., frequently. 
 
 97. iudicatus : by the old Roman legal process the debtor, if he 
 did not pay, was adjudged (addictus, adiudicatus) to his creditors by 
 the prastor. Tlie creditor then led him home and bound him. Cf. 
 Poen. 1341, ut me suspendam ne addicar Agorastocli ; Rud. 891, si qui 
 mea opera citius addici potest; Ter. Phorni. 334 ff. — uinciat : of 
 course, with uincla escaria (94). 
 
 98. illic : the pronouns illic and istic have a short ultima in Plau- 
 tus. See App., and Brix on Mil. 22 and 586. — alit, feeds, implies 
 only necessary sustinence ; educat implies continued provision, as in 
 905. Cf . Nonius, p. 422, 10, alere est uictu temporali sustentare, edu- 
 care autem ad satietatem perpetuam educere. 
 
 99. recreat, creates anew. " Gives us, as 'twere, new life, when 
 dead with hunger" (Thornton). — medicinam facit: a technical 
 expression for medetur. So Cist. 76, conjidam fore (melius), si medi- 
 cus iieniat, qui huic morho facere medicinam potest. Cf. depaweiav ttoic?- 
 adai — OepaireveLv. 
 
 100. escae maxumae, of very great eating qualities: Gen. of 
 quality, A. & G. 215; G. 364; H. 396 V. Cf. Hor. Carm. I. 36. 13, 
 Damalls mrdfi meri; Cic. fam. IX. 26. 4, non multi cihi hospes ; PI. 
 Most. 7(57 (III. 2. 95), magni sunt oneris. 
 
 101. Cerialis, plentiful and splendid. The festival of the Ceria- 
 lia was celebrated in the circus from the 12th to the 19th of April. 
 During this festival the people dressed in white and were indulged 
 in sumptuous entertainments. On the spelling Cerialis, not Cerealis, 
 see Corssen, Ausspr. d. Lat. II. 345. — ita: see on 94. — exstruit, 
 hnilds up, cf. Pseud. 162, tu argentum eluito, idem extruito. A similar 
 figure occurs in Massinger's City Madam, Act II. Sc. I. : 
 
 *• The dishes were ranged one upon another 
 As woodmongers do billets." 
 
106 MENAECHMI. 
 
 102. struices : like ceruices, cornices, coturnices, coxendices. See 
 Corssen, Krit. Beitr. p. 72. Test. p. 310 M. says struices antiqui 
 dicehant omnium rerum. Cf. Serv. ad Verg. Aen. IV. 267. — con- 
 cinnat : this word means originally make harmonious. Test. p. 38 
 explains it by apte componere, cf. 739. — patiuarias: an adj. coined 
 by PI. from patina, occurring also Asin. 180. 
 
 103. standum: an emphatic exaggeration. The top of the 
 dishes cannot be reached by one reclining at the feast; one has to 
 stand on the couch. 
 
 104. intemallum : he has had no invitations. Cf. Rud. 187, 
 nunc intemallum iam hos dies multos fuit. — hos: with hie and the 
 ace, duration of time either just before or just after the present is 
 expressed. Cf. 376, 950, True. 872, Pseud. 9, 283, 321, Asin. 428, 
 Rud. 131, 137. When there is no direct reference to the present, 
 hie is not added. Cf. Ter. Andr. 328, Eun. 636. 
 
 105. inuitus : see App. — caris meis : my dear ones. This would 
 naturally mean my family, but tlie parasite perverts it to mean the 
 dear {i.e. expensive) food he buys, for any viands seem dear to 
 him when he has to pay for them himself. Cf. Aul. 373 ff., uenio 
 ad macellum, rogito pisces : indicant caros, agninam caram, caram bubu- 
 lam, etc. 
 
 107. sed quoniam, etc. : see App. As in Capt. 153 ff., the dishes 
 in array on the table are compared with an army arrayed for battle. 
 The sense is, si7ice now these dear ones drawn up in array desert me 
 {i.e. are giving out). 
 
 109. Menaechmum : enter Menaechmus I. from his house. The 
 parasite mentions his name to introduce him to the audience. In 
 modern times this introduction is rendered superfluous by the play- 
 bills. Erotium is introduced, 183, by the words eapse eccam exit. 
 The words euocate intus Oulindrum, 219, introduce the cook; Menaech- 
 mus II. and Messenio introduce themselves in the first lines they 
 speak, 227 ff., as do the maid of Erotium, 524 ff., and Menaechmus' 
 wife, 559 ff. Her father enters 753, after having been announced 
 
 .729 ff. The physician, who enters 889, has been indirectly an- 
 nounced in 875 and 882-888. Peniculus is directly introduced by 
 name, 77. See Klotz on Ter. Andr. 174. 
 
 110. Menaechmus I., who has just come out of the house, addresses 
 his wife, who stands at the door to see where he is going, until his 
 
NOTES. 107 
 
 harsh words drive her within (131). Hildyard compares the speech 
 of Zeus to Hera, Horn. II. A 561. On the metres of this canticum, 
 see App. — sis: is to be scanned as a short syllable in this anapaes- 
 tic metre. 
 
 112. odio habeas: the present tense of odisse is supplied in 
 Latin by odio (aliquid) habere, as its passive voice is expressed by 
 odiO'{alicui) esse. Cf. habes despicatui, 693. 
 
 113. tale: i.e. such things as he describes in 115 ff. 
 
 114. He threatens to drive her home to her father. — fazis: origi- 
 nally the optative of the sigmatic aorist. In meaning it is equiva- 
 lent to the fut. perf. — faxo : originally the subjunctive of the sig- 
 matic aorist ; in meaning nearly equiv. to the fut. It is frequently 
 used by Plautus where we should say " I warrant you." On these 
 forms, see Stolz, Lat. Gram, in Miiller's Handbuch d. Klass. Altcr- 
 thumswiss. II. p. 233, and the authorities there cited. — uidua: not 
 only widow, but any woman who is separated from her husband (so 
 Penelope, Stich. 2), and in fact any unmarried woman who is siii 
 iuris. Cf. 720, Liv. I. 43. 9. Notice the alliterations in this line. 
 
 118. egerim: Menaechmus begins by complaining that his wife 
 spies upon him when he goes out (115), but his complaint soon 
 becomes more general, and applies to her conduct upon his return ; 
 hence quid feram (corresponding to quid petam), quid for as egerim, 
 portitorem duxi, and quicquid egi. That quid feram applies to his 
 return is evident from Capt. 964, die quid fers, Ter. Phorm, 857, 
 quod fers cedo, Attius 499 R, exprome quid fers, Trin. 814, Men. 662, 
 Poen. 641 (cf. 640), Merc. 161, 752. 
 
 119. portitorem : (not uxorem) the portitores were custom-house 
 inspectors whose business it was to examine all goods entering at 
 the port. Non. 24, 19, portitores dicuntur teloniarii, qui portum obsi- 
 dentes omnia sciscitentur et ex eo uectigal accipiant. Cf . 135, huic custodi 
 catae. 
 
 121. nimium ego: a proceleusmatic, nimi Sg6. Cf. Mil. 452, 
 1437, Most. 736 (III. 2. 64), Aul. 655 ; see Muller, Nachtrag z. Pros, 
 p. 65 f . — delicatam, spoiled. Cf . Most. 929 (IV. 2. 32) puere, nimium 
 es delicatus. — ut facturus : rare omission of stan in the " periphrastic 
 conjugation." For further examples, see Brix on Trin. 635. That 
 sum, not sijn (Ussing on Amph. Prol. 56; but see id. Amph. 569) 
 is to be supplied is proved by E. Becker, Studemund's Studien I. 
 
108 MENAECIIMI. 
 
 p. 307. Here ut factunis is the object of dicam ; but facturus refers 
 not to the words immediately following, but to 127 &., atgue adeo, 
 etc., where Menaechmus declares liis intention to live a gay life. 
 
 122. See App. 
 
 123. lanam, purpuram : ivoollen and purple (or rather red) cloths 
 — ^or dresses (both together Stich. 376), the first for e very-day wear, 
 
 the second for festivities, etc. These were made up in the house 
 by the lady and her servants. — aunim: jewellery. — uestis: (sc. 
 stragula) covers for beds, couches, etc. Cf . 353. 
 
 124. bene: i.e. large, UheraUter. — quicquam: on the ace. with 
 egeo, see Kiihner, Lateinische Gram. II. 1, § 86. 8 Anm. 9. Cf. Ter. 
 Eun. 223. 
 
 125. malo cauebis : you'll he on your guard against evil conse- 
 quences, cf. 250. 
 
 126. obseruare, ivatch, spy upon. So seruare 127, 217. 
 
 127. atque adeo : and besides. See on 11. — nequicquam : this 
 form existed at the time of Plautus on an equal footing with ne- 
 quidquam (the older form) and nequiquam (the later form). The 
 word consists of the negative ne and the adverbial ablative quiquam 
 of quisquam (cf. alioqui, ceteroqui). The old form of this abl., quid- 
 quam, became by assimilation quicquam. See Ritschl, Neue Plant. 
 Excurs. p. 57 ff., Brix on Trin. 440. — ob earn industriam : because 
 of your care in watching me. Cf . 791, Merc. 1026. The implied 
 sense is, of course, to spite you. Cf, Shak. Com. of Err. Act III. 
 Sc.i.: 
 
 " That chain will I bestow, 
 Be it for nothing but to spite my wife, 
 Upon mine hostess there." 
 
 128. Menaechmus intends to dine with some friend, and bring 
 Erotium with him {ducam), as in the Mostellaria (I. 2 — 306 ff.) 
 Callidamates brings Delphium to Philolaches' banquet. Afterward 
 (177 f.) Menaechmus changes his plan, 
 
 129. loquitur mihi: is explained in 130; for if Menaechmus 
 dines out, he cannot take the parasite home to dinner. 
 
 131. See App, 
 -^ 132, amatores mariti, intriguing husbands, i,e. qui alias muUej^es 
 Jamant. Cf, Amph, 287, Most, 348 (II, i. 9) ff. See App. 
 
 133. quia: Plautus frequently uses quia after words of feeling 
 
NOTES. 109 
 
 and the like, where later usage decided in favor of quod. A. u G. 
 333 b ; G. 542 ; H. 540. IV.; Brix on Trin. 290, Langen, Beitr. p. 57. 
 
 134. See App. on 137. 
 
 135. sic : to what this and hoc f acinus (136) refer, is not expressly 
 stated until 137 if 134 be regarded as an interpolation. — dari 
 uerba : the passive of the common expression uerha dare, cheat, 
 deceive. — facete, cleverly, sharply. Cf. Cic. Kosc. Am. 44. 128, nos 
 ab isto nebulone facetius eludimur quam putamus. — custodi : this is 
 j perely a variation on the name portitor applied to his wife in 119. 
 
 136. fabre : originally in a workmanlike manner ; hence, accurately, 
 skilfully ; then cleverly, slyly. 
 
 \.,^137. meo malo (abl. of manner, cf. 1015) a mala abstuli hoc, 
 to my own loss I have stolen this from the bad woman. Of course he 
 was really robbing himself in robbing his wife. Cf. Shak. Com. of 
 Err. Act III. Sc. i., "This jest shall cost me some expense." — 
 hoc : i.e. ha7ic pallam, which he now pulls out from under his own 
 pallium. — ad amicam: cf. 177. — On this verse and 134, see App. 
 
 138. salute, to the welfare. We should expect cum, but with 
 salute the preposition seems to be regularly omitted. Cf. Rud. 910, 
 quo7n (^Neptunus) me ex suis locis pulcre ornatum expediuit salute horiae. 
 Merc. 824, sua quidem salute ac familial maxuma, Bacch. 1070. — 
 Menaechmus speaks as if he were returning victorious from a 
 battle. 
 
 139. istac : viz. praeda, i.e. palla. 
 
 140. insidias: the martial language of 138 is continued. The 
 pun on insidias and praesidium can hardly be translated. Cf. 193 
 induuiae and exuuiae. 
 
 141. o mea commoditas, etc. : commodoet opportuno tempore eum 
 venisse significat (Ussing). 
 
 142. quid agis, hoiv do you do? but also what are you doing? 
 Menaechmus uses the words in the former sense, and Peniculus 
 answers as if he had understood them in the latter. So in Most. 
 706 (III. 2, 29), quid agis? Hominem optumum teneo. The same am 
 biguity exists in the modern Greek ri Kaveis ; — teneo dextera : 
 Peniculus gives his hand to Menaechmus. — genium, my good angel. 
 Parasites apply the same term to their patrons in Capt, 879, Cure. 
 301. 
 
 ' r43. per tempus: i.e. opportune, in the nick of time. Used with 
 
110 I^IENAECHMI. 
 
 verbs of going and coming; Cas. 160 (II. i. 16), True. 188, Bacch. 
 844, Poen. 135, Ter. Andr. 783, Ilec. 622. Tlie opposite is post 
 tempus,A&m. 294, Capt. 870. Cf. Most. 563 (III. i. 47), numquam 
 potuisti mihi magis opportunus aduenire quam aduenis. 
 
 144. commoditatis, etc., / know all the subdivisions (moments) 
 of the right time. Cf. Cic. pr. P. Quinct. 5. 19, in ipso articulo tempo- 
 ris, Ter. Ad. 229, ut in ipso articulo oppressit (Wagner's reference to 
 Epid. Ill, 4. 55 is based upon a corrupt and abandoned reading). 
 Thornton renders " I know to hit each point and nick of time." 
 
 145. uin: = uisne. — facinus luculentu^l, "a rich treat" (Hild 
 yard). Menaechmus refers to his clever theft of the palla, but the 
 indefinite expression inspicere allows the parasite to think of the 
 only kind of " treat " he appreciates. He therefore asks who the 
 cook was. (Brix tsike^ facinus luculentum in the unheard-of sense of 
 " a glorious piece of booty," i.e. the palla, but Menaechmus wants 
 
 .the parasite to admire his cleverness, not to examine the cloak.) 
 
 146. iam, at once. See on 215. — si quid titubatumst, "if there 
 has been a slip of the pan" (Hildyard). The construction is, "if 
 there has been a slip, I shall know it." This is almost equivalent 
 to the indirect question, " I shall know whether there has been," etc., 
 which would require titubatum sit. Early Latin prefers, as a rule, 
 the indie, in clauses of this kind. — reliquias: the remains of a 
 dinner, the parasite's proper share. 
 
 147. en umquam : = ecquando, Paul. Fcst. p. 76. See App. — 
 tabula picta in pariete : cf . Merc. 315, tantidemst quasi sit signum 
 pictum in pariete. Fresco-painting appears to have been invented 
 by the Alexandrians (see Helbig, Rhein. Mus. xxv. p. 218), and was 
 apparently much in vo'gue in Italy as early as the time of Plautus. 
 The rape of Ganymedes was a common subject for ancient artists 
 (see O. Jahn, Arch. Beitr. p. 12 ff.; Miiller-Wieseler, Denkm. d. 
 alt. Kunst. I. 148, II. 50-52), and many representations of it are 
 extant, among them at least two wall-paintings (Zahn, Pompei. 
 Wandgem. II. 32, Museo Borbon. X. 56). No representations of the 
 rape of Adonis by Venus are as yet known. 
 
 148. Catameitus for Gan3nnedes belongs to a class of latinized 
 Greek words which became current in Latium through oral com- 
 munication before the development of a Latin literature. Similar 
 forms which Plautus found in popular use, and adopted in writing 
 
NOTES. Ill 
 
 for the popular stage, are : alcedo for alcyon (Paul. Fest. p. 6) Poen. 
 356, Alumentus for Laomedon (Fest. p. 15), Aperta (Fest. p. 18), 
 Apello for Apollo, Polluces for Pollux Bacch. 894, Afelerpanta (inscrip- 
 tion on a Praenestine mirror, see Ritschl C. I. L. p. 16), Bellero- 
 phania Baech. 810 for Bellerophontes, Alcumeus Capt. 562 for Alcmaeo, 
 Adoneus here for Adonis, and Proserpina which always remained the 
 Latin form for Persephone. 
 
 150. adsimulo similiter: Menaechmus has put on his wife's 
 palla, and asks if he does not resemble those effeminate beauties 
 Ganymedes and Adonis. — qiiis istest omatus : refers of course to 
 the palla. See App. 
 
 151. Menaechmus intends to invite the parasite to dine with him 
 at the house of Erotium, but wishes to be extolled beforehand as 
 generous and amiable {lepidissumiun) ; so in Capt. 839 ff. the para- 
 site insists that Hegio shall rejoice and make preparations for a 
 banquet before he will tell him the good news he brings. Penicu- 
 lus, however (154), refuses to flatter Menaechmus further without 
 knowing why (jqiia gratia, i.e. what his reward is to be), especially 
 as Menaechmus has quarrelled with his wife, and can therefore not 
 take him home to dine. — essuri: on the ss, see Brix on Trin. 406, 
 Corssen, Ausspr. d. Lat. I. p. 282 f. 
 
 153. audes: = uis; audere, from the same root as auere and 
 auidus, is often used by Plautus and Terence in the sense of uelle. 
 Cf. 697, Trin. 244, Pseud. 78, 1322, Asin. 476, True. 425. Sodes 
 {si audes), if you please, is very common. — de tuo, of your oivn. 
 
 154. qua gratia : = cuius rei gratia, what I shall get for it. What 
 he wants is shown by his question in 151. — See App. 
 
 155. abs te : cf . 267, 345. — caueo cautius : this is an example 
 of the fig. etymol. by which words of the same root are put side by 
 side for emphasis. 
 
 156. The sense of the missing verse must have been, "never fear; 
 if we can't dine at home, we can find a place uhi clam uxorem," etc. 
 See App. 
 
 157. sepulcnim : the coming feast is spoken of as the funeral of 
 the day, which would naturally take place when the day was dead 
 {i.e. past). Cf. Stat. Silv. IV. 6. 3, lam moriente die rapuit me cena 
 henigni Vindicis. The funeral rites were regularly closed by a feast. 
 The metaphor is continued in the two following lines, and repeated 
 in 491. 
 
112 MENAECHMI. 
 
 158. oras: = diets, a frequent use in early Latin. Cf. Trin. 
 1161. — quam mox, how soon? Cf. 704, Mil. 305, Rud. 342, quam 
 max coctumst prandium ? 1227, quam mox licet te eonpellare ? Liv. III. 
 37. 5. The parasite likes Menaeclimus' proposal, and urges him to 
 make haste, as the day is already half gone. 
 
 160. obloquere : loquendo obstrepis (Lambinus). — oculum ecfo- 
 dito per solum, you shall knoek out my eye through the sole of my foot. 
 Such ridiculous exaggerations are frequent in comedy, especially 
 when threats and the like are being uttered. Cf. Foen. 571, at 
 edepol tibi nos in lumbos linguam atque oculos in solum (sc. decidere 
 uelimus), we wish that your toiigue may fall into your loins, and your 
 eyes into the soles of your feet, Cas. 370 (II. 6. 39), at tu ut ocidos emun- 
 gare ex capite per nasum tuos. A similar use of per occurs in Mil. 29, 
 pol si quidem conisus esses, per corium, per uiscera perque os elephanti 
 transmineret bracchium, and 1261, ita animus per oculos meos mihi deft. 
 But see App. for another explanation. 
 
 162. a foribus : from Menaechmus' own door, that his wife may 
 not hear. — etiam, still more. Cf. Trin. 572, Aul. 55, abscede etiam 
 nunc, etiam nunc. St. Etiamne ? Ev. Ohe, istic adstato. — licet, all 
 right. Cf. 214, Trin. 372, 517. It expresses assent, like fiat just 
 before and eu just after. In Rud. 1212-1224 it is used fourteen 
 times in this sense. 
 
 163. concede audacter, come boldly away (a rather poor joke), 
 leonino cauo : the house in which dwells the raging lioness his 
 wife. (Brix renders cauo, cage, but for this the proper word is cauea. 
 He refers to Ter. Phorm. V. 1. 14, concede hinc a foribus paulum istor- 
 sum sodes. Quid has metuis foris ? Conclusam hie habeo uxorem saeuam, 
 where the figure is, however, slightly different.) 
 
 164. edepol ne : the emphatic ne is often used with edepol and 
 similar words, e.g. 908. — esses, you would be (if the occasion arose). 
 A. & G. 311, G. 602. — agitator, driver (in the circus). The drivers 
 in chariot races used to look back at those behind them to make 
 sure that they were not gaining on them. 
 
 166. sed quid ais : these words are often used to introduce a 
 new subject, especially a question. Cf. 914, Trin. 193. Here, how- 
 ever, Peniculus takes the words in their literal sense, what do you 
 say ? as he does quid agis, ivhat are you doing ? 142. — enim : is used 
 elliptically like the Greek yap. The effect is not to introduce a 
 
NOTES. 113 
 
 reason, but to emphasize an affirmation (= cnhnuero). This use is 
 very common in PLautus and Terence. Cf. 252, 791, 846, Trin. 
 705, etc. 
 
 108, captum si siet collegium (sc. augurum), if the college of 
 augurs should have been consulted. Cf. Most. 546 (III. i. 30), cape, 
 obstcro hercle, cum homine una iudicem. Suet. Aug. 95, augurium capienti 
 duodecim se vultures ostenderunt. 
 
 169. The answer of Peniculus is very imperfectly preserved in 
 the Mss. Tliis line exists only in A, and even there only a few let- 
 ters are legible. The sense must be : if you had consulted the 
 augurs, they could reach no better conclusion (coniecturam) than I. 
 
 170. Menaechmus holds the palla under the parasite's nose. — 
 apstines : sc. nasum, or possibly odorari, as in Cure. 180 abstinere 
 
 Js^used with the infinitive. 
 
 171. summum, onli/ the upper part. 
 
 172. istoc loco: i.e. injima parte. — nasum: in Plautus always 
 neuter, e.g., Cure. 110, sagax nasum habet, Mil. 1256, odore nasum 
 sentiat. — odore inlutili, an odor not to be loashed out. The adjective 
 occurs nowhere else, but seems assured by Nonius' inlutibili. 
 
 173. hinc : = ex hoc (i.e. summo, cf. 171) loco. 
 
 174. furtum, scortum, prandium : these are in the ace. case. 
 A. & G. 237 b, G. 329 R. 1, H. 371, III. There is a play on words in 
 furtum, scortum, for o before r was pronounced almost like u (see 
 
 Kiessling, Rhein. Mus. XXIII. p. 423 f.). Cf. Pseud. 791, furinum 
 forum, Epid. 119, furno foro, Bacch. 72, scortum scuio, True. 773, cura 
 cor. 
 
 175 f . These lines exist only in the palimpsest A, and only the 
 beginnings are legible. See App. 
 
 177. banc : her house was close at hand. 
 
 179. inde, froju now. — diumam stellam, the morning star (day 
 star), Lucfer ((paxrcpSpos), as in Amph. 272 Hesperus is called Noctur- 
 nus (Noctifer in CatuU. 62. 7). 
 
 180. expedite, to the point. The expression, like mille passum, 
 181, betrays the effort of the parasite to rise to Menaechmus' exalted 
 state of mind. — fabulatu's: this verb is used in comedy in the 
 sense of loqui. Cf. Trin. 461 , 480, 502. — ferio, shall I knock 7 Tlie 
 indicative is frequently used by Plautus and Terence in questions 
 of this kind instead of the more deliberative subjunctive. Cf. 320, 
 
114 MENAECIIMI. 
 
 Trin. 1062, Most. 759 (III. 2. SI), eon? uoco hue hominem? Bacch. 
 1190, Most. 860 (II. I. 21), Epid. 693, Pers. 663 (IV. 4. 114), Tor. 
 Hcaut. 344, Eun. 434. See esp. Madvig, Opusc. Alt. p. 40. 
 
 181. uel mane etiam, or rather ivait a bit. uel is rarely used by 
 the comic writers to mean simply or, but regularly adds emphasis, 
 as here, etiam as in 162. Menaechmus says this merely to keep 
 Peniculus on tenter hooks a little longer (cf. Pseud. 31, lege, uel 
 tahellas redde). — mille passum : Plautus regularly uses milk with 
 the genitive. For examples, see Brix on Trin. 425. On the geni- 
 tive passum, see Corssen, Ausspr. d. Lat. II. 709. Biicheler, Lat. 
 Decl. p. 84. 
 
 182. Samiae, of crockery. The Samian earthenware was cheap 
 and very generally used, cf . Capt. 291 ; but also easily broken, 
 Bacch. 200 fE. 
 
 183. eapse : i.e. ea ipsa. So eampse, eumpse, eopse and edpse 
 occur for eam ipsam, eum ipsam, eo ipso, and ed ipsa. See Corssen, 
 Ausspr. d. Lat. II. 847. — eccam : eccum, eccam, eccos, eccas, eccillum, 
 eccistum, etc. (i.e. ecce eum, etc.) may be inserted in the sentence like 
 mere interjections and have no influence on the construction. Brix 
 on Capt. 1005 gives examples. 
 
 184. satin ut : i.e. satisne est ut, is it not enough hoio the sun is 
 darkened ? i.e. " is it not entirely darkened ? " satin ut occurs after 
 uide (not uides) Stich. 271 f., and uide ut is very common. — prae 
 candoribus, in comparison with the brilliancy ; candor is not merely 
 whiteness, but whiteness and light. 
 
 185. Enter Erotium from her house. — mei: = mi; see Biiche- 
 ler, Lat. Decl. p. 44, and App. on 239. — extra numenim, outside the 
 number, i.e. you don't count. So Poen. 330 Agorastocles says to two 
 sisters, primum prima salua sis et secunda tu secundo salue in pretio, 
 and then to their maid tertia salue extra pretium, to which she replies 
 turn pol ego et oleum et operam perdidi. 
 
 186. Peniculus dares not be offended, for fear of losing his invita- 
 tion to dinner, and replies to Erotium's slighting remark with a 
 joke. See App. — adscriptiuis, supernumeraries. Varro, L. L. vii. 
 § 56, adscriptiui dicti quod olim adscribebantur inermes, armatis militi- 
 bus qui succederent, si quis eorum deperisset. 
 
 187. isti ac: see App. — iussim: like ausim more frequent in 
 the 2d and 3d person ; so too /axis, duxis, excussit. See on 114. — 
 
NOTES. 115 
 
 proelium : i.e. prandiiivi. So also Pers. 113 (I. 3. 32) sed quid 
 cessajuiis proelium committei-e? see on 140 and 107. 
 
 188. The Mss. omit the names of the persons in this line. The 
 latter part of it is given by most eds. (including Brix) to Menaecli- 
 mus, but such a proposal is much more likely to come from the 
 parasite, and is assigned to him by Ussing. 
 
 190. See App. 
 
 191. ut, hoiv. Exclamatory, as in 570 b. Menaechmus pays no 
 attention to tlie parasite's jocose interruption. 
 
 192. interim, meanwhile. Adversative. Cf. the French cependant. 
 See App. — nequis quin : is like noti potes quin. Brix, in his 
 note on Trin. 705, explains the construction by the ellipsis of facere. 
 
 193. quid hoc est? : Erotium throws back Menaechmus' pallium 
 by which his wife's palla was hidden. — induuiae : notice the pun 
 in this and exuuiae. — rosa : my rosebud. So also Cure. 100, A sin. 
 664, Bacch. 83. 
 
 194. superas: i.e. uictoriam obtines. — impetrant: sc. ut me fru- 
 antur. Cf. 190. The expression is chosen for the sake of decency. 
 
 195. blanditur : this probably refers to some endearing gesture 
 of Erotium. The sense is : a harlot is affectionate only so long as 
 she sees her profit in it. If you really loved Menaechmus, your 
 kisses would be more fiery. See App. 
 
 196. oportebat : this verb with the perf . pass, partie. is not rare 
 in Plautus and Terence. Cf. Aul. 764, non attactam opportuit. — 
 mordicus: this adverb occurs also Aul. 234. 
 
 - — 197. sustine hoc, hold this, i.e. my cloak. He has to remove this 
 in order to take off the palla (150) for Erotium. — uoui: as if he 
 had vowed to hang up his booty (i.e. the palla) as an offering at 
 some shrine. 
 
 198. postea : after you have taken off your cloak. The dancers 
 (cinaedi') on the stage wore the palla, and Peniculus wants Menaech- 
 mus to dance in accordance with his costume. See 510 ff. 
 
 200. He takes off the palla. — mmio : cf. 94. 
 
 201. Admete, daughter of Eurystheus, wished for the girdle of 
 Hippolyte, queen of the Amazons. Eurystheus therefore imposed 
 upon Hercules as his ninth labor the task of bringing the girdle. 
 See Apollod. II. 5, 9, 1 and 8, Diod. Sic. IV. 16. 
 
 202. umquam : added merely for the sake of emphasis. So we. 
 
116 MENAECHMI. 
 
 in colloquial language, sometimes use never for not. See on 1012. 
 See App. 
 
 203. uiuis : means a little more than es, you lead a life. Cf . 908, 
 Trin. 390, Merc. 897, Capt. 828. — morigera moribus : fig. etymol. 
 Cf. 155, 150. 
 
 204. These words express the thanks of Erotium, and intimate at 
 the same time that Menaechmus is only doing his duty by her. — 
 animo animatos : cf. honore honestes, Capt. 247, 35G, laudibus laudare, 
 Capt. 420, 422, memoria memini, Capt. 393, luce lucebit, Cure. 182. 
 These ablatives serve like adverbs to add emphasis to the same 
 idea contained in the related verb. 
 
 205. qui quidem : (aside) at least such as, etc. ; cf . Trin. 552. 
 
 206. istanc : not banc, for the palla is already in the hands of 
 Erotium, — anno: last year. Cf. Amph. prol. 91, etiam histriones 
 anno quom in proscenio hie louem inuocarunt, uenit ; Lucil. XXVIII. 
 23, utrum anno an homo tete ahstuleris a uiro. The translation " a 
 year ago" (Brix) gives nearly the same meaning, but does not 
 render the ablative so well. — See App. 
 
 207. Aside. 
 
 208. quid uolo : in later Latin quid uelim would be necessary, 
 but early Latin prefers the indicative, the question being treated as 
 a co-ordinate, not a subordinate clause. See on 146, Introd, p. 15, 
 — cedo, out with it, is common. Cf, Mil. 617, Pseud, 387, Poen. 
 865, 896. See App. 
 
 209. The prandium is to be an elaborate lunch corresponding to 
 the description of Menaechmus' tastes in 98 If. 
 
 210. scitamentorum : = scitorum ciborum. An archaic word. — 
 Bothe (and Ribbeck, Rhein. Mus. XXXVII, p. 538) may be right in 
 assigning this line and the two following to Peniculus. 
 
 211. glandionidam, pernonidam : comic patronymics from 
 glandium and perna, both of which are often mentioned in Plautus 
 as dainty dishes (Cure. 323, 366, Pseud. 166, Stich. 360). The end- 
 ing -wviSrjs (-coviSas) presupposes a stem in -cov, but Plautus pays no 
 regard to this, and even forms comic patronymics from verbs, as 
 in Pers. 699 ff., Virginesuendonides, Argentumexterehronides, Numrnos- 
 expalponides. Here glandionida and pernonida are only comic gran- 
 diloquence for glandium and perna, like sinciputamenta, 212, for 
 sinciput. — suillum, laridum : are adjectives, laridus is applied to 
 
NOTES. 117 
 
 dried as opposed to fresh meat. See A pp. — The dainties here enu- 
 merated are mentioned in the provisions of the censors against ex- 
 travagance in food (Plin. N. H. VIII. 51, 57, XXXVI. 1, 2), and it 
 is not improbable that, as Brix suggests, an allusion to such laws 
 is here intended. 
 
 212. The pork of Italy is still unusually good, an excellent flavor 
 being imparted to it by the acorns upon which the swine feed. 
 
 213. madida : well-done. Cf . 326. — miluinam : sc. famem^ 
 hunger of a kite (miluus) ; like our " hungry as a bear." In A the 
 reading is muluinam, and as miduina or miluina with ellipsis ot fames 
 does not occur elsewhere, Bernays (followed by Ritschl) reads huli- 
 mam, which is suggested by Paul. Fest. p. 32, Bulimam Graeci mag- 
 namfamem dicunt. The Greek word is ^ovKi^iia. 
 
 214. licet : see on 162. 
 
 215. iam, directlij. Cf. 146, 178, 226, 326, Trin. 248. 
 
 217. seniabo : cf. 127. See App. 
 
 218. hodie : Donatus on Ter. Adel. 215 says : hodie non tempus 
 significat, sed iracundam eloquentiam ac stomachum. This applies es- 
 pecially to sentences containing threats, curses, or asseverations, in 
 which hodie is added with a certain bitter emphasis as numquam is 
 in 1012 and umquam in 202. Cf. 1015, Pers. 220 (II. 2. 37), Ter. 
 Andr. 196, Hor. Sat. II. 7. 21, non dices hodie, with Heindorf's note. 
 — ut te perdam : on condition of losing you, ut being used like &(tt€ 
 or i(f> ^ re. — Exit Menaechmus followed by Peniculus. 
 
 219. euocate : is addressed to her slaves. — intus : ex aedibus, 
 fvdodfv. Cf. Most. 662 (III. I. 145), Amph. 770, intus pateram proferto 
 foras. See Brix on Capt. 173. — coquom: according to Athenaeus 
 XIV. 658 (p. 1466 Dindorf) slaves were not employed as cooks in 
 Athens until Macedonian times. Before that, the cooks were free 
 men, and had their station in the market-place, where any one who 
 wished could hire them. So in Aul. 280, postquam ohsonauit erus et 
 conduxit coquos tihicinasque hasce apud forum. See Introd. p. 25. In 
 Rome the cook was an indispensable person in every well-to-do 
 family after the war with Antiochus (191 b.c.) ; cf. Liv. XXXIX. 
 6. 7. That Erotium keeps a cook of her own, shows that she stands 
 high in her profession. 
 
 220. Enter Cylindrus. — nummos : Brix, in his note on Trin. 
 844, discusses the use of this word in Plautus. He finds that the 
 
118 MENAECHMI. 
 
 coins meant are usually not Roman, but Greek ; and that in most 
 cases the Aeginetan piece of two drachmas (a little over 50 cents) 
 is intended. — See App. 
 
 222. i : for ei, the later u'. See App. 
 
 223. See App. 
 
 224. homonum : see on 89. See App. — fungitur : Plautus 
 and Terence use fungi with the accusative only (except officio fungi, 
 Ter. Adel. 603) ; uti has regularly the ablative, abuti the accusative ; 
 frui occurs only once in Plautus, and then with the ablative, Asin. 
 918, while Terence uses it four times with the ablative and once 
 with the accusative ; potiri occurs in Plautus twice each with the 
 genitive, accusative, and ablative ; in Terence three times with the 
 accusative and once with the ablative ; uescor is unknown to Plautus 
 and Terence. 
 
 226. ilicet : (ire licet) you may go ; i.e. all right ; cf . licet 162. — 
 clKJta sunt : the meal is (as good as) cooked. Cf . Pseud. 891, quin tu 
 is accubitum ? ei, conuiuas cedo : conrumpitur iam cena, where the 
 orders for the meal have but just been given. — ceterum : object 
 of cura ; not adverb. Cf . Capt. 989. 
 
 226. Exit Erotium into her house, while Cylindrus goes to the 
 market. The stage is vacant, and the first act is over. 
 
 ACTUS II. 
 
 227. Enter Menaechmus 11. (Sosicles) and Messenio from the 
 harbor, i.e. from the spectators' left. They are followed by sailors 
 carrying their luggage. They must be in ordinary costume, or 
 Menaechmus II. could not be mistaken for his brother, but the}? 
 can hardly have left their travelling costume (x^-oyuvy and Trerao-os) 
 at an inn (taberna deuorsaria 436), as Brix imagines, for if they had, 
 they would not have failed to leave their heavy luggage also. 
 
 228. See App. 
 
 229. maior : sc. tamen est uoluptas. — non dicam dolo : to speak 
 the truth. Cf. Trin. 90, 480. 
 
 230. quae fuerit tua : i.e. patria. The unusual perfect fuerit 
 instead of sit seems to be used with a sigh of longing for his (long- 
 lost, former) country. 
 
 232. circumimus : is to be pronounced without elision of um. 
 Cf. Cure. 451, Asin. 742, Rud. 145 (I. 2. 52), True. 407, Ter. Phorm. 
 
NOTES. 119 
 
 G14, Hor. Sat. I. 9. 17 (circumagi). When elision is desired, circmn 
 ire should be written as two words, as Pseud. 809. Cf. Verg. Aen. 
 I. 142, circum deafudtt, ib. VI. 700, dare bracchia circum. 
 
 234. nam quid: frequently used for (/uif/na^n. — quaerere: after 
 modi. In comedy (i.e. in colloquial language) the infinitive is 
 loosely used for the genitive or dative of the gerund. Cf. 245, Capt. 
 424, adest occasio bene/acta cumulare, but Asin. 882, quid modi, pater, 
 amplexando fades ? Mil. 1311, Merc. 662. 
 
 235. postquam — damus : in common speech the historical pres- 
 ent was frequently used niter postquam and quom. See on 24. With 
 this and the following lines, compare Shak. Com. of Err. Act I. 
 
 Sc. i. 
 
 " Five summers have I spent in farthest Greece, 
 Roaming clean through the bounds of Asia, 
 And, coasting homeward, came to Ephesue; 
 Hopeless to find, yet loth to leave unsought, 
 Or that, or any place that harbours men." 
 
 And id. Sc. ii, 
 
 " I to the world am like a drop of water, 
 That in the ocean seeks another drop." 
 
 236. Histros : the // is found in the good Mss. of Plautus and 
 Virgil. — Hilurios : also with H. Cf. Trin. 852. See Corssen, 
 Ausspr. d. Lat. I. 106. See App. 
 
 237. mare superum : the Adriatic. — exoticam : foreign Greece 
 is from the Greek dramatist's point of view Magna Graecia. — For 
 the scanning, cf. the beginnings of the senarii Pat€r, auos, prdauos 
 Pers. 58, Ille quidem idm scit, id, 711 (IV. 7, 4), quomqu^ bene prd- 
 uemsti, True. 385. 
 
 credo: belongs logically in the apodosis, but is frequently 
 inserted in the protasis. — See App. — Compare our proverbial 
 expression : to hunt for a needle in a haymow. 
 
 240. si appareret : if it were visible at all, i.e. if it existed. Cf . 
 242 si uiueret. apparet has the same meaning in Amph. 161 f.. True. 
 154 ; and comparebas, Aul. 629. Cf. Liv. XXX, 37. 11 ex nauibus per 
 indutias captis nihil praeter ipsas comparebat naues. 
 
 243. iatuc: belongs with faciat. The following line explains 
 istuc. The repetition and amplification of an idea already ex- 
 pressed is characteristic of careless colloquial language. Cf. 
 992 ff., True. 22 ff., non omnis aetas ad perdiscendum sat est 
 
120 MENAECHMI. 
 
 amanti, dum id perdiscat, quot pereat modis, ib, 57 f . — certum •. is, 
 like scire in the next line, opposed to the implied notion of mere 
 belief. See App. 
 
 245, praeterea : bejond that, i.e. beyond obtaining certain news 
 of my brother's death. Cf. 725, Most. 72, ne tu erres, praeterhuc inihi 
 non fades moram. — quaerere : see on 234. 
 
 "'^246. aliter : i.e. unless I find some one to give me certain inf or. 
 mation about my brother's death. — exsequi : equivalent to quaerere 
 Supply eum as its object. Cf. Epid. 572, Amph. 791, Rud. 261 
 patronam exsequontur benignam. 
 
 247. ilium : the subject of the dependent clause is put by anticx 
 pation as the object of the chief verb. The logical order is ego 
 (I alone) scio quam ille cams sit, etc. Cf. 881, Trin. 373 with Brix's 
 note. 
 
 248. in scirpo nodum quaeris, you are hunting for a knot in a 
 bulrush (which never has any). A proverbial expression for taking 
 useless trouble. Cf. Ter. Andr. 941. — quin, whij not. 
 
 249. nisi si : like the Greek el fiT] et, of which C. E. Schneider (on 
 Plato Rep. IX. 581 D) says alterum ei rem magis incertam reddit, dum 
 exceptioni addit condicionem. Cf. Trin. 475, Capt. 530, Amph. 825, 
 Cure. 51, Epid. 22. — historia: in the Greek sense of an account 
 of a voyage. So Lucian's story of his voyage to tlie sun and the 
 moon is called a\ri67]s laropla. 
 
 250. The same form of sentence is used Capt. 032, meam.rem non 
 cures, si recte facias. See App. — dictum doctum: also Trin. 380, 
 A sin. 525. The idea contained in this line is differently expressed, 
 Most. 57, orationis operam compendi face, nisi te mala re magna mactari 
 cupis, and Bacch, 147, omitte, Lyde, aut caue malo. — malo : here as 
 elsewhere, malum (like mala I'es) means a whipping. Cf. Trin. 1045, 
 Liv. IV. 49. 11. 
 
 251. tuo modo, in your way, to suit you. Cf. Pers. 358 (III. i. 31), 
 yneo modo istuc potius fiet quam tuo, Ter. Andr. 153, sine nunc meo me 
 uiuere inter ea modo. 
 
 252. em: should not be elided, ^m, originally the accusative of 
 is, is most frequently found before the demonstrative pronouns, hie, 
 illic, istic, and less often is. It is also sometimes followed by rela- 
 tives, personal pronouns, and substantives. See Brix on Trin. 3. 
 See App. — illoc: i.e. line 251. — enim : see on 166. 
 
NOTES. 121 
 
 253. potiiit : this line is addressed to the spectators, hence the 
 third person. Notice that five words in succession begin with p. 
 
 256. aestiue uiaticati, supplied for our journey in a summerly man- 
 ner, i.e. our purse is (like summer clothing) lightly lined, uiaticatus 
 does not occur elsewhere. Cf. patihulatus (= patihulum ferens) Most. 
 53, hostiatus (= cum hostiis) Rud. 270, ansatus (= ansis ornatus) Pers. 
 307 (IL 5. 7). 
 
 257. ne tu hercle : a common combination of particles like ne tu 
 edepol and ne tu ecastor. Cf . 620, 639. — reuorteris : future perfect 
 active, not present deponent. 
 
 258. ubi nil habebis, ivhen you've spent all your money. — gemi- 
 num gemes: a play on words (paronomasia). Cf. 980. 
 
 260. potatores maxumei : cf . amator magnus, 269. — With this 
 line and the following, compare Shak. Coin, of Err. Act I. Sc. ii. 
 
 " They say this town is full of cozenage; 
 As, nimble jugglers that deceive the eye, 
 Dark-working sorcerers that change the mind, 
 Soul-killing witches that deform the body, 
 DisguisM cheaters, prating mountebanks, 
 And many such-like liberties of sin." 
 
 261. sucophantae, sharpers; cheats (Hildyard). The common 
 spelling is sycophantae, but y was not used in the time of Plautus. — 
 palpatores, spongers; swindlers (Hildyard). 
 
 2G2. meretrices mulieres : see on 79. 
 
 265. damno : the joke lies in the pun on Epidamno, 264. Cf. 268 
 and see on 33. Similar puns occur Mil. 290, quod ego, Sceledre, 
 scelus ex te audio? (cf. id. 331, 495) Bacch. 284, quom mi ipsum nomen 
 eius Archidemides clamaret dempturum esse, si quid crederem. The 
 Greek name Epidamnos is perhaps connected with iTriddfivrjfjLi. 
 
 266. cedo dum : just give. " Imperatives are often strengthened 
 by the addition of dum" (Wagner). 
 
 267. eo uis : sc. facere; what do you mean to do with it ? — aps te : 
 cf. 155, 345. — de: is equivalent to secundum. Cf. 934, Mil. 1029. 
 
 268. duas: an old subjunctive for des. 
 
 269. amator magnus : lii. 2Q0,M.\\. 11^, magnus moechusmulierum, 
 Amph. prol. 106, quantus amator. See App. 
 
 270. perditi : see App. 
 
 271. id utrumque : according to the rule we should have eorum 
 
122 MENAECHMI. 
 
 utrumque. A long list of exceptions is, however, given by C. F. W. 
 Miiller, Jahrbb. f. Phil. 1865, p. 560 f.; cf. utereratis, 1119.— cauero : 
 the future perfect where the future seems more natural is common 
 in comedy. The meaning seems to be that the action is to be so 
 quick and sure that it can hardly be thought of except as completed. 
 Ci.feceris 273, exquaesiuero, Capt. 293. 
 
 274. Enter Cylindrus, the cook, with the provisions he has bought. 
 He takes Menaechmus Sosicles for Menaechmus of Epidamnus. 
 
 276. uae tergo meo : he is afraid of being punished for his slow- 
 ness. 
 
 277. obambulant: the hiatus after conuiuae might be avoided 
 by scanning prius iam conuiuae or by adopting the archaic form 
 conuiuas (see Biicheler Lat. Decl. p. 35, Ritschl, neue Plant. Exc. 
 p. 117 f.), but Ritschl's obambulant (adopted by Brix and Wagner) 
 seems better, obanibulare, walk up and down, occurs Capt. 491, Trin. 
 315, Poen. prol. 19, and is restored by Wagner Cas. 720 (IV. i. 10). 
 
 279. di te amabunt : a formula expressing thanks. Similar ex- 
 pressions, often with the verb in the subjunctive, are very common. 
 See Brix and Wagner on Trin. 384. 
 
 280. Ritschl suggests as a possible reading for this line of which 
 traces are preserved in A : Tune hunc scis qui sit qui sciat quis ego 
 stem ? 
 
 281. The hiatus is justified by the pause and change of speakers. 
 — conuiuae ceteri : plural because Cylindrus has previously (224) 
 said that Peniculus is equal to eight, sunt and est are often omitted 
 in pointed questions. See App. 
 
 — 283. certo : certainly. Certe means at least. But see on 501. 
 
 284. disin : Plautus uses ne where later writers use nonne (see 
 A. Spengel, "die Partikel nonne im Altlatein," Munich, 1867). Cf. 
 375, Mil. 169, estne hie Palaestrio ? Bacch. 561, Capt. 714, Ter. Hec. 
 81, and even Cic. Cat. I. 3. 8, sensistine ? Schrader and M. Warren 
 maintain that nonne occurs, though rarely, in Plautus. 
 
 285. Traces of a lost line exist in A. See App. 
 
 287. Of course Menaechmus Sosicles and Messenio know no 
 penictdus except as a sponge or dishclout. 
 
 288. numero: too soon. Cf. Amph. 180, Mil. 1400, Poen. 1272, 
 Festus, p. 170, Nonius, p. 352. 
 
 290. porci: pigs were the usual expiatory sacrifice, and werQ 
 
NOTES. 128 
 
 offered in cases of insanity to obtain relief from the disease, which 
 was regarded as a punishment sent by the gods. So Menaechmus 
 asks, "What is the price of pigs?" and proposes that Cylindrus 
 offer a sacrifice, as he is clearly insane. 
 
 291. sacres: this plural is used in sacrificial language instead 
 of sacrl. Cf. Rud. 1208, Varro de re rustica II. i. 20 and 4. 16. So 
 impetrire is used for impetrare in the language of ritual. Varro, II. 4. 
 16, says : a partu decimo die habentur puri. ah eo appellantur ah antiquis 
 sacres, quod turn ad sacrijichim idonei dicuntur primum, and cites this 
 line. — sinceri : is equivalent to puri in the passage from Varro. — 
 nummis : i.e. singtdis niimmis. — nummum a me accipe : cf . Cure. 
 201, auro contra cedo modestum amatorem: a me aurum accipe. 
 
 293. insane : see A pp. 
 
 294. homini ignoto : a stranger. Cf. 495. 
 
 295. tantum quod sciam : is unusual for the simple quod sciam. 
 — In the vuIgate lines 295-299 stand between 302 and 303. 
 
 297. tu: see App. — nouerim : sc. rogas? Both nouisti and no- 
 uerim are used as perfect of noscere. But where did you hecome 
 acquainted with me ? etc. 
 
 301. The sense of the joke at the cook's expense is according to 
 Schwabe (Jahrbb. 1872, p. 413 f.): " siue a culo (i.e. ano) siue a cole 
 (i.e. caule=pene, mentula) nomen habes, perieris." Perhaps Plautus 
 had only the two spellings culina and colina in mind (see Most. 1 
 and perhaps 5). At any rate, the joke is not derived by Plautus 
 from his Greek original. — perieris : only four unsyncopated forms 
 of the perfect subjunctive occur in Plautus in clauses of wishing: 
 deiicuerit, Cas. 378 (II. 6. 47) perieris here, perierint, Stich. 385, ahi- 
 erit, Poen. 799. facere^ which is common in wishes, occurs only as 
 faxim, never as feeerim. (So Liibbert, grammat. Stud. I. p. 30.) 
 See App. 
 
 303. tibi : iambus as in 323. 
 
 304. cuathiaso : KvadiCu}. Cf. patrisso, -irarpiCa), and see on 11, 
 
 305. quom : causal quom with the indicative is regular in Plautus. 
 — nihil: more definite expressions are Most. 260 (I. 3. 109), nimis 
 uelim lapidem, qui ego illi specula dimminuam caput, Ter. Andr. 622, 
 Ei mihi, quom non habeo spatium, ut de te sumam supplicium, ib. 606, 
 utinam mihi esset aliquid hie quo nunc me praecipitem darem. — illic : 
 (dative) for illice. Cf. 829, 842, Trin. 776, True. 200. So istic, 1013. 
 
124 MENAECHMI. 
 
 — dimminuam : for disminuam with assimilation of s. The word 
 occurs in comedy here, Most. 260 (I. 3. 109), Ter. Eun. 803, and 
 Adel. 571, always with caput or cerebrum as its object. 
 
 309. habes = Aa6i7as. See App. — perduint: cf. 451, 1009. 
 
 310. insanit hie quidem : he is the one who is mad, not I. A 
 side remark. — ipsus: an old form for ipse. See App. 
 
 311. audin? listen, literally, do you hear? Cf. 909, 920; so uiden, 
 see, Most. 1152 (V. 2. 50) (but uide Cure. 311), uidetin, Asin. 636 
 (but uidete, Stich. 410). 
 
 312. nummum ilium quein : by attraction for nummo illo quern. 
 The demonstrative is sometimes attracted into the case of the rela- 
 tive when both precede the verb. Cf. Trin. 137, 985, Cure. 419, 
 Amph. 1009, Capt. prol. 1. — dudum: just now. Cf. Trin. 430, 
 1137. See G. M. Richardson "de dum particulae ap. prise, script. 
 Lat. usu" (Leipzig, 1886), p. 23 fE. 
 
 314. tu quidem: like hie quidem in 310, is a reply to insanum of 
 293. See App. 
 
 316. multum : chattering, gas-hag. Cf. Afran. 202 R. multa ac 
 molesta es : potin ut hinc facessas ? CatuU. 112, multus homo est Naso, 
 Cic. de Orat. II. 87. 358. See App. 
 
 317. Aside to the audience. 
 
 318. quamuis : originally tarn . . . quam uis, as much . . . as you 
 please. Cf. Trin. 380, 554, 797, Bacch. 339, Cic. Rose. Amer. 32. 91, 
 haec si haberet in cg,usa, quae commemoraui, posset ea quamuis diu dicere. 
 ridiculus : funny, fond of jokes. 
 
 319. quid ais tu? say! Cf. 914, Trin. 193, 196, 892, 930, 939, 
 Capt. 613. See on 311. — quod uides: he shows him the contents 
 of his sportula (220). 
 
 320. dn dpsono : the strength of the ictus on an occasions the 
 shortening of the first syllable of opsone. See App. on prol. 37 
 For the indicative, see on 180. 
 
 321. quas mulieres, etc.; cf. Cure. 546, quos tu mihi luscos libertos, 
 quos Summanos somnias ? True. 283, quas tu mulieres mihi narras . . .f 
 Cure. 613. 
 
 322. quod te urget scelus: what wickedness is tormenting you? 
 (i.e. is being visited upon you and is causing your insanity). Cf 
 Capt. 762, quod hoc est scelus 1 which Brix rightly explains by quid 
 hoc est infelicitatis ? (cf . Ter. Adel. 544, quid hoc malum infelicitatis ?) 
 
NOTES. 125 
 
 323. qui : equivalent to ut tu ; hence the subjunctive. A. & G. 
 319, G. 633, H. 500 I. — tibi : an iambus. Cf. 303. 
 
 326. iam: directly. Cf. 215. — madebunt: see on 213. made- 
 hunt faxo is an example of parataxis; sliall he cooked, I promise you. 
 This use oifaxo is common in comedy. 
 
 " 327. longius: the u of the neuter comparative was originally long 
 (see Biicheler,Lat. Decl. p. 10, Corssen, Ausspr. d. Lat. II. p. 500) and 
 must be so considered here, in Most. 318 (I. 4. 13), and Trin. 247. 
 amplius. In the last two places the metre is cretic. See App. 
 
 328. numquid uis? is there anything else I can do for you ? This 
 is a regular formula in taking leave. Cf. Ter. Eun. 341, Dum haec 
 dicit, abiit hora. rogo numquid uelit. * recte ' inquit. aheo. to which Dona- 
 tus says : ahituri, ne id durefacerent, numquid uis 9 dicebant iis quihus- 
 cum constitissent. — maxumam malam crucem : this expression 
 with ire and without in occurs also Capt. 469, Poen. 496, 799, Ter. 
 Eun. 636, malam rem hinc ihis ? to which Donatus says : hoc adverhi- 
 aliter dixit quemadmodum dicimus domum ihis. See also Bentley on 
 Ter. Phorm. V. 8. 37. 
 
 329. ire : takes up the verb of Menaechmus' harsh remark, after 
 which one would expect malam crucem, but Cylindrus gives his 
 speech an unexpected turn. See App. 
 
 330. haec: the provisions. — ad Volcani uiolentiam : this lofty 
 tragic phrase in the mouth of the cook becomes ridiculous like the 
 quotations from Euripides in the plays of Aristophanes. 
 
 332. adstes : after potius quam and similar expressions the sub- 
 junctive is regularly used (though the subjunctive is here further 
 accounted for by the preceding ut). Brix gives examples in his 
 note on Capt. 688. 
 
 _ 337. qui, how. qui (quei) is a locative form parallel to the abl. 
 quo. It serves as an interrogative (here, 1120), relative (635, Bacch. 
 335), and indefinite (649) pronoun, in all genders and numbers (most 
 frequently quicum, e.g. 369) ; compounds as aliqui, quiqui (1159) and 
 quiquam also occur. As an adverb, qui is equiv. to utinam (451, 933) ; 
 as an asseverative particle it is common in early Latin (see on 428) 
 and is preserved in later Latin in the compound atqui. See Bucheler, 
 Lat. Decl. p. 121. 
 
 338. mirum : not mirum est. Plautus never omits the copula 
 (est) in certuni est, par est, aequom est, opus est, usus est, melius est, 
 
126 MENAECHMI. 
 
 satius est, negotium est, and some similar expressions ; but in expres- 
 sions of an exclamatory character est is generally omitted, as in 
 facete dictum, Capt. 176, Ter. Eun. 288, emptiim, Capt. 179, nimium 
 bonae rei, Stich. 379, nimis bene factum id. 374, Epid. 209, scitum istuc, 
 Bacch. 208, tua factum opera, Pers. 773 (V. i. 22). This is especially 
 the case in phrases containing mirum, as mirum ni, mirum quin, mirum 
 quid, Amph. 954, non mirum si, True. 305, minume mirum, Ter. Heaut. 
 245, non edepol mirum, Ter. Hec. 160 (though est is sometimes used, 
 e.g. Bacch. 409, 450, Pseud. 1213, Amph. 283, Ter. Hec. 220). Cf. 
 ovhfv davfxa(Tr6v, rl Qavfxa(TT6v ; and the English " no wonder." A 
 comparison of these expressions with other exclamatory phrases 
 (e.g. hercle odiosas res. Mil. 1056, edepol mortalem graphicum, Pseud. 
 519, hercle rem gestam bene, Stich. 379, Epid. 212, morbum hercle acu- 
 tum. Men. 872, edepol res turbulentas, Epid. 72, edepol mortales malos, 
 Poen. 603) makes it probable that mirum is an exclamatory accusa- 
 tive, in which case est could not be added. 
 
 . .339. ancillulas: diminutive of ancillas, as seruolos is of seruos. 
 
 The regular feminine of seruos is ancilla (cf. Cic. Off. I. 31. 113) 
 except when the position of a maid-servant as slave or free woman 
 in the eye of the law is in question. Then serua is used. 
 
 341. quoiatis-: archaic for guoias (cuius). Priscian XVII. 23, 
 p. 122 H, gentile cuias, cuius nominativum etiam cuiatis communi genere 
 antiqui proferebant. Cf. Poen. prol. 109, ib. 994, Cure. 407, Bacch. 
 f ragm. 23. — quid nomen : in the question, " what is your (his, etc.) 
 name ? " Plautus regularly uses the substantive pronoun quid. Cf. 
 498, 1131, Trin. 889. 
 
 342. adplicant, adglutinant : Plautus frequently puts words of 
 similar meaning side by side without a conjunction (asyndeton). 
 Cf. Trin. 243. 
 
 343. perditum, ruined. See App. on 270. — amittunt: for dimit- 
 tunt, very common in early Latin. Cf. 1055, Capt. arg. 7, prol. 36, 
 332, 460, etc. 
 
 344. istoc : the first syllable must be scanned short. — nauis : 
 must be pronounced (by synizesis) as one syllable, like the Greek 
 vavs. So also Bacch. 797. See App. The nauis praedatoria is of 
 course the meretrix, and by portu her house is meant. 
 
 349. hoc : the uididus which Messenio was carrying, while the 
 sailors carried the rest of the baggage Qiaec). 
 
NOTES. 127 
 
 350. sultis : si uultis, like sis for si ids. — nauales pedes : a high- 
 sounding name for the sailors. In 436 they are called istos, and 
 sequimini in 445 is addressed to them. 
 
 351. Enter Erotium from her house, accompanied by her maid, 
 whom she immediately sends in again. The lines 351-368 form a 
 canticum in iambic and anapaestic measures. — sic, so, i.e. open. — 
 nolo operiri, / don't want (the door) shut, i.e. " leave it open." She 
 intends to go back into the house with Menaechmus. The first lines 
 are addressed to the maid. 
 
 352. para, cura : are used without an object expressed. So para 
 Ter. Andr. 254 and often. 
 
 353. fiat: depends upon uide without ut. A. & G. 331/. Rem., 
 G. 546 Rem. 3, H. 499, 2. — sternite lectos, cover the couches with 
 cushions, etc. Cf. 123 and Pseud. 162, tu esto lectisterniator. 
 
 355. See App. 
 
 356. malo : i.e. damno. 
 
 357. eocum : cf . 774. 
 
 358. On the metre, see App. 
 
 359. potissumus: to be pronounced pottsumus, like similumus, 
 Asin. 241, satelites, Trin. 833, as was customary before Ennius. 
 Erotium had several lovers, but speaks as if Menaechmus were her 
 favorite. Cf. Ter. Phorm. 533, mea lege utar, ut sit potior qui prior ad 
 dandumst. Hor. Sat. II. 5. 76. See App. 
 
 361. animule mi : cf . 185, Cas. 134 mi animule, mi Olympio, mea 
 uita, mea mellilla, mea festiuitas. — mira uidentur: (not minim) cf. 
 mira sunt, Trin. 861. 
 
 363. quom . . . sit : causal quom is followed by the indicative in 
 Plautus except where, as here, the clause with quom is attracted 
 into the subjunctive by the influence of a subjunctive or infinitive 
 upon which it depends. See Schmalz in I. Miiller's Handbiich d. 
 Alterthumswiss. II. p. 348, Liibbert, " Syntax von quom," p. 125 f. 
 
 364. See App. 
 
 367 f. are not a repetition of 364-6 arising from a re-editing of 
 the play (dittography), but Erotium, receiving no sign of welcome 
 from Menaechmus, hopes to arouse his interest by repeating more 
 in detail what she has just said. 
 
 368. ubi, tvhen. — meet: i.e. ire licet. Cf. 225, Capt. 90, 469, 
 Most. 832 (III. 2. 161). See App. 
 
128 MENAECHMI. 
 
 369. qmcum, etc. : aside to Messenio. 
 
 370. quia : replies to the general sense of the preceding question 
 as if it were in the form cur me appellas ? 
 
 371. neque haud: as the force of the negative in neque is some- 
 what weakened by its combination with the copulative particle, the 
 popular speech sometimes adds a second negative particle which 
 does not destroy but strengthens the negation. The two negatives 
 are then regularly separated by another word. The examples in 
 Plautus are: Bacch. 1037, neque ego haud committam ut — dicas, Epid. 
 664, neque ille haud obiciet mihi pedibus sese prouocatum, Pers. 633 (IV. 
 3. 66), neque mi haud inperito eueniet, tali ut in luto haeream, Bacch. 
 fragm. 26, neqice id haud subditiua gloria \_oppidum^ arbitror. This 
 usage occurs only once in Terence, Andr. 205. Similar cases are 
 Plant. Cure. 579 (where Brix proposes atque for neque), Mil. 1411. 
 
 372. florentem facis: cf. Pseud. 1041, qui te nunc Jlentem facit^ 
 Poen. 377, egofaciam plorantem ilium. 
 
 375. dixin : 259 ff ., 338 ff . See on 284. — istaec, what you are 
 experiencing. — folia nunc cadunt: seems to be a proverbial ex- 
 pression. The meaning is : now light and pleasant things (i.e. mere 
 words) fall to your lot, compared to what will be in three days : 
 then heavy and hard things (i.e. the paying for Erotium's favors) 
 will come. 
 
 376. prae ut si, in comparison with ivhat will come, if, etc. turn 
 cadent is not the apodosis to si erimus, but an independent sentence 
 explaining jirae ut ; for prae ut is always closely connected with the 
 sentence which precedes. Cf. 935, Merc. 470, Amph. 374, Mil. 20, 
 Bacch. 929, Ter. Eun. 301 ; also prae quam, Aul. 507, Most. 965 (IV. 
 2. QQ), 1127 (V. 2. 25), and prae quod, Stich. 362. — hoc: see on 
 104. 
 
 377. ita sunt: cf. 100, 259. — elecebrae argentariae: iuyyes 
 apyvpiov, Lambinus ; elecebrae argentariae meretrices ab eliciendo ar- 
 gento dictae, Fest. Epit. p. 76. Cf. Bacch. 944, exlecebra Jiet hie equos 
 auro senis. 
 
 378. dum : construe with sine. Cf . 386. On this use of dum with 
 the imperative, see Richardson "de dum particul." p. 17 ff. — tibi 
 dico, / am speaking to you. A regular formula to attract any one's 
 attention. Somewhat harsher expressions are tecum loquor and te 
 adloquor. 
 
NOTES. 129 
 
 379. Hiatus after tu. See App. — nouisti: see on 297. Cf. Epid. 
 551, ubi te uisitaui? 
 
 381. tetulit : this reduplicated perfect is used by Plautus several 
 times. — delicias facis, you are joking. Cf. Cas. 507 (III. i. 14), 
 Poen. 280. A somewhat stronger expression is ludos facere, 405, and 
 still stronger ludibrio habere me, 396. Cf. Shak. Com. of Err. Act 
 IV. Sc. iii. : "Your man and you are marvellous merry, sir. Will 
 you go with me? we'll mend our dinner here." 
 
 382. quin, whij not ? — amabo, / praij. Very common in Plautus 
 and Terence. — rectius, better. Cf. 603, ubi mihi bene sit. 
 
 384. quid hoc sit: see on 530. — oboluit marsuppium huic, 
 she has got scent of g our purse, marsuppium is the subject. 
 
 386. iam : cf . 215. — scibo : futures in -ibo and imperfects in 
 -ibam occur frequently in Plautus and Terence and in early Latin 
 generally. See Allen, Remnants of early Latin, p. 11. 
 
 387. bene uocas, you are very good to invite me. Cf. Cure. 563, 
 Merc. 949. — tain: for tamen is the reading of A in Stich. 44, and 
 appears in tametsi (= tamen etsi) and in the formula tarn gratiast 
 (here in BCD, Pseud. 713 B, Stich. 472 ABCD). Festus, p. 360, 
 says : at antiqui tarn etiam pro tamen usi sunt, and cites passages from 
 Naevius, Ennius, and Titinius. Bothe reads ta7n (jam Mss.) also 
 Merc. 734. See App. — gratiast, (wo) I thank you. 
 
 388. dudum, a little while ago. Cf. 312, 391. 
 
 390. malum: ^^ malum inter lectio est irascentis," Calpurn. on Ter. 
 Heaut, 716. It is always used parenthetically in interrogative sen- 
 tences. Cf. 794, Epid. 710, Cic. Off. II. 15. 53. 
 
 391. baxeae : Placid, gloss, baxae calcei mulieribus apti and baxeas, 
 calciamenta ; Grammat. incert. de gen. nom. ed. Otto no. 26, baxeas, 
 calciamenta fetninarum, ut Varro dicit; Hesych. ird^, vTrodrffia evjirodr}- 
 Tou. — qni: for quo (ablative) A. & G. 104 c, G. 103 Rem., H. 187, 1. 
 See on 337. 
 
 395. certo: see on 501. — canterino ritud astans somniat: 
 cf. Capt. 848, hie uigilans somniat. Horses frequently sleep stand- 
 ing, and as geldings are naturally more quiet than stallions and 
 mares, they may be supposed to sleep and dream more ; hence 
 canterino. Perhaps, however, canterino is here merely equivalent 
 to eqiiino. 
 
 396. qui lubet: i.e. qui ft ut tibi lubeat. — ire infitias: equiv. to 
 
130 MENAECHMI. 
 
 infitiari. Tlie accusative is like that in uenuni ire (iienire). See 
 Lobeck on Soph. Aj. 290, 
 
 397. die quid est : die is followed by a direct question : say, what 
 is it? Then follow two co-ordinate relative clauses defining id ; 
 negem and fecerim are subjunctive by implied indirect discourse. 
 quod fecerim depends, like quod negem, upon quid est id. 
 
 400. penetraui pedem : the use of penetrare as a transitive verb 
 (= inferre) occurs with pedem here and 816, with se {me, te) more 
 frequently, e.g. Amph. 250, True. 44 (I. i. 23), Trin. 276, 291, 314. 
 
 402. perii : as often in dialogue, perii is used here in a greatly 
 weakened sense. — quam nauem : cf. 321. — ligneam: Menaech- 
 mus answers as if he thought Erotium really wished to know what 
 (sort of a) ship he was talking about. 
 
 403. exeusam malleo: the ship has often been hardly used 
 (tritam), has often sprung a leak (Jissain), and often been beaten 
 with a hammer {exeusam malleo) while undergoing repairs. So in 
 Menand. Naucl. fragm. 1 the question rV vavu (reo-coardai juloi Xeyeia; 
 is answered : €70)76 fi-^v r^v vavv iKeiur]!/ ^v iTroirjcre KaWiKKijs 6 Ka- 
 Xvfxvios, Ei/cppducDp S' iKvfiepva ®ovpios. Ribbeck thinks the words 
 ligneam, saepe trltam, etc., are a parody of some tragic line. 
 
 404. supellex pellionist : like a furrier's furniture (on which 
 he hangs his furs) ; peg is close to peg. Cf. Rud. 753 ni offerumentas 
 habebis pluris in tergo tuo quam ulla nauis longa clauos. Note the 
 alliterations. 
 
 405. See App. 
 
 406. neseio quem : = aliquem. A. & G. 334 e, G. 469 Rem. 2, 
 H. 19lN,, 455, 2, — See App, 
 
 412. Hieroat: sc. regnator. This list of Syracusan rulers is in- 
 complete and not altogether correct. Agathocles reigned from 317 
 to 289 B.C. Hiero became o-TpaTrjySs in 269, and obtained the throne 
 by force (not by inheritance from Liparo) in 265. Pintia and 
 Liparo, of whom nothing is known, must have been in power just 
 before Hiero and after the departure (in 275 b.c.) of Pyrrhus from 
 Sicily. There was an Agrigentine tyrant Phintias about 280 b.c, 
 and it is possible that Erotium (or Plautus) put him by mistake 
 among the rulers of Syracuse. See Holm, Geschichte Siciliens in 
 Alterthum II. p. 490. 
 
 415. A gap must be assumed before this line. In the lost line or 
 
NOTES. 131 
 
 lines Erotium must have repeated her invitation, otherwise pernegari 
 (= persisti in negando) and ne feceris are incomprehensible. With- 
 out assuming a gap one can only render pernegari non potest, we can- 
 not persist in (^per) denying that the woman is from Syracuse. 
 Then ne feceris can be explained only by the assumption that 
 Menaechmus starts to go into the house, and his servant protests. 
 "^416. periisti, you are lost. — intrassis: for intraveris. See on 
 114. — After this a line is lost, in which Messenio was ordered to 
 stand back, for in 432 he is told to come nearer. 
 
 418. bene res geritur . . . nancisci : aside. Cf . Shak. Com. of 
 
 Err. Act II. Sc. ii. 
 
 " Until I know this sure uncertainty, 
 I'll entertain the offer'd fallacy." 
 
 419. iam dudum: see on 312 and (for the accentuation) 499. 
 He turns and addresses Erotium. 
 
 — 420. non impTudens, purposely. — hunc metuebam: see on 247. 
 422. etiam, still, yet, any longer. See on 162. See App. 
 
 424. fecero : nearly equiv. to /acmm. See on 271. 
 
 425. amabo : i.e. amanter rogabo. Cf. 524, 678. True. 872, immo 
 amabo ut hos dies aliquos sinas eum esse apud me. This use is very 
 like the parenthetical use of amabo with imperatives, when it means 
 "do this and I will love you," i.e. "please do this." 
 
 420. dederas : cf. 57. There are many instances in Plautus of 
 the pluperfect used where one would expect the perfect. 
 
 427. opera, trimmings, etc. 
 
 428. hercle qui: also 1092. The indefinite relative qui (origi- 
 nally somehow) often serves as an asseverative particle. In comedy 
 it is usually joined with hercle, edepol, ecastor, pol, quippe, ut, and also 
 ne. For examples, see Brix's note on Capt. 553. See on 337. — et : 
 see App. — eadem, by the same means. Supply opera though the 
 word should not be inserted in the tejtt. 
 
 429. si in uia conspexerit : it is evident from these words that 
 the palla was an outer garment which women wore in the street 
 over their tunics. 
 
 430. maxume : /xdAiara, by all means, willingly. Cf. Asin. 904, 
 Cure. 315, Hud. 1410. 
 
 431. oonloqui: exit Erotium into the house. — See App, 
 
 432. accede: see on 416. — suscipe hoc: i.e. the portmanteau 
 
132 MENAECHMI. 
 
 which Messenio had put down, 349. Cf. sustine hoc, 197. Hereupon 
 Menaechmus starts for the house. Brix and Wagner assume a gap 
 after this line, in which Menaechmus informs Messenio that he 
 intends to go with Erotium, but there is no need of his saying any- 
 thing after his private agreement with Erotium, which Messenio 
 must have understood even if he did not hear the words. Besides, 
 suscipe hoc shows that Messenio is to go away. 
 
 433. opust : a harsh and meaningless reply, as if Messenio asked : 
 why must you go with her? and Menaechmus answered: because. — ut 
 me dices, how (i.e. what) you will call me; of course something 
 disagreeable, as hominem nihili or animi impotentem. Cf. Pers. 215 
 (II. 2. 32), conjitere ut te autuino? — tanto nequior, so much the worse 
 if you are doing this with your eyes open, tanto nequior (Ter. Adel. 
 528), tanto melior (Pers. 325 = II. 5. 25, Bacch. 211, True. 953, Ter. 
 Heaut. 549), tanto miserior (Stich. 749) are used without es and est. 
 See on 338. 
 
 434. A verse is lost in which Menaechmus told Messenio to be 
 silent ; inquam, 438, points to a previous tace. See App. 
 
 435. habeo praedam, etc., mine is the booty ; such a strong earth- 
 work have I begun. Military expressions, as in 140. By habeo he 
 does not mean that he has the booty already, but that he is sure of 
 it ; operis refers to his shrewdness in accepting an invitation which 
 he feels is meant for some one else (406). — ei : archaic form for /. 
 When i is used with another imperative, asyndeton (as here with 
 abduc) is exceedingly common. Cf. Capt. 184, 658, 950, Mil. 812. 
 — quantum potes, as fast as you can. Though the impersonal 
 quantum potest is the rule in Plautus, the personal construction 
 occurs, and need not be changed here. See App. 
 
 436. istos : the sailors. See on 350. 
 
 437. tu: in opposition to istos; the sailors are to be led to the 
 inn, but you must come back before sunset. — ante solemocca- 
 sum : cf. 1024. See Kiihner, lat. Gram. II. 1, § 26, 4, p. 73. — uenias 
 aduorsum : a regular expression for fetching any one home from a 
 dinner. Cf. 445, 989, Most. 306 (I. 4. 1), 859 (IV. i. 19), 863 (IV. 
 I. 24), Stich. 607, Ter. Adel. 27. In 464, the parasite uses the 
 expression with ironical bitterness. 
 
 438. The end of the verse (after inquam') is lost. See App. 
 
 439. tibi : iambus. Cf . 303, 323. 
 
NOTES. 133 
 
 441. hie: not hinc. See App. — Exit Menaechmus. 
 
 442. lembum: see App. — dierectus: only in Plautus; from di- 
 and erigere, (stretched) apart (and) erect. It is said properly of 
 slaves who were stretched on a rack or cross, and had their limbs 
 pulled. Hence dierectum ire is not much different from in malam 
 crucem ire, but the original sense is not always completely retained, 
 so that it can be used here of a ship. Translate " to the deuce." 
 The word is always trisyllabic. — nauis praedatoria: as in 344. 
 
 443. postulem : is not infrequently used in comedy as the equiva- 
 lent of uelle in the sense of the Greek a^iovi^. " I am a fool to wish 
 to direct my master." Cf. Shak. Com. of Err. Act IV. Sc. i. : 
 
 Thither I must, although against my will, 
 For servants must their masters' minds fulfil." 
 
 V 
 
 445. sequimini : said to the sailors. See on 350. — temperi, m 
 time. Cf. 288, yiumero. — Exit Messenio with the sailors, leaving? the 
 stage empty. On the reasons for not following the vulgate in con- 
 sidering this the end of the second act, see Introd. p. 20, Spengel, 
 Akteintheilung, p. 21 f. 
 
 447. Enter Peniculus complaining that he has lost Menaechmus 
 in the crowd and thereby probably lost his dinner. — annis: the 
 regular construction would require annos, for plus, minus, and a?//- 
 plius when used with numerals are regularly followed, not by the 
 ablative, but by the case which would be expected if quam were 
 introduced (here the accusative). Here, however, plus is construed 
 like any other comparative with the ablative. See Kiihner, la.t. 
 Gram. II. 2, § 225, Anm. 14 c, p. 978. — interea loci, meanwhile; 
 loci is partitive genitive, the word locus being used of time. 
 
 447. quicquam facinus, any thing. Kiihner, lat. Gram. I. p. 407, 
 explains quicquam as object, and facinus as predicate, but he him- 
 self gives examples of the adjectival use of quisquam with abstract 
 nouns. — scelestius : see on scelus 322. 
 
 448. inmersi : cf . 703. 
 
 450. abiit : the last syllable is long. Cf . Merc. 705, redilt. Early 
 inscriptions give posedeit, redieit, obieit, etc. — ducere : sc. secum. 
 
 451. qui: see on 337. — perduint : cf. 309, 1009. — See App. 
 
 452. occupatos occupat : this kind of play on words is com- 
 mon in Plautus. — quae: see App. 
 
134 MENAECHMI. 
 
 ^53. See App. 
 
 454. quom citentur, at the call of the roll. This is like the pro- 
 cedure at a dilectus. If any one failed to appear at the appointed 
 place and time it was said of him citatus non respondit. — census 
 capiant : is explained as equivalent to pignora capiant, and censores 
 is supplied as the subject. The censors could punish the refrac- 
 tory by the imposition of fines {pignora capiendo). 
 
 455 f. Only these few letters of these lines are legible in A, and 
 the other Mss, omit the lines altogether. 
 
 457. adfatim: is used like satis.— \n dies, etc., who eat hut one 
 meal a day. — edint : old form of the subjunctive (originally opta- 
 tive). See Neue, Formenlehre II., p. 441 f. Stolz in I. Miiller's 
 Handbuch d. Klass. Alterthumswiss. II. p. 236. 
 
 458. essum : this form is etymologically correct (for edsum), 
 and is found in several places in the Mss. of Plautus, 
 
 461. quoi: the antecedent is ego. — uoluisse: sc. Menaechmum 
 as subject, " c§rtus est parasitus sihi nisi afuisset sua culpa datum uolu- 
 isse Menaechmum prandium promissum " (Vahlen). See App. 
 
 463. Enter Menaechmus. — cum corona : garlands were put on 
 at the end of the feast ; hence the parasite concludes : sublatumst 
 conuiuium. The correct punctuation of this line is due to Brix. 
 
 464. uenio aduorsum : see on 437. 
 
 465. See App. 
 
 466. Menaechmus speaks to Erotium, who accompanies him to 
 the door to give directions about the alterations of the palla. — 
 potine: for potisne is common with ellipsis of est or fieri. In potis 
 est, pote est, potest, the colloquial language has a ready expression 
 for it is possible, which the language of literature expresses by fieri 
 potest (cf. 625, 1120). C. F. W. MuUer, Zeitschr. f. d. Gymnasial- 
 wesen, 1875, p. 221 f ., affords much information concerning potis and 
 pote in Terence and later writers. — banc : the palla. 
 
 468. non : to be construed with esse ; torfaxo like credo is often 
 used parenthetically. As confusion is impossible on account of the 
 absurdity of connecting non with /axo, any change of order is need- 
 less. — earn : for eandem. — ignorabitur : the first syllable must be 
 scanned short. 
 
 469. phrygionem: Plin. N. H. VIII. 48. 74: acu facere id (sc. 
 pingere uestes) Phryges inuenerunt ideoque Phrygioniae (sc. uestes') ap- 
 
NOTES. 135 
 
 pellatae sunt. Peniculus did not hear Erotium's request (v. 425), but 
 guesses from his knowledge of her character what Menaechmus is 
 to do. 
 
 472. obserua quid dabo : just you watch what I'll give you, i.e. 
 how I'll give it to you. Cf. Pers. 290 (II. 4. 20) specta quid dedero, 
 also Asin. 439, and Poen. 1286, sic dedero; Ter. Phorm. 1027, sic dabo ; 
 Capt. 495, sic egero. The sense of the formula sic datur (True. 634, 
 Pseud. 155, Men. 626, 627, Stich. 766) is rightly explained by Gruter : 
 sermo castigantis et poenas sumentis aiit poenas sumptas esse gaudentis. 
 — ultus fuero : for ero. Plautus frequently uses the perfect forms 
 instead of the present in compound tenses. 
 
 474-485. Menaechmus is so far from Peniculus that the latter 
 cannot hear his words. 
 
 476. SLCCuhiii, I have reclined beside her at table ; with tlie accu- 
 sative also 1142, Bacch. 1189. The hiatus accubui, apstuli is ex- 
 cusable on account of the pause in the sense which is made still 
 more prominent by the chiastic arrangement of the last two clauses. 
 See App. 
 
 477. heres : Paul. Fest. p. 99 ; heres apud antiquos pro domino 
 ponebatur. Hence Bacch. 849, nine exheredem fecero uitae suae. The 
 etymological connection between heres (cf. English heii') and (h^erus 
 is evident ; the heir becomes master of the property. 
 
 478. clanculuin,y?'om my hiding place, ex occulto. 
 
 479. The line is probably an interpolation. — parti: ablative. 
 The final vowel of the ablative was originally long. Forms in e, ei 
 and i occur. See Biicheler, Lat. Decl. p. 96 ff. — See App. 
 
 480. ait: sc. Erotium. — The addition of me is necessary, as the 
 line cannot end with two iambic feet. 
 
 481. quoniam : i.e. quom iam, i& used in its original sense. It 
 often takes the verb in the present tense. 
 
 482. errare : sc. earn. 
 
 484. On the ictus in the second half of the verse, cf. 300, ncSn 
 nosti nomen meum ? 419, idm dudum, mulier, tibi. On the spondee in 
 the fourth foot, see on 499. 
 
 485. bene fui : cf. 603, Capt. 850, scis bene esse si sit unde ; True. 
 741, de eo nunc bene sunt tua. uirtute ; Merc, 582, quin ergo imus atque 
 obsonium curamus, pulcre ut simusf — dispendio : i.e. sumptu. 
 
 487. ais : in ais (fourth conjugation) the / is originally long (see 
 
136 MENAECIIMI. 
 
 Fleckeisen, "zur Kritik der altlatein. Dichterfragm. bei Gellius," 
 p. 6 ff.). Here ais cannot be read as a monosyllable, but quid ais 
 must be considered an anapaest, for Plautus avoids two pure iambi 
 at the end of a senarius. Cf . 478. — See App. 
 
 488. leuior quam pluma : a proverbial expression. Cf . Poen. 
 812, si quid bene facias, leuior j>lumast gratia, and in modern times tlie 
 Duke's song in Rigoletto, la donna e' mobile quam pium' al vento. 
 
 489. flagitium homonis : the expression yZa^iYmm hominis occurs 
 also 709, Asin. 473, Cas. 531 (III. 2. 22), and similar expressions, as 
 scelus uiri, monstrum hominis, monstrum mulieris, deliciae pueri, frustum 
 pueri, hallex uiri are very common. With these expressions used as 
 exclamations tu does not occur (scelus tu pueri es, Pers. II. 2. 10, is 
 not exclamatory) and should not be added here. Wagner's trans- 
 position (hominis flagitium') is equally without example ; hence the 
 most feasible way of avoiding hiatus is by writing homonis. — sub- 
 dole : he calls Menaechmus so on account of the notion expressed 
 in 449 and 491. 
 
 490. quid de te merui : what have I done to deserve ill of you ? 
 Cf. Aul. 735, quid ego de te conmerui, adulescens, mali, quam ob rem 
 ita facer es ? 
 
 491. ut : best taken in a temporal sense ; u^hen you had sneaked off. 
 See App. 
 
 492. fecisti funus: cf. 156 ff. — absent! : ablative. The form 
 in i is here given by all Mss. See on 479. 
 
 493. facere : sc. funus prandio. — quoii : to be pronounced as 
 two syllables. See on the form, Biicheler, d. Lat. Decl. p. 114 f,, 
 Allen, Remnants of Early Latin, No. 77. — heres: inasmuch as 
 he had been invited and the feast had been expressly prepared for 
 him. 
 
 494. tibi : iambus. Cf . 303, 323. 
 
 495. mihi : was pronounced as a monosyllable, or maledicas was 
 pronounced 7?m/c?<c«s. — ignoto tu insciens: the idea is correctly 
 explained by Vahlen as equivalent to ignoto ignotus maledicis ; he 
 compares solus solum obsecravit,Jiens fentem obtestatur, absens absentem 
 audit. Here the expression is slightly varied by the use of the active 
 insciens instead of ignotus. The addition of tu is necessary to avoid 
 hiatus (or one might read ignotod). See App. 
 
 496. malam rem: i.e. uerbera, but the parasite takes it in a 
 
NOTES. 137 
 
 slightly different sense, for he regards the loss of his dinner as a 
 mala res. 
 
 497. istam: see App. 
 
 498. quid nomen: see on 341. 
 
 499. quasi nomen : the same accentuation (ictus) occurs in G29, 
 hue intrd tetidi pedem, 648, 681 (where see note), and many other 
 places. 
 
 501. certo : Langen, Philol. XXXIII. p. 710, proposes certe, and 
 explains : " we won't discuss the question whether I know you or 
 not; at any rate (certe) you have no right to be importunate." This 
 expresses the sense correctly, but the line between cei-to and certe is 
 not clearly drawn in Plautus. 
 
 502. odiosus non sies : the negative ne, which the Mss. give 
 here, is out of place, for odiosus is always subjective, meaning looked 
 upon with dislike, not acting in a hatefid wai/. So molestiis ne sis is 
 common, but not odiosus ne sis. The subjunctive sies is potential 
 as the apodosis of a less vivid future condition, not hortatory or 
 imperative. But see App. 
 
 504. uigila : ivake up. This implies that the parasite thinks 
 Menaechmus is asleep and dreaming. 
 506. ut : see App. 
 
 510. surrupui: see App. — The gap after this verse was pointed 
 out by Ladewig. The* sense of the missing words was, according to 
 RitschI : profecto nisi ilium ut conjiteatur fecero. . . . 
 
 511, occisast haec res, this affair is done for. Cf. Capt. 539, 
 occisast haec res, nisi reperio atrocem mi aliguam astutiam, Pseud. 423, 
 occisast haec res, haeret hoc negotium. By haec res, Peniculus seems 
 to mean his intercourse with Menaechmus. He is afraid the latter 
 will cut his acquaintance. Perhaps, however, as Brix thinks, haec 
 res refers to the revenge he intends to have by telling Menaechmus' 
 wife, a revenge which could be brought to naught by steadfast 
 denial on the part of Menaechmus. 
 
 514. cinaedos : the dancers who appeared on the stage dressed 
 in the palla were called cinaedi (see on 198). As their dances were 
 indecent they were themselves regarded as impudici. 
 
 516. quo dignus es : i.e. in malam rem. quo is adverb. 
 
 517. piari : as insane. See on 290. 
 619. siet : see App. 
 
138 MENAECHMI. 
 
 520. istaec : (= istaece) in the plural of the feminine haec and 
 istaec are more frequently used by Plautus than hae and istae. 
 621. comederis: future perfect. Cf. Capt. 798. — Exit Peniculus. 
 
 522. satin: i.e. satisne = nonne. 
 
 523. ludificant : the plural is occasioned by the notion of plu- 
 rality contained in quemque. Similar examples of synesis or con- 
 structio ad sensum are common in Plautus. 
 
 ^624. Enter Erotium's maid from the house, carrying a bracelet in 
 her hand. — amare ait te multum, sai/s that she begs you earnestly. 
 On this use of amare, see on 425. Later Latin would require se as 
 subject of amare, but Plautus often follows Greek usage in omitting 
 the subject of the infinitive after verbs of speaking, etc., when it is 
 the same as that of the main verb. 
 
 525. hoc : i.e. spinier. — una opera, at the same time with the palla. 
 Usually opera is omitted. See on 428. 
 
 527. spinter: ''genus armiUae quod midieres antiquae gerere sole- 
 hant hrachio summo sinistra," Test. p. 333 b, 6 (Greek a<pi'yKr-i]p). — 
 nouom: is to be pronounced as one syllable (synizesis), noum. 
 Cf. naus for nauis, 344. 
 
 530. sit : here, and in many similar sentences, Plautus agrees 
 with later usage in treating the indirect question as a dependent 
 clause. Cf. 384, Capt. 697, nunc scio quid hoc sit negoti, Poen. 1249, 
 misera timeo quid hoc sit negoti. See S. G. Becker in Studemund's 
 Studien, L p. 284, but also Schmalz in I. Miiller's Handbuch d. 
 Alterthumswiss. II. p. 316. — nisi : sc. est or scio esse. 
 
 532. aiebas: trisyllabic, as in 936, 1141, and several other places 
 in Plautus, though the word is usually dissyllabic. With these 
 words she gives him the armlet; hence she says redde in 534, and 
 Menaechmus uses hoc in 535. 
 
 534. See App. 
 
 536. illae : for the omission of sunt, see note and App. on 281. 
 Menaechmus rather overdoes his pretended recollection of the 
 spinter by reminding the maid of some armillae which had no 
 existence. 
 
 537. cum hoc : i.e. with the armlet. In the gap which follows 
 this line, Menaechmus probably rectified his mistake about the 
 armillae, just as in 535 he remembers the spinter. 
 
 539. curare : for curaturum te esse, cf . 648. The present infinitive 
 
NOTES. 139 
 
 for the future is not uncommon in Plautus, and its use is frequently 
 accompanied by the omission of the subject accusative. 
 ^40. simul, at the same time, i.e. never. Cf. 749. 
 
 542. stalagmia : " stalagmium genus inaiirium uidetur significare," 
 Test. p. 317 a, 8. The word is derived from (TTa\ayiJ.6s or ardKayixa; 
 compare the English " ear-drops." inauris is the generic term for 
 ear-rings, and stalagmia the name of a special kind. Here the two 
 are in apposition. — duom : monosyllabic by synizesis. 
 
 543. The maid's request has its foundation in the nature of lovers. 
 
 Cf. Asin. 183 ff. 
 
 •• V6lt placere sise amicae, u6lt mihi, uolt phlisequae, 
 Vdltfamulis, noli etiam ancillis : H quoque catuld meo 
 Suhblanditur nemos amator, se lit quom uideat gaudeat." 
 
 544. The hiatus is justified by the strong punctuation. So also 
 in 547 and 650. Possibly, too, the ablatives in 545 f. may have 
 been without the final d, in which case we should have three con- 
 secutive lines with hiatus in the same place followed by ego. 
 
 '^ 545. sodes {si aiides), if you please. See on 153. — reddidero : 
 emphatic future perfect for future. Cf. 521, 273. 
 
 546. reddam, / will pay you ; said as if the gold were to be lent 
 to Menaechmus. The literal repetition {ego post in both lines, and 
 reddam after reddidero) heightens the effect of the mockery (Ritschl, 
 neue plant. Exc. I. p. 49 note). 
 
 548. numquid uis? see on 328. She goes into the house, as 
 she cannot get anything out of Menaechmus. 
 
 549. ut, etc. : Menaechmus adds this to himself as the maid 
 leaves the stage. — quantum possint : sc. uenirer-'Fov the personal 
 use of possint, see on 435. — quique: is for et qui (ablative), i.e. 
 quacumque ratione = quanticumque, for ivhatever price. In the same 
 sense quiqui licebunt, 1159, qui datur, tanti indica, Pers. 658 (IV. 
 4. 109). 
 
 554. prefer : is used to denote hurried advance, as in 754 ; confer 
 (the reading of the Mss.) is used of approaching or joining a person 
 with whom one wishes to speak. 
 
 556. See App. 
 
 558. Menaechmus does not wait for the return of Messenio (437), 
 but leaves the stage toward the right after speaking this line. The 
 stage is left vacant, and the second act closes. See on 445. 
 
140 MENAECHMI. 
 
 ACTUS III. 
 
 559. Enter Peniculus with the wife of Menaechmus of Epidamnus. 
 
 561. quin tu taces? the interrogation is equivalent to a com- 
 mand " do be still," 
 
 562. manufesto : eV avrocpup^, in the act. 
 
 563. coronad: on this old ablative ending, see Ritschl, neue 
 plant. Exc. I. p. 64, Biicheler, d. Lat. Deal. p. 94. 
 
 565. eccam : he picks up the wreath which Menaechmus Sosicles 
 had thrown away (555). — quam habuit: like qudm hodie, 448; gui 
 hodie 597 ; qudm habeas, 695. Hiatus after monosyllables which 
 form the first half of a resolved thesis (dcais, i.e. the accentuated 
 part of the foot) is not uncommon. 
 
 566. em : see on 252. — hac : see 555. Menaechmus Sosicles 
 went off to the right, but the parasite and the wife of Menaechmus 
 of Epidamnus follow the indication given by the wreath, and start 
 off toward the left, and in so doing meet the Epidamnian Menaech- 
 mus who happens to be coming from that direction. 
 
 — 569. male habeas : sc. eiim ; scold him, torment him. Cf . Most. 696 
 (III. 2. 20), sat scio quam me habet male. — censeo : sc.faciundwn. 
 
 570. ex insidiis aucupa : Wagner compares Asin. 881, aucupe- 
 mus ex insidiis clanculum quam rem gerat. They step to one side and 
 watch. 
 
 570^. Enter Menaechmus of Epidamnus. The soliloquy of Me- 
 naechmus (to 601) forms a canticum. The first part (570^-577) 
 is a bacchiac system composed of bacchiac lines witii continued 
 rhythm (continuatio numeri), so that the first syllable of optumi (572) 
 belongs metrically to 271, and the first syllable of quaeritur (575) 
 forms a bacchius with magis (574), and the two first syllables of 
 clueat (576) fill out the bacchius begun with modi (575). The 
 division into lines is merely fortuitous as there is no real division 
 into verses. This is shown by the strong punctuation before the 
 end of the line in 572, 573, 574, and after the beginning of the verse 
 in 575. A similar continuity of rhythm occurs perhaps in 760 
 (where see App.), and according to Biicheler, Rhein. Mus. XX. 
 p. 431, Varro, irepi i^ayayTJs IV. has a continuous bacchiac system of 
 eleven feet: quemndm te esse dicam, ferd qui manu feruidds fontium 
 dperis lacus sanguinis teque uita leuds ferreo e'nse ? For a different 
 
NOTES. 141 
 
 arrangement of this canticum, see Winter, iiber die metrische 
 Reconstruction der plautinischen Cantica, p. 64 f. — ut: exclama- 
 tory, as in 191, 758. — maxiime : belongs with moro, i.e. stulto. 
 Notice the repeated alliteration. The distinctively lloman coloring 
 of this monologue is striking. See Introd. p. 21. 
 
 571. quique : equivalent to quicumque, precisely the best have this 
 custom in the highest degree. See App. 
 
 574. sint: sc. clientes. — res, wealth, as in 584. 
 
 575. quoius modi: pronounce quoismodi ; or perhaps Plautus 
 wrote quoimodi after the analogy of quoiuismodi (i.e. quoiusuismodi) 
 Bacch. 400 (where perhaps quoiqtioimodi should be read), Pseud. 
 741, quoiquoimodi (i.e. quoius quoius modi) Cic. Tusc. III. 34. 83, 
 V. 41. 121, Verr. V. 41. 107, Rose. Amer. 34. 95. quoi for quoius 
 also occurs in the Mss. of Plautus in Trin. 1126, and illi, isti, nulli, 
 etc., were used in early Latin for illius, etc. See Ritschl, Opusc. 
 II, p. 692, 727, S. Brandt " de varia . . . gen. sing. pron. mensura," 
 p. 42, 48, and Bucheler, d. Lat. Decl. p. 76, 78. 
 
 — 578. qui, those who. The transition from singular to plural is the 
 reverse of that in 576. — neque : see App. — aequom bonum: the 
 copula et is often omitted in Latin especially when synonymous 
 words are used together. 
 
 579. sollicitos habent : when used with an adjective or a per- 
 fect passive participle, habere denotes the continuance of a condition 
 or of the result of an action. Cf. 584, 588. 
 
 580. datum denegant quod datumst : i.e. denegant datum sibi 
 esse quod eis datum est. The expression is as much simplified as pos- 
 sible. Cf. Amph. 850, is si deneg at facta (sc. esse') quae tu facta dicis. 
 
 581. litium pleni, rapaces, uiri fraudulenti : in apposition with 
 qui, 578. 
 
 584. mens est in querelis: cf. Pseud. 34, nam istic (i.e. in cerd) 
 meus animus nunc est, non in pectore ; Pers. 706 (IV. 6. 27) animus iam 
 in nauist mihi ; Ter. Eun. 816, iam dudum animus est in patinis. By 
 querelae the lawsuits brought against them by others are meant, 
 rather than those they bring against others, querela in the sense 
 of law-suit does not occur elsewhere until much later times, but line 
 585 seems to forbid any other understanding of the word. 
 
 585. iuris dies : i.e. dies quo ius dicitur apraetore. Elsewhere diem 
 dicere without iuris is used. 
 
142 MENAECHMI. 
 
 586. See App. 
 
 587. ad populum : if it was a causa publica. — in iure aut ad, 
 iudicem : if it was a causa priuata. A suit is conducted in iure 
 when it is decided by a magistrate (usually the praetor, cf. Poen, 
 185 f ,, sometimes by the aediles, cf . 590) ex aequo honoque ; but when 
 the magistrate delegates a judge or arbitrators to decide the case, it 
 is said to be ad iudicem. — rest : i.e. res est. Cf . Merc. 857, Stich. 
 473, etc. — This line is rejected by Ussing, Langen and Spengel, and 
 certainly contains nothing which would not be familiar ad nauseam 
 to a Roman audience. 
 
 588. sicut : is used like uelut to introduce an example obviously 
 suggested by what precedes. — nimia : very. — sollicitum : the rep- 
 etition of the word used in 579 is, of course, intentional. — quod 
 uolui agere : i.e. the prandium. 
 
 590. aediles : they had charge of civil cases in matters of trade 
 and usury. See Diet, of Antiquities. 
 
 591. condiciones: Menaechmus had tried to save his client by 
 proposing a sponsio. This was a sort of wager in which each party 
 deposited a certain sum of money with the declaration : " if this or 
 that condicio prove to be (or not to be) correct, I relinquish all claim 
 to the money," and the judicial decision applied primarily to the 
 money so deposited. Whoever won in the sponsio was, however, 
 also winner of the whole case. The decision in a sponsio depended 
 more or less upon the choice of the condiciones, and Menaechmus in 
 order to help his client had proposed intricate (tortas) and difficult 
 (confragosas) condiciones. But the client instead of accepting this 
 chance of relief, had insisted upon a regular legal course in which 
 he was sure to be defeated, and had offered surety {praedem dedii). 
 
 592. baud plus : he had spoken no more than was necessary be- 
 cause he wished to get away, and no less (hand minus) because he 
 had to fulfil his duty as patronus. See App. 
 
 593. praedem : the surety or bondsman was responsible for the pay- 
 ment of the fine (jnidta) by which the misdemeanor in question was 
 punishable, but which was, of course, to be ultimately paid by the 
 defendant if convicted. 
 
 594. Hiatus after hominem. See on 681. 
 
 596. optumum diem : cf. die bono, Poen. 497. See App. 
 697. ' See App. / . 
 
NOTES. 143 
 
 601. An unnecessary explanation of the preceding words, rejected 
 by Vahlen, Bergk, Brix and Wagner. See App. 
 
 602. Peniculus and the wife of Menaechmus speak aside to one 
 another. 
 
 603. bene sit: see on 485. — After this line is a gap which was 
 first pointed out by Ladewig. The order of the following lines (to 
 645) is much confused in the Mss. That here adopted is given by 
 Ritschl, who suggests that the gap contained something like this : 
 
 Quisnam hie loquitur f quid ego uideo f meo cum parasito simul 
 Vxor eccam ante a&dis astans mihifacit remiliginem. 
 
 604. tristis : out of sorts, cross. 
 
 605. bellus : ironical ; the fine fellow. 
 
 606. potin ut : potisne (est) ut, is it possible that. See on 466, 625. 
 — niiin te appello : am I speaking to you ? — aufer manum : take 
 away your hand. Menaechmus has laid his hand on his wife's 
 shoulder. 
 
 607. hinc : from here, i.e. from me ? Cf. Poen. 1035, maledicta hinc 
 aufer, Pers. 794 (V. 2. 19) iurgium hinc auferas, Capt. 694, tandem 
 istaec aufer, die quid fers, ut feras hinc quod petis. — perge tu: keep 
 it up. Peniculus urges the woman to persist in her anger. Cf . 617, 
 perge in uirum. — mihi: ethical dative. 
 
 610. responsant : answer back, i.e. are they impudent ? — nugas 
 agis : nonsense ! 
 
 611. f amiliarium : members of the household. — aliquoi: perhaps 
 for aliquoii. Cf. quoii, Trin. 358. See Biicheler, d. Lat. Decl. 
 p. 114, Allen, Remnants of Early Lat. 77. 
 
 612. num mihi es irata saltern ? it can't be that you're angry with 
 me ? — saltern is used when a question is a last resource, when every 
 other guess has failed. Cf. Amph. 438, quis ego sum saltern, si non 
 sum Sosia ? — es, " thou art " is always long in Plautus and Ter- 
 ence. 
 
 __ 614. uin ? = uisne ? 
 
 615. paues: Menaechmus betrays his embarrassment not only 
 by hesitation of voice and manner, but also by the expression of 
 his face, for masks were not used on the stage in the time of Plautus, 
 but were introduced by the directors of the theatre, Cincius Faliscus 
 and Minucius Prothymus, shortly after the time of Terence. Before 
 
144 MENAECHMI. 
 
 that the actors were content with wigs, paint, and powder, as at the 
 present day. See Dziatzko, Introd. to Ter. Phorm. p. 19. — quid- 
 nam : see App. 
 
 616. nisi unum, etc. : aside. — palla pallorem : the play on 
 words can hardly be rendered in English. 
 
 617. at tu, etc. : Peniculus loses all patience, and exclaims : it 
 may be that you're not afraid, but (at) I'll teach you not to eat the 
 luncheon behind my back (clam me). — comessis: i.e. comederis. For 
 a discussion of the etymology and meaning, see Luebbert, grammat. 
 Stud. I. p. 7 f., 10 ff., 43, 47. — perge: aside to Menaechmus' wife. 
 
 618. nutat ne loquar : he's nodding to me not to speak. This is 
 said to the wife. 
 
 619. nuto: nod; nicto, ivink. Cf. Non. p. 439, Asin. 784, nw^ef, 
 nictet, adnuat, Merc. 407. Wagner compares the line of Naevius, 
 alii adnutat, alii adnictat^ alium amat, alium tenet. 
 
 620. hoc: sc. homine. — coniidentius : more shameless, conjidens 
 is often used in a bad sense. For the omission of est, see on 281, 
 338, and cf. 630. 
 
 622. credit: ironical. — isto: is rare in the neuter, and occurs 
 only with de. Cf . Mil. 779, etc. — illuc : i.e. to the palla. 
 
 623. ad phrygionem : the parasite maliciously takes redeam in 
 its literal sense. — censeo : / suppose. 
 
 625. potis : sc. esse = posse. See on 466. The Mss. give potis 
 for the infinitive, Merc. 349, nee pater potis uidetur induci, and it (or 
 po(r.) has been restored in Aul. 309, Epid. 227, Rud. 968, Capt. 171, 
 and True. 317. 
 
 626. faenerato, with interest. Cf. Asin. 896 (V. 2. 52) ne ilia 
 ecastor faenerato funditat, Ter. AdeL 219. — sic datur: see on 472. 
 See App. 
 
 627. " In properato comesse we should notice the perfect infinitive 
 instead of the present. This is very common with uelle, but rare 
 with other verbs " (Wagner). 
 
 629. intr6 : for the accent, see on 499. 
 
 630. tu negas ? is less a <iuestion than an expression of astonish- 
 ment and reproach. Cf. 822, 307, Ter. Andr. 909, Mil. 829. This 
 is a regular use of negas ? and rogas ? 
 
 633. negabas : is in sharp contrast to aibas. After negabas the 
 subject (te) of nouisse is omitted. See on 524. 
 
NOTES. 145 
 
 634. ut: tem-poral = postqnam. Cf. Amph. S29, lassus sum hercle 
 e naui, ut uectus hue sum, ib. 733, etc. — domum : this is what he 
 tells his wife, though he had really intended to go to Erotium's 
 house (603). 
 635. qui: ablative = qua re or qua ratione. See on 337. 
 
 637. eampse : see on 183. See App. 
 
 639. misera : with ellipsis of sum. This is not uncommon when 
 the person is sufficiently designated by ego or equidem, as in Stich. 
 73 (I. 2. 25) according to A, Amph. prol. 56, sed ego stultior, id. 964, 
 Merc. 919 (V. 2. 79), Ter. Hec. 564. So perhaps in 443, inscitior 
 without sum may be what Plautus wrote. See on 338. — quid : see 
 App. 
 
 640. me rogas ? See on 630. 
 
 641. nouit: sc. uxor tua. , 
 
 "^ 642. edictaui: this word occurs very rarely in the sense of 
 edicere, and only in early Latin. 
 
 643, profiteri : with long first syllable occurs only here and in 
 Ennius, Teleph. 293 (Ribbeck) ; te ipsum hdc opportet prdjiteri et 
 pi-dloqui. Plautus used pro in composition sometimes as a long and 
 sometimes as a short syllable. See Ritschl neue plant. Exc. I. 
 p. 54. — ades : sc. animo, which is expressed in Ter. Andr. prol. 24, 
 Phorm. prol. 30, he attentive. Cf . Merc. 568, prius ausculta atque hue 
 ades. 
 
 645. mihi: is ambiguous. As the property of the wife belongs 
 to the husband, anything stolen from her is also stolen from him. 
 Similar ambiguity in the use of mihi and tibi occurs in Capt. 866, 
 Aul. 623. 
 
 646. captat, tries to catch you by words of double meaning. Cf. 
 
 Amph. 422, 795. The first half of this line is addressed to the wife, 
 the rest to Menaechmus. 
 
 648. nil mihi tecumst : to Peniculus ; sed quid tu ais ? to the 
 wife. 
 
 650. is: see App. — edepol factum nequiter: is exclamatory, 
 -hence the omission of est. See on 338. 
 
 652. huic amicae, your mistress here. This deictic use of hie is 
 very common in comedy. This line was apparently used to make 
 up the interpolated line 601. 
 
 653. noctua: a night-owl; the note of this bird sounds like tu,tu. 
 
146 MENAECHMI. 
 
 656. non dedisse : sc. me. — non falsum dicere : i.e. nos adiura- 
 mus nos non falsum dicere. For the omission of the subject of the 
 infinitive, see on 524. 
 
 657. non condonaui, / didnh give it to her out and out. — sic : is 
 about equivalent to a shrug of the shoulders (in German one might 
 say : ich hab' es ihr bloss so geliehen) and acquires its meaning 
 from utendam. —MtendiBxa. dedi, / lent it. Cf. Trin. 1131, quod 
 datum utendumst, repetundi id copiast, quando uelis, Aul. 311 ; so Aul. 
 96, utenda uasa . . . rogant, id. 400, utendam peto. 
 
 658. • foras, out of the house. 
 
 661. ex re tua, to your advantage. Cf. Pseud. 336, ex tua re non 
 est, ut ego emoriar. So also in rem, 983, Trin. 628, 748, Capt. 386. 
 The opposite is ab re, Trin. 238, Capt. 338, Asin. 224. 
 
 662. introibis : see A pp. 
 
 663. quid mihi futurumst, what shall I have (as reward) ? This 
 is addressed to tlie woman, quid me futurumst would mean, "what is 
 to become of me ? Cf. True. 417. 
 
 664. Exit Matrona. 
 
 666. qua . . . qua, both . . . and: cf. Mil. 1113, 1392, Asin. 96,' 
 Trin. 1044. — ad forum : to see if he can get an invitation, Cf. 
 Capt. 478 ff. Peniculus leaves the stage and does not appear again. 
 
 667. excidisse : for the figurative use of excidere, cf . Ter. Andr. 
 423, erus quantum audio uxore excidit, Ovid. Met. II. 318, magnis 
 tamen excidit ausis. 
 
 668. exclusit: this is the regular word for refusing any one 
 (especially a lover) admittance. Cf. 698, True. 635, 636, Ter. Eun. 
 49, 159, Andr. 386, Hor. Sat. II. 3. 260, Ovid. Am. I. 8. 78. 
 
 670. patiundum: sarcastic, /'// try to bear it. — placuero: the 
 future perfect where the future would seem more natural is not 
 uncommon. See on 271. 
 
 674. aliquis euocate : cf. Pseud. 1284, heus, Sirnoni me adesse 
 aliquis nuntiaie ; Merc. 908, heus, aliquis actutum hue foras exite ; Ter. 
 Adel. 634, aperite aliquis actutum ostium. 
 
 675. Erotium appears at the door. — aetati tuae : an emphatic 
 expression for tibi. Cf , Capt. 885, uae aetati tuae ! Rud. 375, uae 
 capiti atque aetati tuae! Pseud. Ill, in te nunc omnes spes sunt aetati 
 meae. 
 
 677. quod, on account of ichich, Cf. 'lQ5,quod med arcessat; Poen. 
 
NOTES. 147 
 
 951, ut, quod de mea re hue ueni, rite uenerim ; Cure. 327, sed quod te 
 misi nihilo sum certlor, Most. 771 (III. 2. 99), Epid. 180, 570. The 
 same meaning is expressed by qua causa, Sticli. 363. The accusa- 
 tives id and istuc are used in a similar way. Cf. 729, Mil. 1158, etc. 
 G79. earn : repeats the idea of pallain the antecedent of quam. — 
 rem omnem ut factumst: a constructio ad sensum; cf. 120, omnem 
 rem quicquid egi ; Amph. 966, rem diuinam intus faciam, uota quae 
 sunt; Aul. 769,6/70 te de alia re resciuisse censui, quod ad me attinet ; 
 Epid. 239, nee sermonis fuUehar tamen, quae loquerentur ; True. 851, 
 eapse idtro, ut faetumst, fecit omnem rem palam. The more regular 
 form is seen above, 519, rem omnem lam, ut siet gesta, eloquar. — 
 ordine, in order ; the word is frequently used with narrare, demon- 
 strare, etc., usually, as here, accompanied by omnem rem, omne, omnia 
 or euneta. 
 
 680. his tanto phiTis paUam, twice as expensive a cloak. — quam 
 uoles, any yoii choose, quam =■ quamcumque. Brix unnecessarily 
 alters to quom uoles, wJienever you choose. 
 
 681. phiygionem ut ferres : hiatus in tiie diaeresis of this kind 
 of verse is very common in this play : 220, 399, 406, 435, 594, 626, 
 667, 780, 847, 913, 923, (930), 940, 1072, 1112, and with change of 
 speaker, 160, (379), 384, 422, 650, 651, 937, 1075, 1094. The accent 
 ut ferres is no more remarkable than that in 419, idm dudum, 611, 
 iratd's nugas agis, and the passages cited in the note on 499. 
 
 683. tu ut dederis : the question with ut expresses surprise at an 
 astonishing or incredible assertion. Cf. Cure. 616, meane ancilla 
 libera ut sit, quam ego numquam emisi manu? Epid. 225. — numquam 
 factum reperies : the same termination of a line occurs Poen. 
 762. 
 
 685. postillac : also in 1117 and elsewhere in Plautus. — uideo 
 quam rem agis, / see what you are up to. Cf. Aul. 574, scio quam 
 rem agat ; ut me deponat uino, earn adfectat uiam. 
 
 686. quae : i.e. pallam et spinter. Construe ad earn rem adfeetas 
 uiam, ut me defrudes (eis) quae (tibi) conmisi. On adfeetare uiam, cf. 
 Ter. Heaut. 301, ad dominas qui adfectant uiam; Phorm. 964, hi 
 gladiator io animo ad me adfectant uiam. 
 
 688. nee : this is in mockery of Menaechmus who began his last 
 speech witli the same word neque. 
 
 689. dedisti: the second syllable is to be scanned short. The 
 
148 MENAECHMI. 
 
 influence of the ictus on the first syllable tends to weaken the 
 second. See Introd. p, 11. 
 
 691. in loculos conpingite: cf. Hor. Ep. II. i. 175, m loculos 
 demittere. 
 
 692. frustrS : a trochee, as always in Plautus, though in other 
 writers the final a has the long quantity proper to the ablative (see 
 Introd. p. 12) ; ne frustra sis: don't flatter yourself . Cf. 694. frustra 
 esse means deceive one's self as frustra habere means deceive others. 
 
 694 f. These lines are entirely inconsistent with Erotium's pre- 
 vious declaration that Menaechmus shall never darken her doors 
 again (692), and are therefore rejected by Sonnenburg " de Menaech,- 
 mis Plautina retractata," p. 24, and Langen "Plautinische Studien," 
 p. 303. — ductare, lead bi/ the nose, cheat. Cf. Capt. 641 ductauit dolis. 
 
 695. Exit Erotium. 
 
 696. nimis hercle iracunde : see App. 
 
 697. etiamne astas ? etiam audes : for ne = nonne, see on 284. 
 When two questions follow each other in rapid succession, ne may 
 be omitted in the second. Cf . Most. 759 (III. 2. 87) eon ? uoco hue 
 hominem? Pers. 473 (IV. 3. 5), sumne probus? sum lepidus ciuis? On 
 audere — uelle, see on 153. 
 
 698. e:sclusissiinus : this superlative partakes of the nature of 
 comic exaggeration. Similar formations are numerous. Cf. ipsis- 
 s/'wMs, Trin. 988; uerberabilissime, Aul. 633. See Kiihner, Gram. I. 
 p. 363. 
 
 700. consulam hanc rem amicos: two accusatives with con- 
 sulere occur only here and Cic. Att. VII. 20. 2, These words are 
 only intended to give a reason for the departure of Menaechmus I. 
 in order that the other Menaechmus may enter. So in Stich. 503, 
 when the stage is to be left vacant the parasite declares that he is 
 going off to consult his friends about his future. Exit Menaech- 
 mus I. The stage is vacant and the third act closes. 
 
 ACTUS IV. 
 
 701. Enter Menaechmus of Syracuse and the wife of Menaechmus 
 of Epidamnus. 
 
 702. concredidi : see 386. 
 
 704. quam mox, how soon, i.e. if he does not soon. See on 158. 
 
NOTES. 149 
 
 70G. demiror ubi nunc ambulet, / do wonder where he is now 
 strolling about. 
 
 707. accipiam, I will receive (i.e. welcome) him. Cf. 796, Cist. 16, 
 ita hodie hie acceptae sumus suauibus modis. 
 
 709. flagitium homonis : see on 489. 
 
 710. quae te res agitat? cf. Cure. 92, quae te res agitant? Aul. 
 631, and Bacch. 584, quae te mala crux agitat ? Epid. 475 (III. 4. 39) 
 and Mil, 435, quae te intemperiae tenent ? Merc. 134, quae te malae res 
 agitant? in all of which the position of te is noticeable, Aul. 71, 
 nescio pol quae illunc hominem intemperiae tenent. Wagner cites Cic. 
 Leg. I. 14. 52 in explanation of the metaphorical use of agitare. 
 
 713. o hominis, etc. : the same exclamation occurs in Ter. 
 Heaut. 313. 
 
 - — 714. non : is for noniie which Plautus rarely (if ever) uses. See 
 on 284. — Hecubam: Cic. Tusc. III. 26. 63, Hecubam putant propter 
 animi acerbitatem quandam et rabiem Jingi in canem esse conuersam, 
 Ovid. Met. XIII. 549 ff. In Cas. 299 (II. 5. 12) the shrewish wife 
 of Lysidamus is compared to a dog. 
 
 715. Graii: this word is used of the Greeks of old with a tinge 
 of respect and admiration ; Graeci is a mere geographical and his- 
 torical designation, and Graeculi is a contemptuous term applied to 
 the degenerate people of the times of the Roman writers. 
 
 717. omnia mala, all kinds of abase. Cf. maritumi omnes, Capt. 
 iBl. — ingerebat: ''quasi tela ita dicit se ingesturum mala," T)ona.t. 
 on Ter. Andr. IV. i. 16. Cf. Bacch. 875, Pseud. 359. — quem- 
 quem: in the sense of quemcumque is not rare. More common is 
 ut quemque or ubi quemque. See A pp. 
 
 718. canes: is the early form of the nominative (cf. uolpes, 
 feles) and occurs also Trin. 170, Most. 40. See Bucheler, d. Lat. 
 Decl. p. 18, Ritschl Opusc. II. p. 654 f., Varro Ling. Lat. VII. 
 § 32 M. See also on 758. 
 
 -720. aetatem, all my life. Pareus explains by dia fiiov. This 
 adverbial use of the accusative of duration occurs also Asin. 21, 
 274, 284, Cure. 554, Poen. 636, Ampli. 1023, Pseud. 515, Ter. Heaut. 
 716, Eun. 734, Ilec. 747. meam is in such cases never added to 
 aetatem. — uidua: see on 114. 
 
 721. This verse repeats the sense and almost the words of 719, 
 but is not to be struck out on that account ; for such repetition is 
 
150 MENAECHMI. 
 
 characteristic of excited speakers, especially women, and after 
 mauelim a clause with qamn is necessary. 
 
 722. quid id ad me? sc. attinet, what's that to me? Cf. Poen. 
 1021, quid isluc ad me? Pers. 495 (IV. 3. 27), istae (Mss. hae) quid 
 ad me? A similar ellipsis of refert occurs Amph. 1003, quid id mea ? 
 Ter. Phorm. 940, quid id nostra? — tu: (not tun) Plautus follows 
 the general rule in dispensing with the interrogative particle in the 
 first half of double questions, direct as well as indirect. Cf. Mil. 
 432 (II. 5. 21), nos nostri an alieni simus, Rud. 213, 580, 1106, etc. 
 
 723. an mos : this an does not correspond to the preceding an 
 (cf. 918), but goes back to quid id ad me. 
 
 >-J26. quam: depends upon the comparative force of the idea of 
 preference (^potius) implied in quin iiidua uiuam. Cf. Bacch. 618, 
 inimicos quam amicos aequomst med habere ; Rud. 684, certumst morirei 
 quam hunc pati malefacere lenonem in me; Poen. 746, Sail. Jug. 82. 3. 
 " The words non patiar quin mean, * I shall not bear it any longer 
 so as not to,' quin being dependent on the verb with the negation, 
 which is in its general sense equivalent to nemo me impedire poterit 
 quin (potius) uiuam, etc." (Wagner). 
 
 727. mea quidem hercle causa : the same words 1031. 
 
 728. usque dum, as long as. Cf. Ter. Heaut. 136. 
 
 729. istuc : equivalent to propter istuc. See on 677. Perhaps 
 we should read istoc (ablative of cause) as in Mil. 851, Cist. 116 
 (I. I. 120), True. 151, 373. See App. 
 
 731. She calls to a slave within the house; cf. Merc. 787, Sijra, ei, 
 rogato meum patrem uerheis meeis ut ueniat ad me iam semul tecum hue. 
 — quaere : is used in the sense of quaese. So Poen. 350, comperce 
 (me attrectare, on the form see Corssen krit. Beitr. p. 398) is equiv- 
 alent to compesce (Jniuste dicere) Bacch. 463. The clause with ut 
 depends upon the idea of asking implied in quaere. — Decio : AcKicov ; 
 on this name, see Ritschl Opusc. III. p. 308. 
 
 732. rem natam esse: cf. Cas. 322 (II. 5. 35) Bacch. 218, True. 
 962. 
 
 734. pallas : plural to make tiie accusation a general one. Cf. 
 804. See App. 
 
 736. degeris : degerere and deferre are the regular expressions 
 for carrying gifts to one's mistress. See App. on 137. 
 
 737. multum: is used as an adverb, equivalent to ualde or nimis. 
 
NOTES. 151 
 
 Cf. 671. This use of multum occurs nine times in Plautus. Me- 
 naechmus thinks the words of the unknown woman are merely a pre- 
 tence by which she hopes to obtain the palla. 
 
 738. tlbi hanc : the natural accent (empliasis) as well as the 
 ictus falls on tibi with the result of shortening the pronunciation of 
 hanc. Possibly, however, the order surruptam hanc is the original 
 one. 
 
 740. dudum : a little while ago. She refers to 657. 
 
 742. quod bibam: he means some magic drug to strengthen 
 his patience. 
 
 744. See App. 
 
 745. simitu : an old form for simuL For its formation, see Cors- 
 sen krit. Beitr. p. 22, 40. simitu cirm, at the same time as, i.e. no 
 more than. — Porthaone : Porthaon (not Parthaon) was the father 
 of Oeneus (king of Aetolia) and grandfather of Deianeira (wife of 
 Hercules). Cf. Eupolis noXety frag. 12, rhv AeuKoXocpiSov TraiSa rod 
 UopOdovos. The connection of the name with the verb tropdeo) is seen 
 from the story of Meriones, the brother of Jason of Pherae, who 
 upon receiving the news Treiropdrjadai tV oUiav accepted the omen 
 and called his infant son Porthaon (Polyaen. VI. i. 6). 
 
 746. at: is emphatic at the beginning of the apodosis. — ilium: 
 is not infrequently used, as here, to introduce a person who is after- 
 wards more accurately designated. Cf. 785, ab illo, meo uiro. 
 
 Til. aduenit: present tense. — The father of the wife of Me- 
 naechmus I. is seen approaching. 
 
 748. noui cum Calcha simul : cf . 745. The ablative Calcha 
 (for Calchante, Greek KaAxas, KaXxavros) is an example of the care- 
 lessness with which Greek nouns were treated in Latin. See Biich- 
 eler, d. Lat. Decl. p. 13. Calchas is the famous Grecian seer at the 
 siege of Troy. 
 
 749. eodem die : i.e. never. See on 540. 
 
 750. See App. 
 
 751. After these words Menaechmus crosses to the other side of 
 the stage, and stands apart from his wife (see 779) during the con- 
 versation between her and her father (777-809). In 810 the old 
 man advances to Menaechmus to speak with him. 
 
 752. alias res : sc. agere or facer e, as in Stich. 530, facis ut alias 
 res soles; that's just like you. Cf. 768, 593, Mil. 220, propere hoc, non 
 
152 MENAECHMI. 
 
 placide decet ; 1017, pol istuc quidem multoe ; Bacch. 203, iamne ut 
 soles ? 
 
 753. Enter the father of the wife of Menaechmus I. Canticum 
 to 776 in exclusively bacchiac metre with the exception of 762-765. 
 — ut, etc.: the sense is, as well as my age permits and as this affair 
 (hoc) demands. The construction after usus est is the same as that 
 after opus est. hoc may be ablative with facto (cf. Pseud. 50, quam 
 subito argento mi usus inuento siet ; Bacch. 749, quid istis ad istunc 
 usust conscriptis modumf), but the nominative is more customary 
 with neuter pronouns. Cf. Cist. 124 (I. 2. 10), tacere nequeo misera, 
 quod tacito usus est ; Amph. 505, citius quod non factost usus Jit quam 
 quod factost opus ; Ter. Hec. 878, an temere quicquam Parmeno prae- 
 tereat quod facto usus sit ? 
 
 754. progrediri: Plautus often conjugates this verb as of the 
 fourth conjugation. See Kiihner, Gram, I. p. 559. Here the form 
 progredi is metrically impossible unless -gredi' properabo be taken 
 as an iambic penthemimeris. See on 762. 
 
 755. quam facile: cf. Ter. Andr. 810, nunc me hospitem lites sequi, 
 quam (how little) id viihi sit facile atque utile aliorum exempla commo- 
 nent. — haud sum falsus, / am not deceived. See App. 
 
 756. consitus sum senectute : cf. Ter, Eun. 236, pannis annis- 
 que obsitum ; Verg. Aen. VIII. 307, ibat rex obsitus aeuo. 
 
 758. aetas mala : i.e. senectus. See App. — miers : other and 
 earlier forms of vierx were, as Ritschl has shown (Rhein. Mus, X. 
 453, Opusc. II. 652, 777), merces and mercis ; cf. stirpes, stirpis,stirps, 
 and fruges, frugis, fruaf. For merces, mercis, cf. canes, canis (see on 
 718), uolpes, uolpis, ualles, uallis, fames, famis, etc. The relation of 
 mercis to merx is the same as that of the old nominatives calcis, fau- 
 cis, nucis, to calx, faux, mix, and scrobis, scobis, Opis to scrobs, scobs, 
 Ops, and lentis, mentis, partis, so7-tis to lens, mens, pars, sors, and fron- 
 dis, glandis, sordis to frons, glans, sors, etc. Besides these there was 
 a fourth form mers, in which x is weakened to s (cf. pausilli, sescenti, 
 alongside of pauxilli, sexcenti). This form is according to Ritschl 
 the reading of the Mss. in Cist. 559 (IV. 2. 61), Poen. 342, Pers. 
 239 (II. 2, 56), 583 (IV. 4. 37), and Nov. 27 Ribb., though the Mss. 
 give mercist in Pseud. 954. Here the Mss. give merx, but Nonius 
 mers, and mers is the reading of Nonius in Mil. 728, and of the 
 Mss. in Mil, 895. The expression merx mala (a bad piece of goods) 
 
NOTES. 153 
 
 is frequently applied to worthless persons, e.g. Mil. 895, Pseud. 
 954. 
 
 759. res pessumas, wretchedness. Like mala res, expressing one 
 notion. 
 
 760. adfert: the first syllable belongs metrically to the preced- 
 ing line. See on 570 6. See App. — sermost: \.q. sermo est. After 
 autumem the subjunctive might be expected, but the change to the 
 indicative with possum, decet, longumst, parumst and many other 
 expressions is very common. 
 
 761. in pectore et COrde: Kara (pp4va koX /caret Qvix6v. Cf. in 
 pectore atque in corde, M.erc. 590. — curaest: i.e. curae est, as in 
 Bacch. 1078, Merc. 120, Stich. 652, Ter. Adel. 129, 680, 894, Hec. 
 193. Cf . habeatis curae, Men. 993. 
 
 762. filia : the final a of the nominative of the first declension 
 was originally long (see Biicheler, d. Lat. Decl. p. 21), and must be 
 so regarded here if the metrical division of our text is correct. See 
 App. — sic repente : sic expresses manner, tam degree ; so sic 
 repente means not merely so suddenly but suddenly in this fashion. 
 
 763. med: is an example of anticipation (prolepsis). See on 
 247. — irem: is imperfect because expetit, though present in form, 
 really refers to past time. 
 
 764. certius facit : the expression certius (or certum) alicui ali- 
 quidfacere seems to have been as common in colloquial language as 
 certiorem aliquem facere de aliqua re. Cf. 243, Pseud. 598, 965, 1097. 
 
 765. quod: see on 677. 
 
 766. istaec: see on 520. — ita: sc. facere (see on 752), i.e. 
 litigare. 
 
 " 768 fE. * Women who bring their husbands a good dowry are 
 always quarrelling with them and trying to get the upper hand 
 (768 f .) ; and the husbands are often in the wrong, too (770) ; and 
 then there really is a proper limit to a woman's patience ; and a 
 daughter never goes so far as to call in her father's help without 
 some real reason.' The old man begins with hard thoughts about 
 wives, but gradually comes round to the opinion that probably in 
 such a case as this the husband is more or less to blame. Brix and 
 Wagner take filia in 772 to mean my daughter, as if the old man 
 made a special exception in her case, but this is not indicated in 
 the words. 
 
154 MENAECHMI. 
 
 773. See App. 
 
 776. An iambic dimeter is occasionally used to close a series of 
 bacchiac verses. Cf. Capt. 784, Cas. 782 (IV. 4. 14) nunc pol demum 
 ego sum liber, Most. 87 (I. 2. 7), 99 (I. 2. 19), Ter. Andr. 485. 
 
 778. saluen aduenio ? the adverb salue appears to have been 
 used in colloquial speech in the sense of "in good health and 
 spirits." So in satine salue? {are you) very well? Trin. 1178, Ter. 
 Eun. 978, saluene amaho? Stich. 8, in all which cases the best Mss. 
 read salue though it has been altered by editors to saluae (dative). 
 The dative after aduenire is, however, not elsewhere found in 
 Plautus. •*. 
 
 779. autem, on the other hand. See on 1090. — destitit: here 
 and in 811 desistere has its original meaning of stand aloof. This 
 seems to occur only in these two instances (in Most. III. 2. 100 
 (772) destitisti of the Mss. should probably be changed to restitisti). 
 
 780. nescio quid: is here as elsewhere an indefinite pronoun. 
 A. & G. 334 e ; G. 469 Rem. 2 ; H. 629, 5, 3. See App. 
 
 781. uter meruistis: cf. 1105, 1119, Epid. 259, quod laudetis 
 uterque, also neuter, 787 ; Liv. IX. 44. 2, quia neuter consulum potuerant 
 hello ahesse, and quisquam ; Amph. 1071, neque nostrum quisquam sen- 
 simus. Such constructio ad sensum is of frequent occurrence. 
 
 782. nusquam: i.e. in nulla re. — hoc piimum te absoluo, / 
 will first set you at ease on this score, or more literally, I will first free 
 you with this (answer). Cf. Epid. 466, te absoluam breui. 
 
 783. durare: KapT€pe7v, abide. Cf. Amph. 882, durare nequeo in 
 aedibus. 
 
 734. ludibrio habeor: aKwwrofxai, Xen. Mem. III. 6. 12. 
 785. unde : a quo. See on quo, 96. 
 
 787. neuter iretis: see on 781. 
 
 788. pater: the final syllable is scanned short. — After this line 
 is a gap which Ritschl supplies by pol si sapias, satis tu pro te, quid 
 opus sit facto, scias. 
 
 789. nisi non uis : nisi after negative sentences or their equiva- 
 lent has nearly the force of an adversative particle (but). The 
 construction is elliptical ; here : (there is no reason why you should not) 
 except that you don't want to. Cf. Trin. 233, Rud. 750 f., Mil. 24, Cic. 
 pro Rose. Am. 99, nescio: nisi hoc uideo Capitonem in his bonis esse 
 socium. — monstraui: is here equivalent to praecepi. 
 
NOTES. 155 
 
 790. Cf. 117. 
 
 791. atenim: aWa ydp. See on 166. ^ 
 
 792. ob istanc industriam : because you spy upon him and 
 watch hhn so. See on 127, and compare the elaborate treatment 
 of the same idea in Shak. Com. of Err. Act V. Sc. i. The father is 
 at first inclined to represent his stepson's irregularities as a conse- 
 quence of the jealous suspicions of his daughter. — faxo, /'// warrant 
 you. faxo is generally treated as a parenthesis, and does not affect 
 the construction of the rest of the sentence (parataxis). See on 
 468. 
 
 794. si . . . siue : Plautus regularly says si . . . sine, not sine . . . 
 sine. Examples are: Merc. 306, 993 (1018, where se/, i.e. si, should 
 be read for sen of the Mss.) ; Rud. 629, 633, 776; True. 832 f., etc. 
 See App. on 301. — malum: see on 390. The words quae haec 
 malum impuclentiast occur also Epid. 710. 
 
 795. una opera postules, you might as well ask, a^oirjs &v. — ad 
 cenam ne promittat, that he should not accept invitations to dinner. 
 
 796. seruirin: for seruirene, as in 928 facilin tor facilene, Trin. 
 869 agidum for agedum. Short final e was generally changed to i in 
 composition with words beginning with a consonant; e.g. illicine, 
 isticine, for illicene, isticene, indidem and undique from inde and unde, 
 quippini alongside of qiiippe, tutin with tute, usquin for usquene, and 
 further antidhac, antidit, antistare. See Ritschl, Rhein. Mus. VII. 
 576 ff. = Opusc. II. 556 ff . (Corssen, Aussprache II. 323, denies 
 this law and explains the phenomena in a different way.) 
 
 798. cargre : Kctpeiv, to card wool. This line reminds Wagner 
 of the story of Hercules and Omphale. 
 
 800. hinc stas, etc. : i.e. a mea parte stas, pro illo causam dicis. — 
 illim: is found also Poen. 455, 987, (perhaps id. 1058 and Most. II. 
 2. 36 = 457 where the Mss. give illinc) ; cf . istim, exim utrimque. 
 
 801. multo tanto : the same expression occurs in Rud. 521, ego 
 multo tanto miserior quam tu. tanto seems to be used to heighten 
 the force of multo. A somewhat similar expression is Bacch. 672 
 quid malum parum ? immo uero nimio nimis midto parum (so Brix, nimis 
 midto minus quam parum, Ritschl). 
 
 802. auratam et ueatitsun, furnished with gold ornaments and with 
 clothing. Cf. Epid. 222, sed nestita aurata, ornata ut lepide, ut concinne, 
 ut noue. These two important parts of a Roman lady's toilet are 
 
156 MENAECHMI. 
 
 regularly mentioned together, Cf. 123 fE. Aul. 500, enim mihi quidem 
 aeqnomst purpuram atque aurum dari ; Cure. 344, 348, 488, uestem, 
 aiirum. — bene belongs with auratam and uestitam. 
 
 803. praehibet : Plaatus used (according to the best Mss.) prae- 
 hibere regularly for the later praehere, but only once (Trin. 425) de- 
 hibere for debere. 
 
 804. pallas : see on 734. 
 
 808. banc : she points towards Erotium's house. — detulerat : 
 deferre and degerere are the regular expressions for carrying gifts to 
 one's mistress. Cf. 137. 
 
 810, discertatis: the verb discertare seems to occur only here, 
 and is not in the dictionaries. It combines the meaning of the 
 preposition dis- in dimicare with that of the verb certare, and means 
 Jiyht on opposite sides. The frequentative dissertatis would be out of 
 place here. 
 
 " 811, Cf. 779. Wagner asks : "Is this line an interpolation or is 
 it intentionally repeated "? " 
 
 812. qiiicquid: as in the phrase quid tibi est nomen (see on 341), 
 so here the substantive pronoun is used. 
 
 813. do testis: ci. praedem dedit, b9S. — Menaechmus begins to 
 speak with the utmost solemnity, and causes great astonishment in 
 the old man, Lambinus paraphrases the old man's question : " qua 
 de re aut ad quam rem ex rebus omnibus ita louem testaris ? " 
 
 815. There is evidently a gap in this line, which the insertion (by 
 Wagner) of et after surrupuisse and a colon after abstulisse hardly 
 fills, W, Teuffel ( Jahrbb. 1869, p. 484) supplies : ne'que uidisse um- 
 quam dntidhac Hdnc quae me sibi etiam spinter abstulisse de'ierat. 
 
 817. penetraui pedem: see on 400. 
 
 821. ais: see on 487. 
 
 822. tu negas : see on 630. — immo : " the point lies in the am- 
 biguity of uero, which in the mouth of Menaechmus is only intended 
 to add emphasis to nego, but is taken by the senex in the original 
 sense of ' in truth.' Hence the answer : no, not in truth but in 
 joke you deny it. The repetition of hercle favors this explanation " 
 (Vahlen). — ridicule : is similarly used in Trin. 905. 
 
 825, nontutenes? don't gou understand? See App, 
 
 826, banc rem gere : as in Pseud, 195, sed tace atque hanc rem 
 gere. Cf. Trin. 66, sed hoc animum aduorte atque aufer ridicularia. 
 
NOTES. 157 
 
 827. quid mihi tecumst ? Cf. nil mihi tecunist 648. 
 
 829. illic : see on 305. — liuere : see App. — uiridis : cf . Cure. 
 230, quis hie est homo cum conlatiuo uentre atque oculis herbeis ? 
 11. Warner cites Ben Jonson, "The Silent Woman " IV. 4, as an 
 imitation of this passage : *' Lord, how his eyes sparkle ! he looks 
 green about the temples ! do you see what blue spots he has ? " 
 Less close is the imitation in Shak. Com. of Err. Act IV. Sc. iv. : 
 
 " L. Alas, how fiery and how sharp he looks ! 
 C. Mark how he trembles in his ecstasy ! " 
 
 830. occuli scintillant : cf . Capt. 594, ardent oculi. — From the 
 two following lines (insanire me aiunt and illi me insanire praedicant') 
 it is evident that a line has been lost in which it is distinctly said 
 that Menaechmus is mad. — On the order of the following lines see 
 App. 
 
 832 ff. Menaechmus determines to feign madness, and begins 
 with gestures (pandiculans oscitatur, he stretches and gapes con- 
 vulsively) which frighten the woman. She exclaims quid nunc 
 faciam, mi pater ? and her father advises her to avoid the madman 
 (^concede hue). Then (836 f.) Menaechmus' madness breaks forth 
 into violent words which threaten violent deeds. 
 
 832. ut: cf. ut after neqiie quicquam est melius quam, Aul. 77, 
 Pseud. 1121; after quid mihi meliust quam, Rud. 220 (ut in A only), 
 1189, and perhaps 328 (not in the Mss.). 
 
 836. euoe, etc. : shouts of the Bacchic revellers in the forests 
 and fields. — Bromie: Bp6fiios is one of the names of Bacchus. 
 
 838. femina canis : cf. musca femina, True. 284, and elsewhere 
 porcus femina, anguis femina, piscis femina, etc. 
 
 839. poste : is the early form for post, corresponding in forma- 
 TTon to ante. This form is restored by Ritschl in passages of Ennius 
 
 nnd Plautus, e.y. 1090. See Ritschl, Rhein. Mus. VII. p. 567 ff. = 
 Opusc. II. 541 ff., Corssen, Aussprache I. p. 183. — aetate in sua: 
 in his life; a frequent use of aetas. Cf. Trin. 24, 462. 
 
 842. illic : as in 829. — lampadibus : this is one of the best 
 examples in comedy of the original long quantity of the termination 
 -bus (corresponding to -bis in nobis and nobis). In nearly all the other 
 cases in which this quantity has been assumed, the usual short quan- 
 tity is at least equally admissible (see A. Luchs in Studemund's Stu- 
 
158 MENAECHMI. 
 
 dien I. 1. p. 17). — However, as Plautus not infrequently changed 
 the declension of Greek nouns, perhaps he wrote lampadis here 
 (see on Calcha 748) as BUcheler and Fleckeisen suggest. See 
 Riischl, Opusc. 11. 636 Rem., Muller, Prosodie, p. 53 ff. Bucheler, 
 Lat. Decl. p. 13. 
 
 843. minatur : with the present infinitive as in 938, Stich. 21, 
 A sin. 604, and interminari, Pseud, 776. 
 
 844. heus: here follows its vocative, as in Pers. 458 (IV. i. 11), 
 Poen. 279, and probably Most. 457 (II. 2. 36), ere, heus, iiibe illos. — 
 quid si cito ? quid si is used both with the indicative and the sub- 
 junctive, as in Capt. 599, 613. cito = uoco. 
 
 845. It is strange that the old man does not go to fetch the ser- 
 vants, but stays where he is and listens to Menaechmus' ravings. 
 Wagner suggests that perhaps Menaechmus gets between liim and 
 the house. When the old man does leave the stage, he goes to 
 fetch not the servants but the physician. See App. 
 
 846. amplius : see on 327. — haereo, / am at a loss (lit. Fm stuck 
 or I'm stalled). Cf. Capt. 532. enimucro haereo is in Merc. 739, and 
 here enim is used in the sense of enimuero. See on 166. 
 
 848. \iotSLB=uetas. This spelling is that of the best Mss. here 
 and in several other places, e.g. Trin. 457, 474. — huius : i.e. ma- 
 tronae. — quicquam : the accusative of the thing occurs after par- 
 cere, also in Cure. 381, nisi earn (sc. pecuniam) parsit, mature esiirit. 
 Cf. Verg. A en. X. 531 f. In the expression nihil parcere (e.g. Capt. 
 prol. 32), nihil is of course accusative. 
 
 849. maxumam in malam crucem: the Plautine expressions 
 for "go to the devil'' are: abire in crucem Pers. 851 (V. 2, 73), ire 
 or ahire in malam crucem (sometimes without in). Men. 916, Poen. 
 271, 495, 496, 511, 799, 1309, Cas. 616 (III. 5. 17), Cure. 611,Bacch. 
 902, Rud. 176, 1162, Pseud. 839, 846, 1182, Most. 834 (III. 2. 163), 
 ire in maxumam malam crucem (sometimes without in), Poen. 347, 
 Capt. 469, Pers. 351 (III. i. 24), Cas. 590 (III. 4. 21), Merc. 328, 
 Rud. 518, ire or ahire in malam rem, Capt. 877, Poen. 295, 873, Pers. 
 287 (II. 4. 17), Ter. Phorm. 930, without in, Ter. Eun. 536, also ire 
 in malum cruciatum, Pers. 571 (IV. 4. 2b),fugere in malam crucem, 
 Men. 1019, Poen. 789, cf. udducere in malam crucem, Cure. 693. The 
 reading of the Mss. in malam magnam crucem is therefore not to be 
 retained. 
 
NOTES. 159 
 
 850. quantum potest : see on 435. 
 
 851. See App. 
 
 852. sumne : see on 284. — illaec audio, have to listen to such 
 things. Exit matrona. 
 
 853. impurissumum, most Jilthi/ wretch. Cf. 840. impurus is 
 frequently used to convey a sense of moral uncleanness ; so Bacch. 
 884, Pseud. 366, Pers. 407 (III. 3. 4), Aul. 378, impuritiae, Pers. 410 
 (III. 3. 7), impuratus^ Aul. 359, Rud. 543, 751. hunc impurissumum 
 is replaced in 855 by huius membra as object of comminuam. See on 
 859. 
 
 854. tremulum : with age. The old man calls himself senectute 
 consitus in 756. — Tithonum : Tithonus was tlie son of Laomedon 
 (not of Cygnus),and the husband of Aurora. She obtained for 
 him immortality, but forgot to ask for eternal youth; hence he 
 became proverbial for age and infirmity. — cluet : /cAuco, hear. This 
 verb is common in Plautus in the sense of bene audire, i.e. to be well 
 spoken of, celebrated. — Cucino: is the Plautine form for Cygno, 
 for the use of y in the Latin spelling of Greek words was not 
 introduced until Cicero's time, and Plautus softened the harsh com- 
 bination of consonants en (gn) by inserting u or i. Cf. drachuma, 
 Alcumena, Alcumaeo, Aesculapius, techina, etc. Perhaps Plautus in- 
 tentionally makes Menaechmus in his pretended ravings assign a 
 wrong parentage to Tithonus. The reading of the Mss. doubtless 
 arose from Moscho prognatam patre (407) written in the margin. 
 Priscian VI. p. 216 H has the correct reading. 
 
 855. artua: cited along with cornua, pecua, tonitrua, by Nonius, 
 p. 191, who quotes this passage. Cf. Priscian, VI. p. 262, 270 H. 
 
 856. comminuam : cf . Bacch. 1219, nisi mauoltis /oris et postis 
 comminui securibits ; in 305 dimminuam caput occurs. — dabitur 
 malmn: you'll get a beating. The old man raises his stick. 
 
 858. securim anoipitem. Cf. securicula ancipes, Rud. 1158. 
 Varro (in Nonius, p. 79) calls a double-headed axe by its regular 
 name secnris bipennis. 
 
 859. fini : is here used as a preposition = tenus. So also in Cato 
 R. R. 28. 2, operito terra radicibus Jini. Wagner compares the Ital- 
 ian ^?io. — uisoera in this line, as object of dedolabo, supplants hunc 
 senem, just as hunc impurissumum, 853, was replaced hy huius membra, 
 855. These anacolutha may be intended to represent the wanderings 
 
160 MENAECHMI. 
 
 of insanity. See App. — ei : is needed for the sense, just as htiius 
 in 855 could not be dispensed with. — uiscera: are not merely the 
 entrails (intestina) , but everything which is neither skin, bones, nor 
 blood. 
 
 860. enim: see on 166. — The old man edges away from Me- 
 naechmus. 
 
 861. ilium metuo ut minatur, ''I begin to he afraid of him from 
 the way in which he threatens me. We should therefore explain ut 
 minatur as equivalent to ex minis eius " (Wagner). 
 
 862. equos iunctos : a four-horse chariot. 
 
 864. olentem : stinking ; hence hircus, 839. 
 
 865. in manu : belongs with teneo which has both lora and stimu- 
 lum as objects. See App. 
 
 866. sonitus ungularum appareat: i.e. audiatur. This is an 
 unusual expression, verging upon tragic grandiloquence. In the 
 next line inflexa sit pedum pernicitas {= infexi sint pedes pernices) is 
 also in imitation of tragic style. 
 
 870. Menaechmus throws himself backward in pretended frenzy, 
 as if a god were dragging him from his chariot. — See App. 
 
 871. ApoUinis : is unnecessary after tuoin, but is probably added 
 to emphasize the idea that the imperium and edictum are not human 
 but divine. 
 
 872. acutum : see App. — In sharp contrast with the violent 
 action, tragic language, and trochaic measure of the preceding part 
 of the scene are the simple observations of the old man expressed in 
 iambic senarii. — After this line is a gap, in which some general re- 
 mark on the instability of human prosperity probably had its place. 
 
 873. uel : introduces a particular case of a general truth or state- 
 ment. Cf. 1042, Mil. 25, Ter. Hec. 60, Heaut. 568, 806. uelut in 
 the same sense is more common. 
 
 875. Exit senex, leaving Menaechmus alone on the stage. 
 
 877. ualldus: this pronunciation is almost an impossibility in 
 dialogue measures in Plautus. ualens for ualidus, or ualidus ut ego 
 insaniam (Brix), or ualidus ut uesaniam (Bothe), or sanus ut uesaniam 
 (Wagner) would be more natural. 
 
 878. saluo: sc. abire. ASa/wo is dative. — After this line Ritschl 
 assumes a gap for which he supplies : fac€sso herds ex his turhis lam 
 quantum potest. 
 
NOTES. 161 
 
 880. uos : this line and the next are addressed to the spectators. 
 So also Mil. 862, 1131, Amph. 998, Poen. 550 ff., Aul. 715 ff., Most. 
 695 (III. 2. 19) ff. Such appeals to the sj)ectators are frequent in 
 Aristophanes. 
 
 881. ne me indicetis, etc. : is an example of anticipation for iie 
 indlcetis qua ajo platea aufugerim. See on 247. — Exit Menaechmus. 
 — The next scene opens with the return of the old man, who left 
 the stage (875) to fetch a physician. He has been to the house of 
 the physician, waited a long time (882), talked with the physician, 
 and come back. All this requires more time than can be occupied 
 by the five (or six) lines spoken by Menaechmus. It must there- 
 fore be assumed that the fourth act ends here and that there was a 
 pause between the acts. See Introd. p. 20. 
 
 ACTUS V. 
 
 882. Enter the old man. See App. 
 
 883. manendo : i.e. dum vianeo; the ablative being unlike the 
 causal ablatives sedendo and spectando. Cf. True. 916, ita miser 
 cubando in lecto hie exspectando obdurui ; Ter. Andr. 938, animus com- 
 motust metu spe gaudio, mirando hoc tanto tarn repentino bono, where 
 Donatus explains mirando by dum miror. — dum se ex opere reci- 
 piat^ until he comes from his patients. 
 
 884. odiosus : because of his boastfulness, some specimens of 
 which are given in the following lines. Among the physicians in 
 Rome, most of whom were Greeks, were doubtless many charlatans 
 who furnished a fair target for the shafts of Plautus' satire. Ac- 
 cording to riin. N^ H. XXIX. i.6, the first physician came from 
 Peloponnesus to Rome A. U. C. 535 (219 b.c.) 
 
 887. dicam : the effect of this word is merely to lengthen the 
 sentence witliout really adding to the meaning, dicere is frequently 
 introduced in this way. — diicer^ medicum : this accentuation is 
 justified by A. Luchs, Studemund's Studien, I. p. 17. If the physi- 
 cian is talking about the gods he is really a medicus, but if he 
 mended their statues he is a faber. 
 
 888. incedit: enter the physician, who comes upon the stage 
 with slow and dignified steps (incedit). — moue : is probably not 
 
162 MENAECHMI. 
 
 addressed to the physician, but is an impatient ejaculation of the 
 senex, irritated by the physician's slowness. — formicinum graduni: 
 cf. Aul. 49, testudineum gradum. Lambinus says: "incedit formica- 
 rum in morem, quarum gradus est minutissimus et spississimus," 
 and Muretus : " formicae multum quidem movent, sed parum pro- 
 movent." 
 
 890. laruatus: four syllables. The laruae were evil spirits, 
 properly the disembodied souls of wicked men. They tormented 
 the dead as well as the living, and were believed to cause insanity. 
 — cerritus : probably a contraction of cerebritus (a form which 
 occurs nowhere) from cerebrum. Nonius, p. 44, explains cerriti as 
 Cereris ira annuo iiexati. 
 
 891. ueternus: Servius ad Verg. Georg. I. 124, " ueterno : pigri- 
 tia, otio, quia plerumque otiosos solet hie morbus incessere. Plautus in 
 Addicto : opus facere nimio quam dormire mauolo. veternum metuo.^' 
 Both veternus and aqua interciis as symptoms of brain-disease are 
 mentioned by other writers. 
 
 894. id: is often thus used to repeat briefly the content of a 
 preceding sentence or clause. Here id = sanum futurum. 
 
 895. magna cum cura : tlie flippant answer of the physician, 
 perfacile id quidemst, makes the old man urge him to take the matter 
 less lightly, whereupon the physician assures him that he will not 
 stop with superficial treatment, but will cure the patient for all 
 time (^sospitabo plus sescentos in dies). 
 
 896. sescentos: numerals are frequently used to denote an 
 indefinite number, sescenti, trecenti, ducenti, quingenti, etc., denote a 
 large number; tres, quinque, etc., a small number. See App. 
 
 898. Enter Menaechmus of Epidamnus. His father-in-law and 
 the physician suppose him to be the madman. 
 
 899. peruorsus: "is nearly the same as malus ; the word is 
 intentionally selected on account of the jingle with aduorsus " 
 (Wagner) . 
 
 901. completdt: complere with the genitive is not rare in early 
 Latin. Cf. Amph. 470, erroris ambo ego illos et dementiae conplebo ; 
 id, 1016, qui s flier it quern propter corpus suom stupri conpleuerit; Merc. 
 409, 795, Aul. 454, 552, Caecilius in Nonius, p. 128, homo ineptitudi- 
 nis cumulatus, and often in Livy. So, too, Stich. 18, haec res uitae me, 
 soror, saturant; Rud. 247, nt me omnium iam laborum leuas ; id. 349, 
 
NOTES. 163 
 
 orbas auxilique opumque ; but Plautus also uses verbs and adjectives 
 of plenty and want with the ablative. 
 
 902. meus Ulixes: "quo utebar consiliario et adrainistro in 
 meis rebus difficilibus, ut Agamenmo rex Vlixe" (Lambinus), — 
 suo regi : rex is the term frequently used by parasites to designate 
 their patrons. 
 
 903. homonem: see App. on 89. Cf. Ter. Eun. 723, te omni turha 
 euolues ; Pers. 5G3 (IV. 4. 17), euortes homines fund is, familiis. See App. 
 
 904. illius esse : sc. uitam. 
 
 905. educatust : see on 98. — anima : this is the material side 
 of the soul or principle of life, — the breath of life. Cf . Cic. de 
 Deor. Nat. II. 54. 134, tribus rebus animantium uita tenetnr, cibo, potione, 
 spiritu. 
 
 906. condigne, in a manner worthy of him and corresponding to his 
 conduct. Cf. Capt. 107, condigne pater est eius moratus moribus, Bacch. 
 392, Cas. 131 (I. i. 43), Amph. 537 f. 
 
 908. edepol ne : cf . 899. " Tlie soliloquy begins with an assever- 
 ative exclamation introduced by ne ; this is followed by a detailed 
 statement of reasons; and the speech closes with an exclamation 
 like that at the beginning" (Fleckeisen). — heu: the hiatus after 
 interjections is regular. — niuo : see on 203. — See App. 
 
 910. The physician begins to ply Menaechmus with questions, 
 leaving him no time to answer. — apertas bracchium : in his 
 excitement Menaechmus has apparently moved his arm so that his 
 cloak has fallen from it and left it bare. 
 
 912. quin tu te suspendis? a rough reply like quin tu is in 
 malam crucem? (91G). Menaechmus is in a very bad temper owing 
 to his unpleasant experiences (899-908), but his father-in-law and 
 the physician think his violence is caused by insanity; hence the 
 questions ecquid sentis ? etc. 
 
 913. non potest, etc., this case cannot be cured with an ointment of 
 hellebore. Hellebore was a regular specific for insanity. Cf. Hor. 
 Sat. II. 3. 82, Epist. II. 2. 137, Aristoph. Vesp. 1489, Plin. N. H. 
 XXV. 5, Lucian, Vit. Auct. 23. From all these passages and others 
 it appears that insanity was treated by the internal, not the external, 
 use of hellebore, so Lachmann's suggestion unguine is somewhat 
 doubtful. Ussing reads iugere as another form for iugero; an acre 
 of hellebore. 
 
164 MENAECHMI. 
 
 914. quid ais ? smj ! See on 166. 
 
 915. album an atrum : we say white and red wines, but the dark 
 wines of Greece and Italy were called black by the ancients. The 
 Greeks of to-day say Kpaal fiavpo. — After this line Ritschl supplies 
 Magni refert qui colos sit. See App. 
 
 918. purpureum: dark red; puniceum, light red ; luteum, saf- 
 Jron yellow. 
 
 919. squamossas : the suffix -oso- originally contained an n {-onso- 
 frora -ontio- like the Greek -o€is, -o€pt), a trace of which is found ic- 
 the ss of the Mss. here and elsewhere. Plautus probably, however- 
 wrote either squamonsas or squamosas, as the doubling of consonant*" 
 was not (or at least not regularly) practised in his time. 
 
 920. deliramenta loquitur, he talks wildbj. The same expres 
 sion occurs Capt. 598, Amph. 696. 
 
 921. percipit : a rare example of the original length of the i ii 
 the third person singular present indicative active of the third con 
 jugation: so ponit Enn. Ann. 484 Vahl. See Corssen, Aussprache 
 II. 492 f. percipit is here opposed in sense to primulum 917. 
 
 922. occidis fabulans, you're killing me with your talk. The old 
 man is convinced of his son-in-law's madness, and thinks the physi- 
 cian's long examination is superfluous, hence his previous question 
 quid cessas dare potionis aliquid. His impatience is still more clearly 
 expressed in 946. For the use of occidis, cf. Pseud. 931, occidis me 
 quom istuc rogitas, Aul. 150, Ev. uolo te uxorem domum ducere. Me. Ei 
 occidis. Ev. quid ita ? (where, instead of the common reading occidi, 
 Weise's suggestion, occidis, with me understood, should be adopted; 
 so in Most. 962 (IV. 2. 63) ei perdis with me understood). Cf. Hor. 
 Ars Poet. 475, quern uero arripuit, tenet occiditque legendo. In the 
 same sense, but somewhat weaker, enicas is common. E.g. True. 119 
 (I. 2. 21), Cas. 215 (II. 3. 17), Pers. 49 (I. i. 49), 483 (IV. 3. 15), 
 Rud. 944, Poen. 1267, Merc. 157, 493, 915. A much weaker expres- 
 sion of annoyance is ne molestus (mihi) es, Most. 937 (IV. 2. 39), Rud. 
 1254. 
 
 923. duri, hard, i.e. fixed and staring. 
 
 924. lucustam : Plin. N. H. XI. 37. 55, locustis squillisque magna 
 ex parte sub eodem munimento praeduri eminent (oculi). The spelling 
 lucusta is here supported by the best Mss. as is rutundus in Lucretius, 
 Varro, Cicero. See Lachmann, on Lucr. p. 96. Schwabe, Jahrbb. 
 
NOTES. 165 
 
 1872, p. 415, gives further examples of lucusta. — ignauissume, 
 good-for-nothing. A change to ignarissume (referring to his false 
 diagnosis) is not safe. 
 
 925. enumquam: see on 147. — crepant: of. Cas. 75G (IV. 3. 6), 
 miki inanitute iam dudum intestina murtnurant. 
 
 926. nulla: an emphatic non. This use is common in the comic 
 poets and their later imitators. See Brix on Trin. 606. 
 
 928. facilin : see on 796. 
 
 929. On this and the following gap, see App. 
 
 933. qui: see on 337 and 428. 
 
 934. de illis uerbis caue tibi : spoken to the old man. Cf . 267, 
 iam aps te metiio de iiej'bis tiiis. 
 
 935. melior: better, i.e. more sane, in opposition to insanire oc- 
 ceptat. See App. — nunc : refers, as dudum shows, to the whole 
 present scene, in which Menaechmus certainly appears more sane 
 than (his brother did) in the great mad scene. — prae ut : see on 
 376. 
 
 936. aiebat : trisyllabic, as in 532. 
 
 937. inquam, Egone : Miiller, Prosodie, p. 103 and 580, proposes 
 various means for removing the hiatus. 
 
 938. minitatu's : see on 843. — iunctis : see App. 
 
 939. The answer of Menaechmus is lost. Vahlen proposes quis 
 se dicit haec mefacere uidisse aut quis arguit ? 
 
 941. Cf. Trin. 83 ff. The old man's charges seem to Menaechmus 
 utterly absurd, and he replies to them with similar absurdities. 
 
 942. Cf. Amph. 155, quid faciam, nunc si tres uiri me in carcerem 
 compegerint ? 
 
 943. furca : the /urea had about the shape of the letter V. It was 
 laid upon the shoulders of the slave who was to be punished, and 
 his arms were bound to its sides. — es: is regularly long in Plautus. 
 
 945. pro sano : Menaechmus adduces his ability in the expres- 
 sion of maledicta as a proof of his sanity. 
 
 947. quid facias optumumst : the subjunctive with optumumst 
 occurs also Asin. 448, nunc adeam optumumst, Aul. 567, turn tu idem 
 optumumst loces efferundum. Hud. 377, capillum promittam optumumst 
 occipiamque ariolari, Epid. 59, sed taceam optumumst; and so also 
 decretumst, Poen. 501, iustumst, Bacch. 994, etc. 
 
 948. quippini : see on 796. 
 
166 MENAECHMI. 
 
 950. hosce : see on 104. Before vowels and h the forms hisce 
 (nom. pi. masc), hisce (dat. and abl. pi.), hosce, hasce, before conso- 
 nants hi, his, hos, has, are used by the comic writers with no differ- 
 ence in meaning. See Brix, App. on Mil. 33, F. Schmidt, Hermes, 
 VIII. 478-487, and id. "quaestiones de pronom. demonstr. formis 
 Plautinis,'' Berlin, 1875. — aliquos : some, i.e. about. Cf . True. 872, 
 immo amaho ut hos dies aliquos sinas eum esse apud me. Pseud. 283, 
 aliquos hos dies manta modo, 321, ut opperiare hos sex dies aliquos modo, 
 Cic. de Fin. II. 19. 62, Graecis hoc modicum est : Leonidas, Epaminon- 
 das, tres aliqui (jpeis rives) aut quattuor, ad Att. IV. 4 b, 1, ueliin mihi 
 mittas de tuis lihrariolis duos aliquos, Cato Orig. in Nonius, p. 187, 
 censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad uerrucam illam ire 
 iubeas. 
 
 951. pendentem: slaves were sometimes hung up with weights 
 tied to their feet and flogged. Cf. Trin. 247, Most. 1147 (V. 2. 45), 
 Ter. Phorm. 220. — stimulis : with a whip furnished with pricks. 
 
 955. tu senios iube ferant: by anticipation for iube serui tui 
 ferant. The subjunctive with or without ut after iuhere is common 
 in colloquial language. Cf. Pseud. 1150, hoc tibi erus me iussit ferre 
 quod deberet atque ut mecum mitteres Phoenicium ; Amph. 205, Telebois 
 iubet sententiam ut dicant suam, Most, 912 (III. 3. 26), curriculo iube in 
 urbem ueniat, Pers. 602 (IV. 4. 55), Stich. 396, Rud. 708, Ter. Eun. 
 691. 
 
 956. uale: exeunt the old man and the physician in different 
 directions. 
 
 957. socerus : m 1046 the form socej- is used. See Biicheler, 
 Lat. Decl. p. 26. 
 
 958. hisce: nominative. See on 950, Biicheler, Lat. Decl. 
 p. 41 f. 
 
 960. coepio: cf. coepere, Pers. 122 (I. 3. 41), coepiat, True. 232, 
 coeperet, Ter. Adel. 387, coepiam, Caecilius in Nonius, p. 89. 
 
 961. saluds saluos alios: the quantity of the vowel of the last 
 syllable enabled the hearer to distinguish between the nominative 
 singular and the accusative plural. Besides, when a word was used 
 as subject and again as object the subject regularly came first, as 
 alius alium, solus solum, hospes hospitem, praesens praesentem, uigilans 
 uigilantem, grandis grandem, etc. See App. 
 
 964. hue : he points toward the house of Erotium. — nimis 
 
NOTES. 167 
 
 prouentumst nequiter, I've had abominable luck. The personal 
 use (of the active) is more common, as in Rud. 837, edepol proueni 
 nequiter multis modis, Stich. 398, prouenisti futtile, True. 385, quomque 
 bene proueni sti salua, gaudeo, id. 516, quoni tu rede prouenisti, gratulor. 
 Cf. Ter. Adel. 979, Syre, processisti hodie pulchre. 
 
 966. Enter Messenio, who has come for his master, in accord- 
 ance with the command given in 437. He recites a monologue 
 (canticum) on the qualities and duties of a servant. Cf. Aul. IV. i, 
 Most. IV. I , and also Bacch. IV. 4 and IV. 9. Menaechmus stands 
 silent upon the stage, and so far from Messenio that they do not see 
 each other. The metres of the canticum are partly bacchiac, partly 
 iambic. See Winter, d. Reconstr. d. plaut. cantica, p. 63, for a dif- 
 ferent metrical arrangement. — spectamen, means of proof , touch- 
 stone. — bono senio : is further characterized by the following 
 relative sentence. — id : is explained hy ut . . . tutetur. 
 
 967. coUooat, arranges, puts in order. — cogitatque : the fourth 
 verb is here joined to the rest by que, as in Capt. 134 by et. 
 
 968. rem eri : the hiatus may be avoided by inserting tam after 
 eri (see also critical note), as there is no other passage in which 
 tam before quam is omitted. Probably, however, quam si should be 
 understood as equivalent to quasi, just as Plautus sometimes uses 
 quasi for quam si. Cf. Trin. 265. 
 
 970. His back and thighs must be of more consequence to him 
 than his gullet and belly; i.e. he must take more care to avoid 
 stripes and shackles (976) than to get choice food and drink. 
 
 971. potiora, esse quoi cor modeste situmst (SiaKciTai), to 
 one whose heart is modestly disposed, cor modeste situmst is strange 
 Latin, and Th. Bergk's proposal modeste modestumst is quite in keep- 
 ing with the Plautine style. Cf. 452. See App. 
 
 972. The same metre occurs in Bacch. 659-661. But see App. 
 975. See App. 
 
 977. molae : i.e. pistrina, treadmill, in which the slaves had to do 
 hard work as a punishment. 
 
 979. See App. 
 
 980. magis facilius : cf . 55. magis with the comparative is not 
 uncommon. — uerba, uerbera : cf. 258. This particular play on 
 words occurs also Ter. Heaut. 356, tibi erunt parata uerba, huic homini 
 uerbera. True. 113, me illis quidem haec uerberat uerbis. 
 
168 MENAECHMI. 
 
 981. quam molitum praehibeo, than I furnish ground meal my- 
 self; i.e. than I work in the treadmill. The scansion and accentua- 
 tion praehibeo occurs nowhere else ; hence Ritschl's emendation. 
 "^^3. in rem: see on G61. — arbitro: the active form occurs 
 also Pseud. 1014, Stich. 144, and the passive form in passive signi- 
 fication, 267. Here, as in Cas. 800 (V. i, 11), the active form is to 
 be adopted against the Mss. for metrical reasons. The Mss. read 
 esse arhitror. 
 
 984 f. See A pp. 
 
 985. abstineam : with accusative. So also Amph. 903, Rud. 
 425, potin ut me abstineas manum ? and regularly in the phrase absti- 
 nere manum (mantis): Cas. 211 (II. 3. 13), Most. 285 (I. 3. 134), 
 Pseud. 981, Pers. 11, True. 926, Poen. 282, Trin. 288, Amph. 340, 
 Ter. Heaut. 565; with other objects: Aul. 345, Mil. 1309 (amorem), 
 Ter. Heaut. 132 ; with infinitive as object, see on Men. 170. With 
 the ablative, Men. 770 (culpa), Rud. 1108 (maledictis), Aul. 601 (cen- 
 sione) ; also abstinere aliquem (se) aliqua re, Mil. 644 (III. i. 49), Cas. 
 101 (I. I. 13), Amph. 926. 
 
 986. ut, so long as. 
 
 987. pretium : i.e. libertatem. 
 
 988. ut iusserat : belongs with uenio aduorsum ; see 437. 
 
 990. saltu damni: cf. Most. 344 (II. i. 5), mali maeroris montem 
 maxumuniy Merc. 618, montis mali ardentis, id. 641, thensaurum maliy 
 Epid. 84, monies mali, Trin. 314, damni conciiiabolum. He points at 
 the house of Erotium. 
 
 991. depugnato proelio : after the analogy of pugnare pugnam. 
 This expression is led up to by saltu of the preceding line ; for a 
 mountain-pass is just the place for a surprise and a fight. Of 
 course the plundering of Menaechmus by Erotium is referred to. 
 Cf. 344. — This trochaic verse forms a transition to the trochaic 
 measure of the next scene. 
 
 992. Enter the old man with slaves, to whom his first words are 
 addressed. — per ego uobis deos : the insertion of the pronouns 
 between per and deos is regular in expressions of this kind; and 
 if two pronouns are used the subject stands first. Cf. Bacch. 905, 
 per te, ere, opsecro deos inmortales ; Ter. Andr. 538, per te deos oro, 
 834, per ego te deos oro. — imperium, quae imperaui : see on 243. 
 
 993. habeatis curae : cf. 761. 
 
NOTES. 169 
 
 994. medicina : i.e. taberna medici, iarp^Tou, physician's office. — 
 sublimen : raised aloft, lifted from the ground. The formation of 
 this adverb is not understood, but the existence of the form cannot 
 well be denied in the face of the evidence of the Mss. It occurs 
 four times in this play (here, 997, 1004, 1052). See Ritschl, opusc. 
 II. 462 ff., Eibbeck, id. 4G5 ff., also A. Spengel on Ter. Andr. 861. 
 R. Klotz, in his excursus on Ter. Andr. 861, argues against its recog- 
 nition. 
 
 995. crura : which would otherwise be put in fetters. — latera : 
 which would be beaten. Cf. 970. A similar threat occurs Pseud. 
 143 ff. 
 
 996. caue : for cauete ; cf. Poen. prol. 117, cane dirumpatis ; and 
 frequently age for agite, e.g. Mil. 78, age eamus ergo, id. 928, age igitur 
 intro abite, Stich. 221, age, age licemini. 
 
 998. illi : for illic (locative adverb), there. 
 
 999. illisce : for illic, i.e. illi, is the reading of the Mss. in Most. 
 498 (II. 2. 78) and 917 (IV. 2. 26). Cf. hi see = hi. See on 950. 
 illic neyer occurs as a plural. — currant : this, like quaeritatis, cir- 
 cumsistitis, rapitis,fertis, applies to the action of the slaves as they 
 fall upon Menaechmus. 
 
 1004. nescio qui = aliqui. See on 406. 
 
 1005. suppetias, aid. See dictionary and Kiihner, Gramm. I. p. 
 334. Cf . 1022. — audeo audacissume : see on 155. — See App. 
 
 1007^. in pacato oppido, luci, in uia, liber: each of these 
 adds to the outrage. If a man were carried off in a time of war 
 or in the night or in some out-of-the-way place, or if the victim 
 were a slave, the deed would not be so shocking. 
 
 1008 «. luci: a temporal locative like heri, mani, iiesperi, temperi. 
 It is found also in Amph. 165, Cas. 738 (IV. 2. 7), Afran. tog. 138, 
 cum luci simul, Merc. 255, Stich. 364, cum prima luci, Cist. 350 
 (II. I. 49), Ter. Adel. 841, luci claro (according to Nonius, 210, 8), 
 Aul. 748. On the gender of the accompanying adjective see Usener, 
 Jahrbb. 1878, p. 77 f . — derupier : i.e. deripier (deripi), like subrupio. 
 See on Arg. 2. 
 
 1009. duis : for des. This subjunctive form of the old present 
 duo is not uncommon. See Stolz, in I. Miiller, Handbuch d. Klass. 
 Altertumswiss. II. p. 236. S.ee App. 
 
 1010. insignite, atrociously, abominably. Cf. Mil. 560, earn fieri 
 
170 MENAECHMI. 
 
 apud me tarn insignite iniuriam, Rud. G43, insignite iniuriafactast, Cas. 
 930 (V. 4. 31), Poen. 809, Rud. 1097, insignite inigue, Cic. Quint. 
 23. 73, insignite improbus. 
 
 1012. numquam : is merely a strong negation, and has here no 
 temporal force. Cf. 1024, 202, Rud. 612, numquam hodie quiui ad 
 coniecturam euadere, Amph. 700, numquam factumst, Capt. 408, 657, 
 Aul. 657, etc. Donatus on Ter. Andr. 384 says, "numquam plus 
 habet negationis quam n n." 
 
 1013. istic : dative (= istice) ; see on 305, — te : is the object of 
 tenet, not of obsecro. The latter is generally used almost as an inter- 
 jection with no object (cf. 099, 1003), except when it lias a com- 
 plete sentence depending upon it as in 1009. 
 
 • 1014. Cf. Rud. 763, iam hercle tibi messis in orejiet mergeis pugneis. 
 
 1015. maxumo malo uostro: abl. of coincident action. Cf. 
 Amph. 321, olet homo quidam malo suo, id. 306, ne tu istic hodie malo 
 tuo aduenisti, Cas. 468 (II. 8. 53), malo hercle uostro tarn uorsuti uiuitis, 
 Rud. 775. But cum malo suo (tuo) and cum magno malo suo (tuo) Asin. 
 130, 901 (V. 2. 47), 909, Aul. 425, Bacch. 503, Cas. 555 (III. 3. 13), 
 Rud. 656. — See App. 
 
 1016. huic : because he himself has hold of him ; but in 1013 
 istic, i.e. qui tenet te. — oculi locus : the eye-socket in place of the 
 eye. This is a repetition of the sense of 1013. 
 
 1018. obsecro hercle: they beg for mercy. — tactic: has so 
 strong a verbal force that it governs the accusative (me) like tangere. 
 It is, however, a noun, and as such is the subject of est, after which 
 nobis is the dative of possessor. Cf. Amph. 519, quid tibi hanc cura- 
 tiost rem aut multitio? Asin. 920, quid tibi hunc receptio ad test meum 
 uirum ? Aul. 744, quid tibi meam me inuito tactiost? etc. 
 
 1019. pecte : cf . Capt. 896, fusti pectito, Poen. 358, ne tu hunc 
 pugnis pectus, Rud. 661, leno pugnis pectitur. 
 
 1020. em tibi : Ribbeck (Lat. Partik. p. 33) observes that em is 
 regularly used to accompany blows. — cedis : here in its proper 
 signification = decedis almost equivalent to fugis (not = incedis as 
 in Asin. 405, Merc. 600, Poen. 577, Bacch. 1069, Aul. 517, 526, 
 Pseud. 308, 955, Cas. 425 (II. 8. 10), Hor. Sat. II. i. 65). Messenio 
 gives a parting blow to the last of the lorarii, with the words em 
 tibi, hoc praemi feres, as in Asin. 431, Leonidas strikes Libanus and 
 says, em hoc tibi, and as Paegnium, Pers. 805 (V. 2. 28), accompanies 
 
NOTES. 171 
 
 his blow with the words, hoc, leno, tihi. — The old man and the slaves 
 luirry off the stage. 
 
 1021. commetaui: occurs only here as a compound of metari 
 (for which metare was also in use) : I have measured their faces (with 
 my fists) ; i.e. I have made my fists go all over their faces. 
 
 1022. suppetias adueni : this construction (cf , injitias ire, uenum 
 ire) is used by Plautus nowhere else. But the author of the Bellnm 
 Africanum, whose style is somewhat antiquated, says suppetias uenire, 
 projicisci and ire several times. See A. & G. 258 h, Rem. ; H. 380, 
 2, 3 ; Lobeck on Soph. Aias, 290. 
 
 1023. quisquis es: so also in 1009. 
 
 1024. absque te esset : = si tii non esses. The preposition absque 
 is always used in comedy with a conditional sense equivalent to si 
 sine. Cf. Trin. 832, Bacch. 412, Capt. 764, etc. Late writers use it 
 without conditional force as the equivalent of praeter or sine. — 
 occasum : see on 437. 
 
 1025. emittas manu: the comic writers use manu emittere (or 
 simply emittere') where later writers use the compound manumittere. 
 See App. 
 
 102G. uenim : is rarely used in replies. Cf. Asin. 789, Ter. 
 Heaut. 1012, Eun. 347, Adel. 543. Translate, yes. 
 
 1028. non taces ? ivon't you keep quiet? almost equivalent to an 
 imperative, don't talk so. 
 
 1030. See App. 
 
 1032. in te : cf, Pers. 342 (III. i. 15), meum, opinor, imperium in 
 te non in me tihi est. Mil. QW, facile st imperium in honos, Sail. or. Lep. 
 § 2, dominationis in uos seruitium suum mercedem dant. 
 
 1033. quom liberas : the use of a clause with quom depending 
 upon gaudere is common in Plautus. See App. 
 
 1034. patrone : Messenio as a freed man addresses Menaechmus 
 no longer as erus, but as patronus. 
 
 1035. nunc : see App. 
 
 1038. marsuppium cum uiatico, the ptirse with the money, i.e. 
 the purse in which the money is. 
 
 1039. tibi: an iambus. See Brix, App. on Trin. 761, for furtlier 
 examples. 
 
 1040. reddibo : for reddam is attested by Nonius, p. 470, who 
 quotes this passage, and Cas. 129 (I. 41). It occurs also in a frag- 
 
172 MENAECHMI. 
 
 ment of the Vidularia quoted by Priscian, VI. 32, p. 224, H. See 
 Studemund, de Vidul. p. 22; Kuhner, Gram. I. p. 480. This 
 unusual form of the future may have arisen from the future doho 
 of do. — Exit Messenio. 
 
 1041. nimia mira, verif strange things, mira is used as a substan- 
 tive. So also Amph. CIO, nimia memoras mira, id. 1105. Cf. tanta 
 mira. Gas. 603 (III. 5. 5), Amph. 1036, 1057, which is not to be ex- 
 plained by tot mira. As nimia mira, Menaechmus mentions two 
 things : 1042 and 1046. See App. 
 
 1042. uel : see on 873. 
 
 1045. sit: a long syllable. This is the original quantity of sit, 
 and is sometimes retained by Plautus. 
 
 1047. setius: the only correct spelling (see Fleckeisen, Ilhein. 
 Mus. VIII. p. 221, and " Fiinfzig Artikel," p. 28). sectius is explained 
 by Weihrauch (Philol. XXX. p. 631 f.) as a combination of the 
 two forms setius and secius. See also Neue, Formenlehre II. 691 f. 
 Kuhner, Gram. I. p. 368. 
 
 1049. Exit Menaechmus. This leaves the stage vacant, but does 
 not mark the end of an act, for Menaechmus I. has hardly left the 
 stage when Menaechmus II. enters from the other side with Mes- 
 senio, whom he has met on the way. See A. Spengel " Acteinthei- 
 lung," p. 19. 
 
 1050. Enter Menaechmus II. and Messenio. Menaechmus, who 
 had intended to go to the ship (878), has come to look for Messenio. 
 Their conversation is supposed to have begun before they appear 
 upon the stage. 
 
 1051. postquam, smce. — aduorsum belongs with weniVes. See 
 on 437. 
 
 1054. quom accurro : the historical present after quom is not 
 uncommon in Plautus. — ui pugnando : ui is probably the ablative 
 of manner qualifying pugnando. In Mil. 268 the reading of the 
 Mss. is ui pugnandoque, where of course ui and pugnando both express 
 means, ui may be explained as ablative of means here, Amph. 414 
 and Asin. 555, with omission of the connective (asyndeton). — in- 
 gratiis: " invitis iis qui te suhlimem ferebant" (Lambinus). Plautus 
 and Terence always write gratiis and ingratiis, not gratis and ingratis. 
 
 1055. amisisti : for dimisisti. Cf . 343. 
 
 1056. petere : present for future. Cf . 539, 843, 938. 
 
NOTES. 173 
 
 1057. eas : there is a real change of tense from the preceding 
 verbs : you ran to meet me in order that you maij noiv deny what you 
 did. Brix is wrong in saying that eas is used instead of ires for met- 
 rical reasons. 
 
 1059, mepte .- the accusative ine with the suffix pte seems to 
 occur only here ; in fact, the suffix is rarely added to any other 
 than possessive pronouns. See Kiihner, Gram. I. p. 383. 
 
 1060. Enter Menaechmus I. from Erotium's house, speaking to 
 those within. Then Menaechmus II. and Messenio come upon the 
 stage, and the denouement is effected without the presence of any 
 unnecessary characters. Shakespeare, in the Comedy of Errors, fol- 
 lows the usual modern custom and brings all the important person- 
 ages of the play upon the stage in the last scene. See App. 
 
 1063. potest: SQ. fieri. See on 466. 
 
 1065. Menaechmus I. to Messenio. Cf. 1009 and 1023. 
 
 1069. urbs : corresponds to the preceding suracusanus, and patria 
 to Siculus. urbs and patria are frequently joined in this way, Cf. 
 Cic. pro Mil. 34. 93, stet haec ui'bs praeclara mihique patria carissima. 
 
 1070. hunc : Messenio points toward Menaechmus I., whom he 
 takes for his master, and throughout this speech he constantly makes 
 the same mistake. Hence Menaechmus II, says (1074), delirare mihi 
 uidere. 
 
 1071. huius, huius: Messenio points first at one Menaechmus, 
 then at the other; so also in 1076 (tu, tu). Cf. Capt. 447, Mil. 874, 
 1308 f., Pseud. 336, 338, Ter. Heaut. 937. 
 
 1072. hunc : he points at Menaechmus II. (so also with huic) 
 and addresses Menaechmus I., taking the latter for the former. — 
 exhibui negotium : -nplyixaTa irapio-xov.   He had bothered him by 
 asking to be manumitted. 
 
 1073. quaeso ignoscas: to Menaechmus II. — stulte atque 
 impnidens : adverbs and adjectives are occasionally joined in this 
 way by Plautus, Cf. Trin. 268, quos miseros maleque habeas (so the 
 Mss.) ; Pseud, 591, quae post mihi clara et diu clueant ; Bacch. 474, tu 
 Pistoderum fdlso atque insontem arguis, etc. 
 
 1074. semul mecum, together with me. Cf. simitu cum, 745. 
 
 1075. enim: see on 1G6, — aequom postulas, you are riyht. 
 Now Messenio distinguishes correctly between the Menaechmi. 
 
 1080. tibi: an iambus, as is mihi 1081. Cf. tibi 1039. 
 
174 MENAECHMI. 
 
 1081. spem insperatam date, grant the unhoped-for (fulfilment 
 of my) hope, spes connotes the thing hoped for, as in spe potiri. Cf . 
 Merc, 843, spem insperatam quom obtulisti nunc mihi ; Astraba fragm. 1, 
 meam spem cupio consequi. So in Trin. 1009, metus stands for the 
 thing feared (Schoell after Koch reads malum). — quam suspicor, 
 of which I have a presentiment. Cf. Rud. 1091, si quidem hie lenonis 
 eiust uidulus,quem suspicor; Ter. Heaut. 4:14, nisi me animus fallit, hie 
 profectost anulus, quem ego suspicor. See App. 
 
 1083. patriam et patrem: anticipation. — pariter: i.e. they 
 mention the same city and the same father. 
 
 1087. Cf. Trin. 862, illic homost aut dormitator aut sector zonarius. — 
 See App. 
 
 1088. hominis : the genitive is always used in early Latin after 
 similis. See Eitschl, opusc. II. 570 ff., 579 ff. 
 
 1089. lacte : this nominative (Plautus never uses lac) occurs 
 also Mil. 241, tarn similem quam lacte lactist, and Bacch. 1134. — 
 crede mihi: see App. 
 
 1090. autem, on the other hand ; this use is not uncommon after 
 the copulative particles et and que (cf. Koi — 5e), e.g. True. 838, agite, 
 ahite, tu domum et tu autem domum, Mil. 1149, Poen. 841, Merc. 118, 
 Pseud. 635; and in the same sense without the copulative particle, 
 Men. 779, Mil. 678, Pers. 762 (V. i. 12), Most. 763 (III. 2. 91).— 
 poste : see on 839. 
 
 1091. See App. — meliust: &imv6v icxTi. So we say, "we'd 
 better go." 
 
 1092. hercle qui : see on 428. 
 
 1093. inuenis: Plautus almost always uses the future perfect 
 (here inueneris) after the future imperative, but inuenis is used here 
 probably for the sake of the metre. 
 
 1094. et ego quidem, I too. This is less common than et quidem 
 ego. Cf. Capt. 594, et tu quidem. See App. 
 
 1095. quid ais tu ? he turns to Menaechmus I. 
 
 1096. ita uero, yes, to he sure. Cf. 1108. ita is frequently used 
 for yes. 
 
 1097. See App. 
 
 1099. " operam dare alicui means both ' to listen attentively to 
 some one,' and *to be active in the interest of some person.' Both 
 senses are combined in the present passage " (Wagner). See App. 
 
NOTES. 175 
 
 1100. promeruisti ut : mereri ut is not a common construction, 
 but is found in all periods and styles of Latin literature. Brix, on 
 Capt. 422, gives various examples. 
 
 1101. tam quasi: occurs also Ter. Adel. 534, Afran. comoed. 
 338, Kibb. C. I. L,, I. 571. 8, p. 161, Cure. 51. — seruibo: in early 
 Latin the future active of the fourth conjugation is formed in -ibo. 
 See Corssen, Beitr. p. 540 f . Here tain belongs with seruibo. 
 
 1102. inuenturum: the subject 7«e is omitted. 
 
 1105. uterque dicite : see on 781. 
 
 1106. roga: the shortening of the final a is probably due to the 
 accent on tlie preceding syllable. 
 
 1109. quippini: a gloss in B explains this by scilicet, of 
 course. 
 
 1111. quid longissume meministi ? what is the furthest (i.e. 
 earliest) thing you remember? Cf. Cic. Arch. i. 1, quoad longissime 
 potest mens mea respicere spatium praeteriti temporis, et pueritiae memo- 
 riam recordari ultimam. 
 
 1112. ut abii: the clause with ut is temporal, not an object- 
 clause on a par with the following accusative and infinitive. Like 
 postea, the clause with ut defines the time of deerrare. 
 
 1113. deerrare: the first two syllables must be pronounced by 
 synizesis as one. See App, 
 
 1114. serua me: cf. 1120 and 1081. serua me occurs in similar 
 connection, Capt. 976, Cure. 640; cf. Epid. 644. — quin taces: see 
 on 1028. 
 
 1116. septuennis: cf. prol. 24. 
 
 1117. postillac: cf. 685. See App. 
 
 1119. utereratis: i.e. uter uestrum erat.^ See on 271, — pares, 
 of equal age. 
 
 1120. qui, how. — potest: sc. fieri. See on 466. 
 
 1121. si interpellas, tacebo : see App. 
 
 1122. uno nomine : cf. Capt. 590, neque praeter te in Alide ullus 
 seruos istoc nomine est. 
 
 1127. The contents of the gap must be supplied from prol. 38, 
 puerum surruptum alterum. 
 
 1131. quid nomen: see on .341. 
 
 1133. miseriis, laboribus : Plautus often puts two substantives 
 of similar meaning or sound side by side without any connective 
 
176 MENAECHMI. 
 
 (asyndeton). Cf. Trin. 302, imperiis praeceptis ; True. 318, blandi- 
 mentis, oramentis, etc. 
 
 1135. hoc erat, quod, this was the reason, why. quod = propter 
 quod, as often. Cf. Cas. 510 (III. 2. i), hoc erat ecastor, quod me uir 
 tanto opere orabat mens, A sin. 864, Merc. 711, llud. 1258. 
 
 1136. uocat: historical present. Cf. 1115, 1054, 29. This is 
 common in Plautus after quom and postquam, and occurs also after 
 uhi. 
 
 1143. Ritschl supplies quae meo sumptu iuberem sibi reconcinnarier 
 to fill the gap. 
 
 1 146. iusti : for iussisti. Messenio addresses Menaechmus I. 
 
 1148. quom tu liber es, Messenio : these words are given in 
 the Mss. in 1033 as well as here. See App. on 1033. As Ladewig 
 says, it is odd that Menaechmus I. now knows Messenio's name. 
 In 1065 he evidently does not know him and«addresses him as adu- 
 lescens quisquis es. Since then he has learned (1071) that he is the 
 slave of the other Menaechmus, but has not heard his name. Either, 
 therefore, Plautus is guilty of a careless slip, or there is a gap in 
 the text. The words quom tu liber es, gaudeo, are conventionally used 
 in congratulating the nouos libertus after his formal manumission. 
 Hence the irony in Epid. 711. Cf. Ter. Adel. 972 with Donatus' 
 note. For the indicative see W. G. Hale, " Cum-Constructions," 
 p. 79. 
 
 1149. meliorest opus auspicio: Messenio considers it an un- 
 favorable auspicium {i.e. a bad beginning) that he enters upon his 
 life of freedom without means of support. The melius auspicium 
 which he desires must consist of a gift or loan from his former 
 master. This request of Messenio and Menaechmus' reply are lost. 
 Analogous cases are Epid. 727, Ep. nouo liberto opus est quod pappet. 
 Per. dabitur: praebebo cibum, Ter. Adel. 979 ff. 
 
 1155. praeconium : auctions held by the state were conducted 
 by public praecones who were state officials, but besides these there 
 were private praecones who made a business of conducting auctions 
 and acting as criers (cf. Merc. 663) for private persons. Messenio 
 asks for the praeconium of the coming auction as a good job. — 
 nunciam, directly, at once. Three syllables. 
 
 1156. die septimi, on the seventh day. die is locative = die-i. 
 So e occurs in the locative mane alongside of mani which Sisenna 
 
NOTES. 177 
 
 (Charisius, p. 203, 27 K) recognized as regular (cf. peregre peregri, 
 rure nirt) ; so in the ablative, absente and absenti stand side by side, 
 and in the genitive and dative of words of the E-declension (requie, 
 pernicie, specie, acie, Jide, spe, die for requiei, etc.) the i is frequently 
 dropped. See KUliner, Ausf . Gram. I. p. 251 f . septimi, (like quarti, 
 qidnti, noni, crasiini, proxumi, pi-istini) has the same locative ending 
 as doini and hinni, with temporal signification as in uesperi, temperi, 
 luci, heri. Further examples of temporal locatives qualified by ad- 
 jectives with locative endings are : die septimei, Pers. 259 (II. 3. 8) ; 
 die crastini, Most. 864 (IV. i. 25) ; die proxumi, Cato in Nonius, 
 p. 153. Nonius also attests die pristini, and Gellius X. 24 treats of 
 this usage and gives examples from early Latin. The common 
 words postridie and pridie are examples of tlie same usage, for 
 poslridie = post(e^ri-die{i^ Rnd pridie — pri-die(i), where }>ri is loca- 
 tive of the adverbial stem 'jrp6 pro, and comes from pi^o-i as domi does 
 from domo-i. 
 
 1157. Messenio invites the audience to the auction. See on 
 880. 
 
 1158. fundi et aedes : lands and houses form one idea (real es- 
 tate), and the two words are therefore properly connected by et, 
 while there is no such connective between serui, supellex, fundi. Cf. 
 True. 174, 187, 214:, fu7iduni atque aedes, ib. 177. 
 
 1159. quiqui, /or whatever price. See on 549. — uenibit: the 
 last syllable is long as in erit Capt. 209, unless, indeed, Koch is 
 right in adopting the doubtful form uoxor. 
 
 1160. quoque etiam: is pleonastic but not tautological, for 
 quoque denotes comparison, and etiam adds emphasis. Even his ivife 
 will be sold, too. Cf. Trin. 1048, Pseud. 932, Epid. 234, 589, True. 
 94 (I. I. 77), Amph. 281, 717, 753, Pers. 146 (I. 3. 65). 
 
 1161. quinquagensies : sc. centena milia sestertium, 5,000,000 ses- 
 terces. The form quinquagensies for quinquagies occurs nowhere else 
 and is contrary to the otherwise invarial)le rule for the formation 
 of numeral adverbs ; besides, the sum here mentioned is a very 
 large one, while uix and tota would lead the hearer to expect a small 
 one ; and finally there seems to be no reason for mentioning the 
 amount likely to be realized. Schwabe, Jahrbb. 1872, p. 418 ff. 
 (followed by Brix and Wagner) therefore rejects this line. 
 
 1162. As in the Mercator, Persa, Poenulus, Pseudolus, Stichus, 
 
178 MENAECHMI. 
 
 and Truculentus, the actor who speaks last calls upon the public to 
 applaud. In the other plays the same request is made by the 
 cantor. See Hor. Ars poet. 154, Si plausoris eges aulaea manentis et 
 usque Sessuri, donee cantor " Vos plaudite " dicat. 
 
APPENDIX. 179 
 
 CRITICAL APPENDIX. 
 
 Argum, 2. Whether the writer of the argument avoided the 
 hiatus or not is doubtful. Here Eitschl removes the hiatus by 
 inserting illorum before altero ; Miiller, Prosod. p. 498, proposes Ei 
 surrupto altero [ilico']. 
 
 3, Here, too, the hiatus may be removed by a slight change. 
 Miiller, Pros. p. 490, thinks the writer may have used suhreptici 
 {surreptiti B) ; or ibi (Ritschl) or turn may have been lost after 
 siuTepti. 
 
 Prolog'US. Questions concerning the condition of this prologue 
 have been much discussed. The literature on the subject is col- 
 lected by Dziatzko in Fleckeisen's Jahrbb. 1873, p. 833. — P. Langen 
 (^Commentatio de 3Ienaechrnorum fabulae Plautinae prologo, Miinster, 
 1873) rejects vv. 22, 23, 43-48, 51-56, and 72 ff., thus obtaining a 
 short form of prologue 1-6, 17-21, 24-42, 50, 57-71, in accordance 
 with the promise of v. 6. Teuffel (Jahrbb. 1866, p. 704, 1867, p. 32) 
 had previously rejected 51-56, Dziatzko, in his review of Langen's 
 essay, finds that other lines can be dispensed with, and reduces the 
 original form of the prologue to 1-6, 17-20, 24-37 (38, 39?), 40-44, 
 57 (58, 59 ?), 60-62, 67-71. The attempt to obtain a concise state- 
 ment of the plot, and thereby to determine how Plautus wrote his 
 prologue, is hopeless ; nor is the assumption justified that the writer 
 of the existing prologue having two versions before him combined 
 them so as to retain both as completely as possible. 7-16 repeat 
 1-6 in great measure, but these two introductions are not completely 
 parallel, for the prologue could not begin with 7. The writer has 
 evidently omitted the beginning of the longer form of the prologue, 
 and may have omitted the shorter form at any point. So there is 
 reason to believe with Vahlen (Rhein. Mus. XXVII. p. 173 ff.) that 
 the present form of the prologue is (at least for the most part) the 
 one announced in 7-12. — The question whether the play needed an 
 argumentum at all is answered in the affirmative by Dziatzko, 1. c. 
 
180 MENAECHMI. 
 
 p. 839, and rightly, for the name of the city does not occur until 
 230, and the spectators must understand from the first the relation 
 between the two almost identical persons who come in turn before 
 them. 
 
 " 10. The explanation in the note is derived originally from 
 Schwabe and Vahlen. Dziatzko, Jahrbb. 1873, p. 838, refers fac- 
 tum dicitur to the poet, and explains : whereas other Latin poets lay 
 the scenes of their comedies in Athens even when the scene of the 
 Greek original was elsewhere, I shall keep the scene where it is 
 laid by my original. 
 
 11 f. are placed by Ritschl after 6. 
 
 19, uti is for ut in order to avoid hiatus after pueri. 
 
 22 f. The similarity between these verses and Pocn. prol. 62 f. 
 suggests that both prologues are by one author who thus made 
 double use of his wit. See also on 65. Teuffel, Studien und 
 Charakt. p. 265, thinks differently. 
 
 26. geminorum, Ritschl ; geminum item alterum, Miiller, Pros. p. 490, 
 to avoid the hiatus ; Jiliuin for geminum is suggested by Wagner; 
 geminum hunc alterum, Onions, Journ. of Phil. XIV. p. 54. 
 
 37. Syracusas was regarded as a gloss by Ritschl, who replaced it 
 by domum autem. 
 
 39. To avoid the long syllable in Tarenti, Ritschl reads pueri in 
 itinera esse emortuom ; Miiller, Pros. 521, inserts ibi before Tarenti ; 
 Ussing reads esse Tarenti; Fleckeisen, eius esse Tarenti. 
 
 40. "Wagner's reading, geminorum (so Ritschl in 26), makes the 
 change of order in auos huic unnecessary. Ritschl reads gemino 
 nomen auos huic. 
 
 43. Ritschl changed the order of verses here, but Brix following 
 Vahlen (Rhein. Mus. XXVII. p. 173 ff.) and Schwabe (Jahrbb. 
 1872, p. 403 ff.) retains the order of the Mss. So also fuit of the 
 Mss. (Ritschl /ttcii) is retained with Vahlen. Schwabe's change of 
 et (44) to etenim is needless. 
 
 46. The explanation of clamore Jiagitare is that of Weise and 
 Ussing. See also Dziatzko, Jahrbb. 1873, p. 337 f., on the diffi- 
 culties of Schwabe's interpretation. 
 
 57. Miiller (Pros. p. 337 f.), Langen, and Dziatzko object to the 
 pyrrhic scansion of ille, ancl write respectively ut dudum, quemad- 
 modum, and quem modo for quern dudum. 
 
APPENDIX. 181 
 
 63. Th. Bergk, in order to avoid tlie harshness of expression and 
 syntax, writes : Inrjressust . . . lonrjxile. Rapidns raptori Jiutdus sub- 
 diixit pedes. See Kiihner, Gram. I. p. 486, 575, H. I. MuUer on 
 Liv. XXV. 7. 7. 
 
 64. ingressus B, in which Dziatzko, 1. e. p. 836, finds ingresso. 
 67. ita illi diuitiae, Pylades ; illi dtuitiae ita, Ritschl. 
 
 82. Ribbeck, Rhein. Mus. XXXVII. p. 532, thinks this line and 
 38 are spurious. Ussing also doubts them. 
 
 85. aut (Ritschl) is necessary ; or the form compeditis might be 
 used to remove tlie hiatus. Langen, Philol. XXXIII. p. 709, pro- 
 poses compediti ei, since CI) read ianu for anum, but the pronoun 
 is not wanted liere. Ribbeck, Rhein. Mus. XXXVII. p. 532, reads 
 tarn for turn, taking tam — tamen. 
 
 89. Here and in many other passages the archaic form homoni 
 must be adopted for metrical reasons. It was used by Ennius, 
 Annal. 441 Vahl., and is cited by Prise. VI. p. 206 H, Charis. I. 147, 
 and Servius on Verg. Aen. VI. 595 ; cf . Fest. p. 100. In the Mss. 
 of Plautus few traces of it are found. In Pers. 777 (V. 2. 2), B reads 
 homonum, but the metre requires the ordinary form, and in Pseud, 
 734 homoinem, where the verse allows either form. See Corssen, 
 Krit. Beitr. p. 241 ff. ; Bergk, Pliih)!. XVII. p. 54 ff. Usener, Pseudol. 
 Scaena, II. p. 9. The hiatus can also be removed by mensas plenas 
 (cf. 101, where the plural is preserved only by Nonius), or by add- 
 ing tu (Ritschl) before homini ; Nonius reads hominis, but homini is 
 more in the style of Plautus. On the dative, see A. & G. 235 a ; 
 G. 343 R. 2 ; H. 384, 4, n. 2. 
 
 91. The old form arhiiratud is adopted by Brix from Ritschl, Neue 
 Plautinische Excurse, I, p. 74. On this form see Biicheler, Lat. 
 Decl. (ed. Windekilde) p. 90 ff. ; Stolz in Midler's Handbuch d. 
 Klass. Alterthumswiss. II. p. 213 f.; Alien, Remnants of Early Latin, 
 p. 8 ff. — The hiatus might also be avoided by writing arhitratu 
 usque ad fatim (from Poen. 534). So Ritschl in his edition, and 
 after him Wagner. — Geppert, Plant. Stud. II, p. 64, says this verse 
 was not in A. Loewe denies this and maintains its genuineness. 
 
 92. numquam hercle effugiet, Nonius, p, 38, and so Ritschl and 
 Wagner. But effugere means escape, while here the mere attempt 
 <of flight (fugere), not its successful accomplishment, is to be pre- 
 vented. Plautus distinguishes carefully between the two words; 
 
182 MENAECHMI. 
 
 cf. Aniph. 451, atque hinc fugias, ita uix poteris effugere infortunium. 
 BCD point to edepol fugiet, for te in the Mss. has crept in from a 
 gloss. For another view see SeyfEert, Plant. Stud. p. 5. 
 
 96. nunc after Miiller, Nachtr. zur Pros. p. 81 ; cf. Capt. 776, 
 nunc ad senem cursum capessam hunc Hegionem — Langen 
 Philol. XXXIII. 1. c. proposes quoi for quo. The punctuation of 
 the text (comma before quo and colon before ultro) is after Langen. 
 The usual punctuation (colon before quo and comma before ultro) 
 would require ut uinciar. 
 
 98. Those who object to homones must follow Eitschl and insert 
 hercle before homines, for the pronoun illic has a short ultima in 
 Plautus. The passages in which this seems not to be the case are 
 either corrupt (as Most. 789 = III. 2. 117, Merc. 882) or are regarded 
 as exceptions only on account of a misconception of the metre, as 
 True. 593 (scan sed quisnam illic homdst \ qui ipsus se comestf), or 
 must be made to agree with the overwhelming majority (as Pseud. 
 954). 
 
 105. Madvig (Adv. crit. II. 7) proposed the reading adopted (by 
 Brix) in the text for domi domitus sum of the Mss. Brix formerly 
 defended the Ms. reading as an example of alliteration in spite of 
 the necessity of scanning domitus. As an example of similar change 
 of quantity for the sake of alliterative puns he cited Kud. 888, in 
 cdllumhari collum. Ritschl reads domi dum dominus sum: Vahlen, 
 domi dominatus sum ; Ussing, domi dum intus sum, with legitimate 
 hiatus. 
 
 107. The Ms. reading, id quoque iam, is explained by Parens : 
 " id quoque accidit, ut cari cibi et dapsiles, qui instruuntur in mensa 
 et tanquam milites in acie coUocantur desertores ordinis sui esse 
 incipiant nee locum obtineant." Vahlen (Index lectionum Berolin. 
 summer, 1880, p. 7, and winter, 1882, p. 4 f.) defends the Ms. read- 
 ing. The logical connection of id quoque iam is, however, not clear, 
 though there is no grammatical difficulty. 
 
 110 f. Brix formerly scanned these lines as a cretic dipody and 
 
 acatal. trochaic tripody : 
 
 Ni mala ni stulta sis, ni indomita imposque dnimi, 
 Quod uiro odio uides, tute tibi odio habeas. 
 
 In his third edition he follows Miiller, Pros. p. 184, and, retaining 
 
 the Ms. reading, scans two acatal. and one catal. anapaestic dimeter. 
 
APPENDIX. 183 
 
 (See also Spengel, Reformvorschliige, p. 311 note, 329.) 115 is 
 also treated as a catal. anapaestic dimeter after Miiller. J. Winter 
 (iiber die metrische Reconstruction der plautinischen Cantica, Mu- 
 nich, 1880) gives this canticum a somewhat different form. 
 
 122. Five continuous dimeters are written here by Brix instead 
 of two tetrameters followed by a dimeter. This was recognized by 
 Ritschl as possible, is accepted by Wagner, and is agreed to by 
 Kiessling, Anal. Plaut. I. p. 6, who gives the reasons for this arrange- 
 ment. See also App. on 1006. 
 
 131. hercle tandem uxorem, Mss.; uxorem tandem (without hercle), 
 Varro de L. L. VII. 93, p. 155 M., hence hercle uxorem tandem^ Ritschl ; 
 but Varro is probably quoting inexactly from memory. 
 
 132. The interchange of trochaic and iambic verses occurs also 
 Capt. 768 ft., Stich. 274 ff., where, as here, the lines express excite- 
 ment and jubilation. Ritschl reads amatores sunt, and in 133 con- 
 gratantes against the Mss. to obtain trochaic verses. 
 
 137. ahstuU hoc: Brix, ahstali : hoc vulgate. ad amicam as in 
 177. The Mss. reading ad damnum can hardly be explained, for 
 the arnica is damnijica, but not damnum, deferre and degerere are 
 regularly used of those pilfering anything and taking it to an amica. 
 Cf. 177, 393, 561, 052, 689, 808, 736, 805, True. 113. Brix regards 
 134 as a wrongly placed variant or second reading of this verse, and 
 therefore brackets it. In this way the " whole speech of Menaech- 
 mus acquires iambic rhythm." But the "whole speech" consists 
 of but 8 lines (including 134), the first of which, at any rate, is 
 trochaic (see on 132), while the last two are iambic septenarii, and 
 therefore different from the four octonarii (132 f., 135 f.). There 
 seems, then, no metrical reason for omitting 134. Ussing thinks 
 137 could hardly be understood without 134, but it is hard to see 
 why not. Sonnenburg (de Menaechmis Plautina retractata, Bonn, 
 1882, p. 3) thinks 134-137 are spurious. Langen, Plautinische Stu- 
 dien, p. 298, regards 137 as an interpolation, and further proposes 
 to put 138 before 134. 
 
 146. Ritschl reads r^Uquias uhi for the Ms. uhi reliquias, but cf. 
 Stich. 496, Cist. 186 (I. 3. 40), 331 (II. i. 30), Cas. 800 (V. i. 4), 
 Ter. Eun. 996. 
 
 147. en umquam occurs also Trin. 589, Cist. 84 (I. i. 88), Rud. 
 987, 1117, Ter. Phorm. 329, 348, and also in other authors. Here 
 
184 MENAECHMI. 
 
 it is less emphatic than usual. See O. Ribbeck, Lat. Partikel, p. 34. 
 Ritschl reads here num guam. an umquam would be metrically pos- 
 sible here, but not in 925. 
 
 150. quis iste est ornatus : see Miiller, Nachtrag zur Prosodie, p. 44 
 note. Cf . Trin. 1099, quis istest tuos ornatus ? Men. 391, quis istest 
 Peniculus? — qui istic ornatus tuost? Ritschl, Wagner, Ussing. — 
 True. 218 iste (A) has been corrupted to istinc (BCDZ), whence the 
 common reading istic. Perhaps istic, Poen. 625, should be changed 
 to iste. 
 
 154. Instead of the addition of uero, Schwabe, Jahrbb. 1872, 
 p. 407, proposes the repetition of perge. 
 
 150. The explanation of this passage with the assumption that 
 something has been lost is adopted by Brix from Teuffel, Jahrbb. 
 1867, p. 33. Ussing reads clam uxorem est uhi pulcre habeamus. 
 Charisius, p. 118, cites from this play cla7n uxorem est. Ussing 
 thinks est was transposed, and from ubi st pulcr. the reading ubi 
 sepulcrum arose. For pulcre habere he compares bene habere, Cic. 
 Att. II. 8. 1 ; belle habere, Dolab. ad Cic. Fam. IX. 9. 1. 
 
 160. The explanation in tlie note with the use made of Poen. 571 
 is adopted by Brix from Spengel, Philol. XXVII. p. 340 f. Hoppe 
 (Jahrbb, 1873, p. 244) and Madvig (advers. crit. p. 7) propose pes- 
 sulo ; but why Menaechmus should tear the bolt from the door is 
 hard to see, and the simple pessulo would be hardly comprehensible. 
 hoc pessulo (as Pers. 791 = V. 2. 16, hoc cuatho) would be needed. 
 This is metrically possible, but palaeographically improbable. 
 Hence Bugge's references to glossaries (in opusc. philol. ad N. Mad- 
 vigium a discipulis missa, p. 154) '* persulum : peschun" Gloss. Vat. 
 ap. Mai. Class, auct. VI. 539, " oppersolatis : clausis a pessulis dic- 
 tum," Gloss. Ampl. p. 358, No. 52, " opersolatio (i.e. oppersolatis): 
 clusis. a persolis dictum " Gloss. Isid. ed. Vulc. 688, 59, wliich point 
 to a form persolo, are not to be applied to this passage. 
 
 Professor F. D. Allen calls my attention to Statins, Thcb. I. 55, 
 manibusque cruentis pulsat inane solum, where solum can be taken only 
 of the eye-socket. The fundamental meaning of the word seems to 
 be lowest part, bottom, foundation. Hence comes its use to mean 
 ground as the common foundation of things, and foot-sole as tliat 
 upon which the person rests; but solum is also applied to the 
 sea as the supporter of ships, Verg. Aen. V. 199, uastis tremit 
 
APPENDIX. 185 
 
 ictihus aerea puppis, siihtrahiturque solum, and to the vault of heaven 
 which upholds the stars, Ov. Met. I. 73, astra tenent caeleste solum. 
 The foundation of the eye is, of course, the eye-socket ; then when 
 Peniculus says Oculum ec/odito per solum, may you knock my eye 
 out through the bottom, he means, " may you knock my eye through 
 the socket, i.e. into my head." This explanation is at least as 
 probable as that given in the note, and applies also to Poen. 571, 
 which would then mean : " we wish that your tongue may fall (down 
 your throat) into your loins, and your eyes sink into their sockets." 
 
 175. Geppert, Plaut. Stud. II. p. QQ, reports that after tihi he read 
 Jio in A. 
 
 180. In confirmation of the reading ybresyen'o see Luchs in Stude- 
 mund's Studien, I. 1, p. 54. 
 
 186. Ritschl supposes a gap of about two lines before this line. 
 In the gap Peniculus complained of Erotiuni's capricious treatment, 
 and this line is then her defence of herself. The use of istuc, how- 
 ever, speaks against this, for istuc refers to the person addressed, 
 not to the speaker. 
 
 187. Isti ac, Acidalius' correction for istic, is required in order 
 that uterque (188) may have something to refer to. 
 
 Langen, Plaut. Stud. p. 299 f., thinks 187-190 are interpolated. 
 It is certainly odd that Erotium has no difficulty in understanding 
 what Menaechmus means hy proelium (187), and a change to pran- 
 dium (Scaliger) is inadmissible on account of proelio 188. Still it 
 may be that Erotium's acquaintance with the parasite was such 
 that she knew any proelium in which he v.'as to take part must be a 
 prandium. The further inconsistencies of this passage are largely 
 done away with by dividing the lines among the three speakers as 
 is done in the text. The names of the persons are for the most 
 part omitted in the Mss. The startling proposal of 189 f. can only 
 be meant as a. jest and must therefore be made by the parasite. It 
 meets with no more attention from the others than it deserves. 
 
 190. The beginning of the verse is corrupt. The reading of the 
 text is that of Vahlen, Rhein. Mus. XVI. p. 631 ; but est for erit is 
 unusual, and legito is practically superfluous. Becker, Studem. Stud. 
 I. p. 188,1 proposes : adiudicato [/e], cum utro hanc noctem sies, taking 
 sies in an optative sense. Wagner proposes : tuomst eliyere ac iudi- 
 care cum utro tu hanc noctem sies, but accepts Vahlen's reading in his 
 
186 MENAECHMI. 
 
 text, utrod for Ms. utro was proposed by Ritschl, Neue PI. Exc. I. 
 p. 64. He had previously favored utrone (Fleckeisen) and uti'o tu 
 (so Wagner). 
 
 192. In the Mss. this line is given to the speaker of the preceding 
 words. This is evidently wrong. The next line has the abbrevia- 
 tion ER. Ussing gives 192 to Peniculus, and quid hoc est ? (193) 
 to Erotium. But it is not unlikely that Erotium noticed the palla 
 and spoke 192 and three words of 193. 
 
 195. Ritschl assumes a gap after this verse ; but according to 
 Geppert, Plant. Stud. II. p. 65 f., this view is not confirmed by A. 
 The text is comprehensible as it is. 
 
 202. Hand Herculeus aeque, Koch, Rhein. Mus. XXV. p. 619, as 
 all the Mss. (including A) have haxid before Hercules. Koch also 
 claims Herculei as genitive with four syllables, Cas. II. 6. 46 (377). 
 Biicheler had previously claimed Vlixeum for Bacch. frag. 7 and 
 Achilleum for Merc. 488, but these longer forms, at least Herculeus, 
 have no Ms. authority. Three passages (Stich. 223, Hercules te 
 amabit. Prandio, cena tibi [A gives Herculeo]; Epid. 179, neque sexta 
 aerumna acerbior Herculi quam ilia mihi obiectast ; Most. 517 = II. 2. 95, 
 atque Herculem inuocabis. Hercules, te inuoco) seem rather to point 
 toward a dissyllabic form Hercles, which is here the reading of B. 
 Ritschl, opusc. II. 476, thought of this form for Stich. 223, but gave 
 it up at once on account of difficulties of explanation (which seem 
 to be overcome by Bugge, opusc. ad Madvig. p. 178 f.}. Ritschl 
 considered the form Hercles inherently probable (opusc. II. p. 522 
 note, IV. p. 173 f.), and was acquainted with epigraphical examples 
 of Hercules scanned as a spondee though usually written as three 
 syllables (id. II. p. 475, IV. p. 85). Although the trisyllabic Her- 
 cules was the usual form at the time of Plautus, the dissyllabic 
 Hercles may have been retained from an earlier period (the inter- 
 jection hercle is uniformly dissyllabic until the time of Cicero), as 
 periclum, etc., was used alongside of periculum, etc. The adoption 
 of the dissyllabic form would not, however, do away with the met- 
 rical difficulties in Men. 202 without further change ; as, for instance, 
 to Haud Hercles adaeque magno (cf. Mil. 776 == III. i. 181, Capt. 700, 
 etc.). Brix therefore decides to adopt the easy transposition (see 
 App. on 696) Hercules haud. 
 
 206. The reading in the text was proposed by Ritschl and favorec^ 
 
APPENDIX. . 187 
 
 by Miiller, Nachtr. z. Pros. p. 49. Later Ritschl (Neue Plaut. Exc. 
 I. p. 6Q f.) favored quattuor minis ego mi istam annod. 
 
 208. ego is omitted in A probably by a mere oversight. — scio of 
 the Mss. is defended by Wagner (with reference to 187), Lorenz, 
 Sonnenburg (cf. 677). 
 
 211. Heading and explanation are taken by Brix from Schwabe, 
 Jahrbb. 1872, p. 408 fE. Langen, Philol. XXXIII. p. 709, reads lari- 
 dam ant (with the order as in A), with the remark that " larida is 
 in sense more applicable to gland ion ida than to pernonides ; the form 
 in um as a substantive was employed almost exclusively, and was 
 the only form familiar to the copyists, hence it could easily creep 
 into the text instead of laridam." laridus as an adjective occurs 
 in the codex Theodosianus VIII. 4. 17 (p. 707 Hiinel) and is attested 
 in a gloss in Labbaeus (Paris, 1679) from the Greek and Latin 
 glossary of the so-called Cyrillus, p. 114 a. Used as a substantive 
 the neuter laridum (Jardum^ means first ha-d (^i.e. the fat of swine), 
 then more generally the preserved fat sides of swine (latera lardi in 
 Charisius 102 K.). 
 
 217. fe et seruaho et te sequar is probably not the correct reading; 
 Brix proposes te seruaho usque et sequar. 
 
 220. Miiller, Pros. p. 555, proposes argentum hoc to remove the 
 hiatus in the diaeresis. 
 
 222. quoimodi eis homines erunt ? S. Brandt (de varia quae est 
 ap. vet. Eom. poet, scaenicos gen. sing. pron. forma ac mensura, 
 Leipzig, 1877, p. 48) ; eis, TJsener. The Ms. reading points to the 
 form /. Brix (on Trin. 17) observes that Plautus uses i and ei, is 
 and eis, but not ii and iis. 
 
 223. Ritschl, Brix, and Wagner drop et before Menaechmus for 
 metrical reasons ; but see Introd. p. 12. 
 
 224. hominum unus, Miiller, Nachtrag z. Pros. p. 97. 
 
 228. quam quum BC quam quando, Lambinus followed by most 
 edd. ; quam aliquam quom, Miiller, Nachtr, p. 128. Brix writes quam 
 si quam j by this means the opposition between ang land and one's 
 native land is more clearly expressed, and the two clauses with si 
 (228, 230) correspond to one another as non dicam dolo corresponds 
 to meo animo. 
 
 236. Schwabe, Jahrbb. 1872, p. 412, puts FTistros before Hilurios. 
 This adds to the geographical connection of the journey and avoids 
 
188 . MENAECHMI. 
 
 the jump from the East to the West (Histros to Hispanos), but in- 
 jures the sound of the verse. 
 
 239. The spellings sel (also 240), quei and deicat 244, Ein- 
 damnieis 259, maxumei 200, plurumei 261, urhei 264, comedereis 521, 
 are derived from A, quei 451 from BC, ei 435, 623, 730 from BC 
 (corrected from et in 435, 623), eibo 875 from CD, mei 185 from 
 BaCD. 
 
 243. quid id is the reading of A (ace. to Studemund, Becker, in 
 Studemund's Stud. I. 1, p. 310^) for qui BD (quid.C). In A id is a 
 gloss to supply the apparently missing object of /ac/a^ 
 
 250. The reading (Brix) given in the text is very uncertain. 
 Ritschl (with Camerarius) : dictum facessas doctum et discaueas 
 malo, so that dictum facessas doctum must mean stop your clever talk 
 (in which sense Plautus elsewhere uses aufer) ; but Ovid. Ars Am. 
 III. S67 ^Mille facesse iocos is opposed to this : discauere rests upon 
 the authority of this one passage (Mss. edis caueas for et discaueas). 
 Ussing : dictis si abstineas eiusmodi, caueas malo ; Gertz : dictum fac 
 teneas: aluom adis, caueas malo, but the proverb of the bee-hive 
 (^aluos) is not a propos. 
 
 252. em stands in the Mss. at the end of 251 ; Brix puts it at 
 the beginning of 252. 
 
 269. magnus tu amator, Ritschl. The Ms, reading gives a false 
 dactyl in the second foot. 
 
 270. For perditi we ought perhaps to read (with Lipsius) ;)em^t, 
 irritable, hot-tempered, for perditus always means either financially 
 (343) or physically or morally ruined. Cf. Cic. Mil. 23. 6S, siue 
 enim illud animo irato ac percito fecisset ; Div. 21. 53, ingenium per- 
 citum acferox. 
 
 281. After ubi Ritschl inserted sunt. This agrees with the pre- 
 vailing usage of the comic authors, but the ellipsis occurs in 536, 
 Trin. 535 (where see Brix's note). Pseud. 22, sed quid hoc ? Cas. 521 
 (III. 2. 12), ubi tua uxor ?, Asin. 196, ubi illaec quae dedi ante 1 Ter. 
 EuD. 780, ubi alii?, Andr. 477, num inmemores discipuli? Ritschl 
 afterwards (Neue Plant. Exc. I. p. 86) proposed to write uerod with- 
 out inserting sunt. Whether Plautus avoided the hiatus by writing 
 uerod or cubi (see Brix, App. on Trin. 158) or by inserting sunt, or 
 considered it admissible on account of punctuation and change of 
 speaker, is uncertain. 
 
APPENDIX. 189 
 
 285. Eitschl thought the gap was after 286, and deciphered in it 
 the words ubi and mens. He wrote the line i 
 
 CY. Peniculum. ME. . . . ubi . . . meuB ? 
 
 and thought the sense of the latter part must be " what Peniculus, 
 and where is he ? " He gave the whole of the next line to Messenio, 
 and inserted tiiom before eccum to avoid hiatus. Brix follows 
 Kitschl. Goetz, Khein. Mus. XXXV. p. 481, says the gap is really 
 after 284, and reads as in the text. Ussing follows Goetz. The 
 hiatus in 287 is justified by the pause and change of speaker. 
 
 293. Ritschl inserted edepol before insanum ; but Luchs, Hermes, 
 XIII. p. 500, objects to edepol in this place because the customary 
 order is edepol eqiddem (as Aul. 215, Pseud. 1024) when these par- 
 ticles occupy the second and third places in the sentence. In the 
 nine passages where nam equidem occurs (Asin. 607, Capt. 394, 
 Bacch. 369, Men. 959, Mil. 629 = III. i. 35, Pseud. 620, Pers. 174== 
 II. I, 5, Rud. 493, True. 200) no affirmative particle follows equi- 
 dem ; hence Brix follows Lorenz (on Pseud. 1045) in adding insane 
 before insanum to increase the emphasis, for Menaechmus has 
 already (283) said certo hie insanust homo. — The order of the fol- 
 lowing lines as given in the Mss. cannot be retained : 
 
 Nam equidem edepol insanum esse te certo scio 
 
 Qui mihi molestu's homini ignoto, quisquis es. 
 295 CV. Culindrus ego sura : non nosti noraen meura? 
 
 ME. Seu tu Culindru's seu Colindrus, perieris. 
 
 Ego te non noui neque nouisse adeo uolo. 
 
 CV. Est tibi Menaechmo nomen, tantum quod sciam. 
 
 ME. Pro sano loqueris, quom me adpellas nomine. 
 SOO Sed ubi nouisti med? CV. Vbi ego te nouerim, 
 
 Qui amicam eram meara habeas banc Erotium? 
 
 ME. Neque hercle ego habeo neque te qui homo sis scio. 
 
 CV. Non scis quis ego sim qui tibi saepissume. . . . 
 
 After 297, ego te non noui, etc., the cook cannot reply, "your name 
 is Menaechmus," but must try to prove that Menaechmus does 
 know him ; and again, the expression homini ignoto, 294, requires an 
 answer from Cylindrus showing that he knows the other's name to 
 be Menaechmus. 298, est tibi Menaechmo nomen, belongs therefore 
 after 294, qui mihi molestu's homini ignoto. This gives the desired 
 connection and also brings pro sano into the proper opposition to 
 insanum, which is now only three lines before it instead of six. 
 
190 MENAECHMI. 
 
 Besides, 295, Culindrus ego sum, has no proper introduction in 294, 
 but is very well introduced by 302, neque te qui homo sis scio. Not 
 until Menaechmus has denied all knowledge of him does Cylindrus 
 bring forward their previous personal relations : Non scis quis ego 
 sim qui tibi saepissume Cuathisso apud nos, etc., where, instead of non 
 scis {sis Ba C Da), we should perhaps read (with Koch) non [<m] scis 
 (as also Poen. 173) ; cf. Amph. 703, Men. 714, 911, Mil. 1150, Merc. 
 476, Stich. 606, Asin. 177, 215, in all of which non tu scis is a fixed 
 expression. Brix accordingly gives these lines in the order of the 
 text. 
 
 297. Ritschl and Brix follow Pylades in adding tu. The follow- 
 ing question with ego points to this, and tu is expressed in this same 
 question. Pseud. 619, 971, Poen. 1044, 1121. 
 
 301. seu — seu Mss., contrary to the usage of Plautus, which de- 
 mands si — siue (seu); cf. 794, and see Ritschl, Prol. Trin. p. 84. 
 Wagner also considers si probable. Following Ritschl, opusc. II. 
 p. 631, Brix assumes that seu is a corruption for sei, as neu is often 
 found in the Mss. where nei (ne) should be. 
 
 309. habere for habitare occurs for the most part at the end of the 
 verse (True. 406, Bacch. 114, Men. prol. 69, Aul. prol. 5, Trin. 193, 
 309), but also in the fifth foot of the senarius. True. 76, in imitation 
 of which Fleckeisen writes habet, Cure. 44, in the fourth foot, and 
 Seyffert (Stud. Plant, p. 6), Poen. 1093, in the second. Cf. Attius, 
 537 R. Spengel, Philol. XXIII. p. 560, proposes Habitas? ME. 
 Di ilium hominem qui illic habitat perduint, but the origin of the 
 plural illos homines in the Mss. is then inexplicable. Ritschl reads : 
 Habitas ? ME. Qui di illos, qui illic habitant, but the object should 
 follow qui immediately. Onions, Journ. of Phil. XIV. p. 60, pro- 
 poses Di ilium omnes qui illic habitat perduint. 
 
 310. ipsus for ipse (Luchs, quaest. metr. in Studemund's Studien, 
 I. 1, p. 47) is regularly used by Plautus with se sese sibi. The 
 usage of Terence is not constant. To the examples given by Luchs, 
 Brix adds Capt. 461 (III. i. 1), Trin. 322, 323, 363. Only Bacch. 
 417 resists the change to ipsus, but there sese stands before ipse and 
 separated from it by etiam. 
 
 314. Vahlen, Rhein. Mus. XVI. 635, rejected this and 313, but 
 in his edition (1882) he agrees with Brix that the verses are gen- 
 uine. 
 
 V 
 
 K^' 
 
APPENDIX. 191 
 
 316. Ritschl regarded heu as outside of the verse, and inserted 
 ineptiijn before multum. Camerarius changed multum to molestum, 
 and this has been adopted by Wagner in spite of the anapaest in 
 the second foot. 
 
 327. Brix observes that no trace of the long quantity of final us in 
 the neuter comparative is found in the dialogue of Plautus, though 
 in Cretic measure amplius (Triu. 247) and prius (Most. 318 = I. 4. 13) 
 are found with long ics. Hence he inserts hisce before aedihus, where 
 Miiller, Pros. p. 56, had suggested his (so Ussing). Ritschl reads 
 ne [^/nc] aheas longius quo. 
 
 329. Ritschl's change of order, putting te first in the line, is not 
 necessary, as the comic emphasis rests rather on ire. Nor is the 
 change from interim to intro iam (Dissalde) more needful, for the 
 connection of interim with the following clause is clear and easy: 
 " You'd better go and lie down in the meantime while I am cook- 
 ing." If we read intro in this line, the same word seems superfluous 
 in 331. 
 
 344. nauis as one syllable occurs only Bacch. 797 (and there 
 Bentley, Hermann, Goetz, change agitatur to agitur, reading nauis 
 as two syllables), for Trin. 835 is either anapaestic measure or cir- 
 cumstahant should be changed to circumstant or amstahant. Geppert 
 therefore reads est for stat ; Miiller, Pros. p. 473, nunc in statu stat 
 nauis, etc.; Ussing, nunc instat portu, etc. 
 
 355. Brix (see text) writes this line as an anapaestic monometer 
 followed by an iambic monometer, thus forming a transition from 
 the anapaestic to the iambic rhythm. Formerly he read animo sit 
 amantum (which is adopted by Wagner) forming an anapaestic 
 paroemiac. Winter arranges this canticum somewhat differently 
 (see App. on 110). 
 
 358. The anapaestic dimeter is rather harsh. The cretic catal. 
 tetrameter Qui mihist usui et plurumum prddest is smoother, but seems 
 out of place in the midst of iambic and anapaestic lines. Christ 
 (Sitzungsber. d. hist. phil. CI. d. k. Baier. Akad. 1871, p. 80) 
 makes a paroemiac, and ends the preceding verse with qui. Per- 
 haps Plautus wrote usu instead of usui. 
 
 359. The reading potissumus nostrae ut sit domi (Hermann and 
 Ritschl) is not quite satisfactory, for pottssumus is not quite analo- 
 gous to simillumus and sdte^llites. Brix hesitatingly suggests potfs- 
 
192 MENAECHMI. 
 
 sumus nostrae domist. It is not very probable that est was corrupted 
 to sit, and then ut inserted on account of sit. 
 
 364 f. Spengel, Reformvorschlage, p. 329, reads : Omn^ paratumst 
 ut iussisti atgue ut udluisti, Neque tibi nulla morast intus. 
 
 368. ilicet Brix, just as Studeinund, Pseud. 1182, corrected ire 
 licehit to ilicebit (see Luchs in Studemund's Stud. I. 1, p. 20) on 
 the ground that the end of the system should properly be formed 
 by a paroemiac. 
 
 379. Brix inserts nouit between me and iam to do away with the 
 hiatus after tu. istunc for hunc, which he formerly favored, does 
 not correspond to hie in the last part of the verse. Bothe, Kitsch 1, 
 Wagner, write tute for tu. Brix suggests the possibility that die or 
 cedo has been lost at the beginning of the line, but thinks it im- 
 probable. Ussing is contented to mark the liiatus without offering 
 an emendation. 
 
 387. Ladewig thinks tarn gratiast has no adversative force, but 
 should be explained by a gesture showing how much one is obliged 
 for anything; Ribbeck, d. lat. Partik. p. 28 explains the expression 
 by assuming the ellipsis of quam si accepissem quod offers, or similar 
 words. Corssen, krit. Beitr. p. 272 ff,, disbelieves altogether in 
 the transition from tamen to tarn. 
 
 405. desiste, Fleckeisen, Jahrb. 1867, p. 629, for the dactylic desine; 
 the same mistake is found in the best Mss. of Ter. Heaut. 879. 
 Gruter, followed by Ussing, reads iam me amabo desine. — Ritschl 
 assumes a gap after this line ; but needlessly, for the connection of 
 thought is clearly : " You must take me for some one else, that you 
 ask me into your house." 
 
 406. tu, Studemund (Stud. I. 1, p. 230, note 3) ; nam nescio quem, 
 Ritschl; alium hinc hominem, Miiller (Pros. p. 555). Brix suggests 
 that perhaps nescio pol (as in Aul. 71, Epid. 61) was the original 
 reading. 
 
 422. Miiller, Pros. p. 581, proposes intro eamus or eamus [hinc'] 
 intra; Brix adds from Epid. 157 another possible reading, eamus 
 intro [hue'] ; but the change of speaker makes the hiatus perfectly 
 admissible. 
 
 428. et, Brix, after 1092, Merc. 412, Hercle qui tu recte dicis et 
 tibi equidem adsentior ; Bacch. 330, meminero et recte mones. — et 
 might easily fall out and has frequently fallen out from the Mss. 
 
APPENDIX. 193 
 
 e.g. 401, 1158, Mil. 733, 983. The addition of opera after eadem 
 (Fleckeisen, followed by Wagner) is not to be recommended. 
 opera is actually expressed in this sense after eadem only three 
 times in Plautus (Bacch. 60, Capt. 450, Most. 1024 = IV. 3. 45), and 
 here opera in the preceding line makes the presence of the same 
 word in this line improbable. Kitschl reads eadem ea, Thomas 
 (Revue de I'instruction publique en Belgique, XIX. p. 259 f.), eadem 
 it a. 
 
 431. Wagner inserts i before iam sequar te. It might easily have 
 been lost, and is usually found before iam sequar te, but i is wanting 
 in Aul. 802, and here the addition of hunc nolo, etc., makes i super- 
 fluous. 
 
 434. The omission of a line is marked by Ritschl and Brix. 
 Vahlen, Rhein. Mus. XVI. (1861), p. 631, shows that there may be 
 a gap of two half-lines after the second opust (433), as was pre- 
 viously suggested by Ritschl and Becker, but thinks there is no gap 
 after that line. Tace, inquam, 448, may then refer to some word in 
 the lost passage, or, as Vahlen suggests, inquam may be a mistake 
 for nequam. 
 
 435. quantum potest (sc. Jieri) used impersonally as the equivalent 
 of quam primum or quam celerrime {citissume) is common after im- 
 peratives and hortatory subjunctives ; cf. 850, 1056, Trin. 765, Stich. 
 250, Pers. I. 3. 62 (143), IV. 4. 29 (575), Aul. 399, Poen. 567, Capt. 
 352, Bacch. 348, Asin. 607, Most. III. 2. 17 (743), Ter. Adel. 909, 
 Andr. 861, Eun. 377, 836, Cic. Att. IV. 13. 1; also put before the 
 imperative, Ampli. 971, Ter. Phorm. 674, 896, Adel. 350, 743; in a 
 dependent construction quantum possit Mil. 182 (II. 2. 26) ; but the 
 personal construction, though much less frequent, also occurs : quan- 
 tum queo, Ter. Eun. 844; quantum queam, Andr. 677; quantum potero, 
 Aul. 119; quantum possint, Men. 549; Trin. 4:2, quam primum possim 
 (Brix, Schoell, and others since Lambinus read possit); Cajpt. 448, 
 quam primum possis (Brix proposes to change to possit). 
 
 438. Camerarius completes the verse by adding nunciam ; Vahlen, 
 etfac tuum ; Brix suggests et caue malo after 250. 
 
 441. That hie is not to be changed to hinc is made plain by Epid. 
 302, est lucrum hie tibi amplum ; Pseud. 1197, nihil est hodie hie suco- 
 phantis quaestus ; Rud. 1414, nihil hercle hie tibist. Passages like Rud. 
 1316, bene ego hinc praedatus ibo, are different. 
 
194 MENAECHMI. 
 
 442. Bothe writes lemhulum for lemhum (limbum, Mss.), and is 
 supported by Koch, Rhein. Mus. XXXII. (1877), p. 99. So, too, 
 Merc. 259, the verse is emended by a reading lemhulum for lemhum. — 
 On the use and spelling of dierectus, see Onions, Journ. of Phil. XIV. 
 p. 60 ff. 
 
 451. qui ilium di < deaeque > omnes perdant, primus qui commentus 
 est, Luchs in Studemund's Stud. I, 1, p. 31. 
 
 452. qui of the Mss. (as ablative) is supported by Langen, Philol. 
 XXXIII. p. 710, who renders : " whereby he affords still more occu- 
 pation to people already occupied," and explains that the founder 
 of contiones may be considered as continuing to act in the institution 
 he had founded. 
 
 453. This line and 454 are probably spurious, not only on account 
 of special improprieties, — the hiatus after rem, which Ritschl re- 
 moves by inserting hercle (see Seyffert, Stud. Plant, p. 17), and the 
 senseless census capiant, — but also because the content of the lines 
 can hardly stand side by side with 457 ff. 
 
 461. Vahlen's explanation (see note) of this line is the only pos- 
 sible one if the Ms. reading is to be kept. The line is metrically 
 harsh, to say the least, if not impossible, and is probably corrupt. 
 Brix suggested quoi tarn credo funus factum (the antecedent of quoi 
 being prandium) as supplying the probable sense, and Wagner reads 
 so in his text. Brix explains the reading of his text (quod deos uo- 
 luisse) as an expression of pious resignation, and compares Aul. 743, 
 Capt. 195, Mil. 117 (II. i. 39), where he reads quod<^di^uolunt, 
 Hildyard accepts Bothe's reading, and compares Ter. Eun. 875, quid 
 si hoc quispiam uoluit deus ? 
 
 The sense appears to be : "I am as sure the dinner is eaten as 
 that I am alive." quod tarn credo letum ohiisse (Koch, Rhein, Mus. 
 XXIV. p. 633) gives the right sense, but departs too far from the 
 Mss. quoi tam credo fatum fuisse is very close to the Mss. and gives 
 the right sense if only fatum, meaning death, could be proved for 
 the time of Plautus. 
 
 465. This line is put here by Ritschl following A. The other 
 Mss. (and so edd. before Ritschl) put it after 472. 
 
 476. Mtiller, Pros. p. 687, proposes to insert " inde, or, still easier, 
 ei," to avoid the hiatus. Wagner reads accuhui hanc apstuli \ palldm 
 quoius. 
 
APPENDIX. 195 
 
 479. This line is rejected by Ritschl and wanting in A (see 
 Langen, Plautinische Studien, p. 301). Brix puts it after 468, and 
 explains (after Teuffel) that the parasite says that Menaechmus 
 has been devouring his (Peniculus') portion, de me et de parti mea 
 must then be construed with satii7', and de me must mean at my 
 expense. But that this is impossible has been shown by Lorenz 
 (Getting. Gel. Anz. 1868, II. p. 1209), and Bergk, Beitrage zur Lat. 
 Gramm. I. p. 69, 1. Sonnenburg (I.e. p. 16) considers this line a 
 parallel to 478. Langen, too, regards it as spurious. 
 
 487. The Mss. read aduersum, which would make the line one 
 syllable short. Brix suggests that perhaps sed should be added at 
 the beginning, as sed quis hie est qui is usual in unexpected meetings, 
 e.g. Amph. 292, Cist. 359 (II. i. 58), Epid. 431, 620, Trin. 1006; 
 cf. Asin. 378. 
 
 491. Brix objects to ut as tame. 
 
 495. Brix takes sciens in the sense of purposely, intentionally, and 
 gives examples from Plautus, Terence, and Cicero. 
 
 497. posteam (Mss.) is probably a corruption of P. istam. Vahlen 
 in his edition proposes Post earn . . . te<C ante > dedisse. Ritschl, 
 Pax ; earn. 
 
 502. In the time of Plautus ne was still used for simple negation 
 = non (especially neuis, neuolt, etc.; see Brix on Trin. 1156). Brix's 
 change to non is therefore not strictly necessary. See Harper's 
 Dictionary. 
 
 506. As lit is wanting in the Mss. Ritschl writes sincipitium after 
 the analogy of occipitimn, Aul. 64; but sinciput occurs in 632. 
 
 510. Brix suggests pallam dedi nee surrupui, adding that surrupui 
 need not be changed to surpui, as the same part of the verse is 
 formed by Mne'silochus Bacch. 246, detinui Rud. 93, exhibeat id. 473, 
 magnidicis id. 515, praeterea Aul. 557, pernicies Most. 3. 
 
 519. siet for sit seems better than to add ego before eloquar (but 
 see MuUer, Nachtr. z. Pros. p. 83). Stich. 202 has siet in the same 
 place in the senarius, and it occurs in a similar way in bacchiac 
 verse, Men. 766. 
 
 525. The addition of iam is supported by Bacch. 1075, nunc hdnc 
 praedam omnem iam dd quaestorem deferam, where it is preserved 
 only in B. 
 
 534. Ritschl reads: MEN. Minume'. AN. Bedde igitur si non, 
 
1 96 MENAECHMI. 
 
 etc., but after numquam hercle factum est no answer is needed, espe- 
 cially as the maid can read non meminisse in Menaechmus' face. For 
 similar reasons no answer is needed in Trin. 147 where Ritschl 
 changes the text. 
 
 556. The reading in the text is very doubtful. The Mss. read : 
 ut si qui (jquis C) sequatur hec (haec C) me ahiisse (hnbiisse C) ; Nonius, 
 si sequentur me hac abisse. Brix thinks Plautus probably wrote : si 
 qui sequantur, hac me ahiisse ut censeant. More probably, as Ussing 
 suggests, ut belongs at the end of 555 (so in 592 according to A) ; 
 then the Ms. reading (with sequantur for sequatur) may be retained : 
 si qui sequantur, hac me ahiisse censeant. 
 
 572. Langen (Philol. XXXIII. p. 711), Brix, Vahlen, and Ussing 
 follow Loman in reading maxume. After optumi a superlative ad- 
 verb is needed with morem hahent hunc ; besides, optimus maximus was 
 an epithet of Jupiter, which could hardly be applied to men. 
 
 578. neque Mss., nee Bothe and Hermann, the choriambus being 
 inadmissible in cretic measure (see Spengel, Reformvorschlage, 
 p. 28). Spengel, I.e. p. 248, proposes to continue the bacchiac sys- 
 tem of 570'' ff. through 582. 
 
 586. A useless line, doubtless inserted as an explanation of 585. 
 It is found in all the Mss., but is rightly rejected by all modern 
 editors. Ussing and Langen (Plant. Stud. p. 302) are perhaps right 
 in rejecting the next line also. 
 
 592. The reading of the Mss. is corrupt. BC have ut at the be- 
 ginning of 593, A at the end of 592. The reading in the text is 
 that of Brix. Ritschl wrote : Plus minus quam opus fuerat dicto, 
 dixeram, ut earn sponsio C6ntrouersiam Jiniret. quid ille? quid? prae- 
 dem dedit. Bergk : Vt plus aut minus quam opus fuerat dicto multus 
 dixeram, ut Spdnsio fieret, quid ille? quid? praedem dedit, as a 
 brachycatal. tetrameter (acatal. troch. dimeter and catal. troch. 
 tripody), a metre which he assumes for 586 also. Other emenda- 
 tions are proposed by Biicheler, Jahrbb. 1863, p. 783; Vahlen, 
 Rhein. Mus. XVI. p. 633 ff. ; Teuffel, Rhein. Mus. XXII. p. 451- 
 455; Spengel, "Reformvorschlage"; Leo, Rhein. Mus. XL. p. 169; 
 Onions, Journ. of Philol. XIV. p. 66. The passage is not clear as 
 regards the meaning or the words. 
 
 596. The Mss. omit optumum, but bring it in afterwards, reading 
 in 599 diem corrupi optumum, iussi, etc. So adducam. Pseud. 586, 
 is given two lines later in the form protinus obducam. 
 
APPENDIX. 197 
 
 597. Ritschl reads inspexim. Liibbert (grammat. Stud. I. p. 43, 
 45) retains the indicative inspexi as an expression of fact and sup- 
 ports it by such passages as Rud. 1167, 1184. 
 
 601. Brix, following Vahlen and Bergk, brackets this line as an 
 interpolation, on the ground that the preceding words, placahit palla 
 quam dedi, need no explanation. Langen (Plaut. Stud. p. 302 f.) 
 assumes that the preceding lines were not heard by the matrona and 
 the parasite, and that this line is therefore necessary that Me- 
 naechmus may stand convicted by his own words which his wife 
 now overhears. Studemund takes the line as a cretic tetrameter, 
 Spengel (and Langen) as a senarius. 
 
 615. quidam of the Mss. has been explained as elliptical with te 
 surripuisse niihi dixit supplied. Miiller, Pros. p. 305, proposes 
 MEN, quid earn pallam ? Brix suggests quid mihi pallam ? and quam 
 mihi pallam ? (as 402, Cas. 298, II. 5. 11, Capt. 574). 
 
 626. To avoid the hiatus Ritschl first inserted mi, and afterwards 
 (Neue Pi. Exc. I. p. 75) read faeneratod ; but see note on 681. 
 
 637. eam ipsus ei roga (Schwabe, Jahrbb. 1872, p. 414) approaches 
 very nearly to the reading of the Mss., but ei (= i) is impossible 
 here where all the persons are standing together. Brix assumes 
 that eampse was originally written, then corrected to eam. ipsus, and 
 that then the endings of both forms were preserved. Onions, Journ. 
 of Philol. XIV. p. 68, proposes eampse ipsus roga. Seyffert, Stud. 
 Plaut. p. 29, punctuates quid, hoc est ? uxor, quidnam, etc. 
 
 639. quid is demanded by Plautine usage. So 644, 779, 811, with 
 tristis, Cas. 610 (III. 5. 11), quid timida es? Men. 615, quid paues? 
 Cist. 52 (I. I. 56), quid te tam ahhorret hilaritudo ? Rud. 397, id misera 
 maesta est ; Stich. 34, an id doles ? Pers. 178 (II. i. 9), id tuos scatet 
 animus, Epid. 192, id ego excrucior ; Mil. 1068, quid illam miseram 
 animi excrucias ? 
 
 650. hie Mss., though is is required ; cf . Cure. 582, 652. The 
 same mistake in the Mss. Capt. 335, Cure. 302, Most. 848 (IV. i. 2), 
 846 (IV. 1.6), and perhaps Epid. 301. 
 
 662. introibis is to be pronounced as four syllables, and should 
 therefore be written as one word. See on 232 ; cf. Trin. 10, Bacch. 
 907, Mil. 1168. 
 
 696. Seyffert, Stud. Plaut. p. 5, cites in support of the order nimis 
 hercle iracunde, Aul. 106, Capt. 913, Merc. 186, to which Brix adds 
 
198 MENAECHMI. 
 
 Aul. 670, Amph. 858, Men. 338, True. 265. The most frequent 
 change of order is the transposition of adjacent words. See vari- 
 ants in 202, 710, 783 (B), 889, 1117. 
 
 717. As examples of this use of quemquem Brix gives True. 228 
 (ABCD), Poen. 484. quisque with ut or uhi he cites in 522, Mil. 
 1264, Pseud. 1312, Rud. 1359, Amph. 599, Capt. 501, 798, Baech. 
 471, 1097, Ter. Hee. 802. Only in Most. 816 (III. 2. 146). ui quid- 
 quid is the reading of all the Mss. including A ; and in Aul. 198, 
 uhi quidquid is given by B and several inferior Mss. A doubtful 
 case is Ter. Hec. 65, where quemque nacta sis is given by the cod. 
 Bembinus and other Mss., while quemquem is the reading of two of 
 Bentley's oldest Mss. and the cod. Halensis, and is further supported 
 by the spondee in the fifth foot. 
 
 729 ff. Arrangement of lines after Ritschl. 
 
 734. See variants in 101. 
 
 744. Becker also ('de syntaxi interrog. obliq.' in. Studemund's 
 Stud. I. 1, p. 240) corrects to arhitrere. In indirect questions de- 
 pending upon an independent nescio Plautus always uses the sub- 
 junctive ; this was the only exception. Fuhrmann (Jahrbb. 1872, 
 p. 811) tries to retain the indicative by taking nescio as a separate 
 sentence and making the preceding question direct; but that is 
 unnatural. 
 
 750. Luchs (Studem. Stud. I. i, p. 61 f.) objects to the reading 
 on account of the two closing iambi, and proposes negas me nouisse ? 
 negas <^ nouisse > 7neum patrem ? Brix suggests, as easier : negds 
 nouisse me? negas ad ed patrem or nouisse meum patrem? He decides, 
 however, against any change, and regards this line as an exception 
 to the rule against closing a verse with two iambi. See Vahlen, 
 Index leetionum aest. Berlin, 1878, on verses from Ennius ending 
 in two iambi. Langen (Plant. Stud. p. 304) and Sonnenburg (de 
 Menaechm. retract, p. 26) reject this line, but there is no reason 
 why the woman should not repeat her question concerning herself 
 when she sees her father approaching, and Menaeehmus' words in 
 the next line, idem hercle dicam si auom uis adducere, presuppose 
 some question like negas patrem meum. 
 
 755. quam mihi non sit facile, Ritschl; sed id quam facile \ sit, ei 
 hand sum falsus, Studemund, cantic. Plant, p. 51, as two cola 
 semiquinaria. 
 
APPENDIX. 199 
 
 758. The Mss. and Nonius (in two places) have mala with both 
 aetas and merx ; and after aetas niea 753, and senectus 757, it is impos- 
 sible that aetas = senectus. Therefore mala must be repeated. The 
 sense is : " How bad (i.e. old) age is a bad thing for the back ; " i.e. 
 "What a bad thing old age is," etc. Cf. Aul. 43, ut te dignam 
 mala malam aetatem exigas, Rud. 337, quid tu agis ? Aetatem haud 
 malam male. 
 
 760. Perhaps it is better to read aduenit fert (B) in 759, and in 
 some way remove the hiatus si autumem, which would then arise. 
 This may be done by reading eas for quas. In this way the continu- 
 ation of rhythm for two lines is avoided. See Spengel, Reform- 
 vorschlage, p. 214 f. 
 
 762-765. The reading and division of these lines in the text is 
 (following Brix) that of B with no change except med for me, 763, 
 765, and quod for quid, 765. This is not perfectly satisfactory, but 
 neither is any other reading yet proposed, — On the combination of 
 a bacchiac dimeter with an iambic penthemimeris, see Studemund 
 * de canticis Plant.' p. 44 ff. Spengel, Reformvorschlage, p. 243, 
 375, scans this whole canticum (753-775) as bacchiac tetrameters. 
 
 764. Langen, Philol. XXXIII. p. 711, writes: Nee quid id sit 
 mihi certius fecit qudd me \ Velit quod me arcessat, adding that " in 
 this way only can the bacchiac character which prevails throughout 
 the canticum be preserved." Brix objects to facit alongside of 
 expetit. 
 
 773. aut iurgist causa, Mss., as an iambic penthemimeris like 752. 
 Seyffert, Philol. XXIX. p. 395, corrects nisi aut quid < uir > commisit 
 aut iurgi est causa, which Brix adopts, transposing commisit uir. 
 
 780. Ritschl (Neue PI. Exc. I. p. 114) avoids the hiatus by 
 writing uelitatis ; Miiller (Pros. p. 577), by uelitatin. 
 
 825. Ritschl's non te tenes is objected to by Miiller (Nachtr. z. 
 Pros. p. 129) as unplautine. B gives the whole line to the matrona ; 
 Ritschl, after Camerarius, gives non te tenes to the senex ; Miiller 
 gives non tu tenes to the matrona. Brix divides the line as in the 
 text. 
 
 - 829. Besides liuere Ritschl suggested lurere, which does not occur 
 elsewhere, but is very close to the Ms. reading, and derives some 
 support from Capt. 595, uiden tu illi maculari corpus totum maculis 
 luridis ? 
 
200 MENAECHMI. 
 
 831. This line comes in the Mss. after 843, but is placed here by 
 Acidalius, followed by Ritschl, Langen, Brix, and others. Acidalius 
 (followed by Ritschl) arranges the next lines thus : 834, 835, 832, 
 833. This is opposed by Langen, Philol. XXXIII. p. 712, whose 
 explanation, adopted by Brix, is given in the note. Langen, Plau- 
 tinische Studien, p. 304, follows Sonnenburg (de Menaechm. 
 retract, p. 30) in regarding 831 as a spurious second version of 832. 
 
 845. Sonnenburg (de Menaechm. retract, p. 30) is led, by the 
 inconsistency mentioned in the note and other similar reasons, to 
 the belief that the character of the physician is a subsequent ad- 
 dition to the original .play of Plautus. His theory, however, of a 
 complete revision of the play is so ingenious as almost to destroy 
 itself. 
 
 851. adserua < tu > {stu?ic, Miiller, Nachtr. z. Pros. p. 89, after 954. 
 
 859. Brix follows Teuffel (Jahrbb. 1869, p. 485) and Schwabe 
 (Jahrbb. 1872, p. 414 f .) in restoring the reading of the Mss. which 
 is supported by Nonius, p. 72. Ritschl assumed a serious corruption 
 and wrote : osse tenus dolabo et concidam assulatim ei uiscera: see 
 Opusc. II. p. 252. 
 
 865. The reading of the Mss. in manu est arises from the mistake 
 of a copyist who (as Lambinus does) took stimuliim for the nomina- 
 tive. The conjecture stimulus iam in manu est (Ritschl) destroys 
 the anaphora, in manu tenere occurs also, Trin. 914; cf. Merc. 931, 
 ia7n in currum conscendi, iam lora in manus cepi meas. 
 
 870. capillod, Ritschl, Neue Plant. Exc. I. p. 75 ; ui hinc (after 
 Rud. 673, 839), or nunc for hinc, Muller, Pros. p. 557. 
 
 872. Seyffert, Stud. Plant, p. 5, assumes an interchange of edepol 
 and hercle, and writes edepdl morbum acrem ac durum with heu outside 
 of the verse. Ritschl's edition reads heu morbum hercle acrem ac 
 durum. 
 
 882. Geppert, Zeitschr. fiir Gymnasialwesen, 1865, p. 903, pro- 
 poses sedendo oculique, citing an " evident imitation of Plautus" in 
 Ausonius, ludus septem sapientum, V. 1. 
 
 896. Ritschl, quin sospitabo plus sescentos in die (sesentia in die C), 
 putting this line after 893, then 895 before 894; Seyffert, Philol. 
 XXV. p. 452, quin suppeditabo plus sescenta in die ; Ussing, quin 
 mystdabo (i.e. fiua-TiA-qaoniai) plus sescenta ei in dies, with reference to 
 920, quid cessas dare potionis aliquid ? 
 
APPENDIX. 201 
 
 903. Quern ego <Chodie "^hominem, Mliller, Pros. p. 709; Quern ego 
 hominem < hodie > Liichs, Hermes, VI. p. 276 ; Quern < pol > ego 
 hominem, Fleckeisen, praef. p. XVIII. — ui uita, Bergk, Beitr. I. p. 70. 
 
 908. Ladewig thinks some lines are lost before 909, because Me- 
 naechmus does not call attention to the entrance of his father-in- 
 law and the physician nor express astonishment at the presence of 
 the latter. Brix, however, rightly observes that Plautus makes his 
 characters greet each other by name chiefly as a means of intro- 
 ducing them to the audience (see on 109), which is here unneces- 
 sary. It is therefore natural that no such greeting takes place. 
 
 915. The Mss. read: album an atrum uinum potas? MEN. Quin tu 
 is in malam crucem ? In the margin of B opposite Cure. 242, 243, a 
 liand of the thirteenth or fourteenth century has written : — 
 
 albu an atru uinti potas 
 quid tibi quesito op' est. 
 
 The first half of this is evidently the first half of Men. 915, hence 
 Ritschl adds here quid tibi quaesitost opus. Vahlen, observing that 
 quin tu me interrogas (so Mss.) in 917 has no proper connection with 
 the preceding iam hercle occeptat insanire primulum, proposes : Tarn 
 herds occeptat insanire primulum. < MEN. Quin tu taces ? quid tibi 
 [au^em] quaesito opw^ est? > quin tu med interrogas, and suggests that 
 the cause of the error in the Mss. is the repetition of quin. — Oppo- 
 site Cure. 222 f . in the margin of B are the words : solent tibi oculi 
 diiri fieri censesne locustam esse, which are evidently quoted from 
 memory from Men. 923 f. The inexact nature of such quotations 
 makes any emendation based upon them uncertain. 
 
 929. Ritschl marks a gap here, and thinks that after 930 two 
 verses are lost, one of which was in sense similar to 927, while the 
 other contained a new question of the physician to which Menaech- 
 mus replies in 933. 929 f . Ritschl writes : — 
 
 Perdormisco [si me flare satis compleui Libert ; 
 Obdormisco] si resolui argentum, quoi debeo. 
 
 Vahlen (so Ussing) assumes no gaps, and explains that Menaech- 
 mus makes a ridiculous answer, " I sleep well when I've paid my 
 debts," and then breaks out impatiently, qui te Juppiter, etc. — 
 Miiller, Pros. p. 558, proposes [ei] argentum in 930 ; the line can be 
 scanned without hiatus argentum quoii debeo ; on quoii see on 492, 
 
202 MENAECHMI. 
 
 935. A. Spengel reads Nestor, which would be admirable if Me- 
 naechmus had spoken at all in the style of Nestor or if Nestor were 
 a natural antithesis to a madman. For similar reasons Hecate, 
 Cist. I. I. 50, cannot be retained for hac aetate. 
 
 938. Schwabe, Jahrbb. 1872, p. 416, thinks iunctis with quadrigis 
 (in which the root of lungere is contained as the second part of the 
 compound) is wrongly inserted here from the correct expression, 
 iuncti equi, 862, 868, and suggests that it has supplanted a proper 
 epithet, as e.g. citis (cf. Aul. 600). 
 
 961. Brix, in an addendum, says that saluds saluos alios' uideo 
 seems impossible, because Menaechmus can speak only from his 
 own point of view, and the sanity or insanity of others has no effect 
 upon his own condition. Brix therefore proposes sanus saluffs alios 
 uideo as Alcumena, Amph. 730, says equidem ecastor sana etsalua sum. 
 These two adjectives were often used together (though connected 
 by et or ac), as we say safe and sound ; Brix cites Pseud. 1068, 
 minae uiginti sanae et saluae sunt tibi. Here, however, alios without 
 some adjective is meaningless. Menaechmus can say, " I am sane 
 and see others sane," but hardly, " I am safe and sound and see 
 others." 
 
 971. Spengel, Reformvorschlage, p. 249, proposes sedatumst. 
 Then this line is an acatal. bacch. tetrameter. Then 969 was 
 probably not catalectic. Spengel proposes to add que (or, reading 
 quasi, rei) at the end of 969. Then 966-971 are all acatal. bacch. 
 tetrameters. 
 
 972 ff. Spengel, Reformvorschlage, p. 253 ff., 375, scans: cdrde 
 recordetur id, qui nihili sunt quid eis preti De'tur ah suis €ris ignauis 
 improbis uiris uerhera Molae lassitudo fames frigus durum. 
 
 975. ignauis, improbis uiris may be an explanation of qui nihili sunt 
 (who are good for nothing), inserted in the wrong place; but as an 
 apposition to is (i.e. eis, see App, on 222) it is unobjectionable (like 
 litium pleni, etc., 581), and is in the same relation to qui nihili sunt 
 as the relative clause in 966 is to seruo bono. There was no danger 
 that ignauis, etc., should be connected with ab suis eris. 
 
 979. Ritschl rejects this line with the remark, * uix Plautinus, 
 uel hoc certe loco non Plautinus," and is followed by Brix and 
 "Wagner. Langen, Plant. Stud. p. 47, observes that 979 is a brief 
 statement of the results reached by the considerations of the pre- 
 
APPENDIX. 203 
 
 vious lines, just as 982 sums up 980 f., and the same thought is 
 repeated in 983-986 for a third time. The slave is sunk in thought 
 and deeply impressed with the wisdom of his conclusions. 
 
 984. This verse follows 982 in the Mss., 983 being after 987. 
 Ussing rejects 983. The change of order is due to Ritschl. After 
 praesto, in 986, the Mss. give in slightly changed form the verses, 
 Most. 842-844 (IV. i. 1-3). Vahlen preserves these, but they are 
 rejected by most other editors. The Mss. of this entire passage are 
 confused by the introduction of the verses from the Mostellaria. 
 The whole canticum from 972-986 is apparently still in need of 
 emendation, as is shown by the doubtful metrical arrangement of 
 972-975, and by several details such as the dactyl omnibus in 986 
 (which might be removed by writing ut in dmnihus locis ero, or om- 
 nibus ut in locis ero). It seemed best to follow Brix in keeping as 
 closely as pdssible to the reading of the Mss. 
 
 1006 ff. These lines are arranged in five continuous dimeters, 
 after Kiessling, Anal. Plant. I. p. 6. Ritschl writes one dimeter 
 followed by two tetrameters. See App. on 122. Brix suggests that 
 perhaps 596-600 should be written as dimeters. 
 " 1009. Luchs (Studem. Stud. I. 1, p. 32, note) proposes mihi duis, 
 explaining mihi id des of CD from mihi des ; but perhaps Plautus 
 wrote operam ut des mihi. 
 
 1015. Brix formerly preferred maxumo malo hercle uostro hodie, but 
 afterwards followed !Fleckeisen, Ritschl, and Seyffert in adopting: 
 Bothe's reading, on the ground that hercle usually stands after the 
 emphatic word, and hercle and hodie are frequently used side by side 
 with light alliteration. Cf. Asin. 707, Aul. 48, Cure. 129, Epid 
 724, 728, etc. 
 
 1025. ere, nunc (or mm) me emittas manu, Miiller, Pros. p. 733. 
 
 1030. The Mss. have a superfluous sic in other passages besides 
 this; e.^. Poen. 233, TMiVor equideju soror te istaec sic Jabulari, where 
 Goetz and Loewe follow Geppert and write miro to retain sic; but 
 sic is needless after istaec^, and is omitted in CDFZ. Here Ritschl 
 wrote sic sine igitur, si esse tiium negds me, abire liberum. See his 
 treatment of this scene in Index Scholarum Hibern., Bonn, 1858-9. 
 
 1033. The reading of the Mss. has been explained as if other 
 slaves had uttered the customary congratulation (see on 1148), 
 quom tu liber es, Messenio, gaudeo, and Messenio replied, ci-edo hercle 
 
204 MENAECHMI. 
 
 nobis; but there are no other slaves present. The only possible 
 explanation of these words then is by assuming that Messenio, in 
 his joy, utters both the congratulation and the reply to it. So 
 Charinus, Merc. 948 ff., converses with himself. 
 
 1035. The addition of nunc is necessary for the sake of the an- 
 tithes^'s to quom tuos seruos fui, as well as on account of the metre. 
 Miiller, Nachtr. z. Pros. p. 129, proposes lihero instead of nunc. 
 
 1041. The line after this (1040 R) is rejected by Langen, Philol. 
 XXX. p. 434 *fE., followed by Brix. Sonnenburg 'de Menaechm. 
 retract.' p. 41, defends it. The first part of the line is not true, for 
 no one has taken him for any one but himself ; and though he has 
 been exclusus by his wafe, 602 ff., and Erotium, 692 ff., it was not 
 because they negabant esse eurn qui erat. Then follows in the Mss. 
 etiam hie seruom esse se meum aiebat quern ego emisi rnanu, which 
 occurs after 1030 (where 1088-1043 are repeated in the Mss.) in the 
 confused form uel ille qui se petere mode argentum modo qui seruom se 
 meum Esse aiebat quern ego modo emisi manu. The first form appears 
 to have arisen from the second (etiam as an explanation of m^), but 
 in the second the words petere argentum are unendurably tautological 
 alongside of is ait se milii adlaturum cum argento marsuppium, and 
 must be expunged. According to Langen, all that remains is : Vet 
 ille se esse seruom meum aibat, quern ego modo emisi manu. Brix fol- 
 lows Langen, but reverts to the order of the words uel ille seruom se 
 meum esse aibat, given in the Mss. 
 
 1060. Luchs, Hermes, VI. (1872), p. 275, proposes si uel per oculos 
 iuretis, and explains uoltis of the Mss. as a corruption arising from 
 uel and the letters tis written above iurare. Miiller, Nachtr. z. Pros, 
 p. 129, proposes sultis per oculos iurare, and takes sultis as a real 
 conditional clause, which Luchs rightly opposes, sultis, in the ten 
 cases in which it occurs in Plautus (Terence does not use sultis at 
 all), is never used with the infinitive (as sis— si uis is twice, Asin. 
 309, 683), and has nowhere the force of a conditional clause; there- 
 fore Ritschl's reading is contrary to Plautine usage. Moreover, the 
 expression, "if you wish to swear," is senseless, and the metre can 
 hardly be iambic. Hence iuretis (Luchs), or better, iuratis (Brix), 
 seems the only probable emendation. 
 
 1081. mihi datis, proposed by Langen, Philol. XXXIII. p. 712, 
 would require suspicabar. Ritschl writes : quam insperatam spem datis 
 mi ut suspicor. 
 
APPENDIX. 205 
 
 1087. Ritschl suggested also homost aut, but prefers aut est homo. 
 Trin. 862 has homost ant. In Trin. 862 and Men. 373 est is expressed 
 only once with aut — aut ; therefore it is probably not to be inserted 
 here, certo may have been lost at the beginning (as it is used in 
 Men. 373, 283, Most. 560= III. i. 44, Pers. 840=^ V. 2. 63), or per- 
 haps pol should be added after the first aut (as in Amph. 782), or 
 hercle after homo (as in Asin. 596, Mil. 487 = II. 6. 6, Pers. 588 = IV. 
 4. 42) which Ritschl inserted in Men. 98, and Brix proposed for 
 Amph. 294 and Cas. 238 (II. 3. 40). 
 
 1089. Tlie change from crede mihi to mihi crede is adopted by Brix 
 (after Linge and Ritschl) solely for metrical reasons {crede mi[hi'\ 
 forming a dactyl). Otherwise there is sufl&cient evidence for the 
 order crede mihi : Ter. Phorm. 494 (where mihi crede is metrically 
 inadmissible) ; Cic. Off. III. 19. 75; Ovid. Am. III. 4. 11; Lucilius 
 in Nonius, p. 396. If the verbal idea was to be emphasized, the 
 order was crede mihi; if the pronoun was emphatic, viihi crede, 
 A. & G. 344, Andrews and Stoddard's Lat. Gram. ed. Preble 584 f. 
 
 1091. The harsh hiatus can be avoided in various ways; see 
 Miiller, Pros. p. 558. Brix prefers ataue hdminem percontarier. 
 
 1094. quidem is changed to idem in the Mss. here and Mil. 776 
 (III. 1. 181), and to item, Amph. 280, where Fleckeisen reads itidem. 
 
 1097. One would expect ibidem hie natus est, or, as Langen, Philol. 
 XXXIII. p. 713, suggests, dixti : hie ibidem natus est. 
 
 1099. Goetz, Rhein. Ms. XXXV. p. 481 (followed by Sonnen- 
 burg, 'de Menaechm. retract.' p. 43), says 1099-1110 are a remnant 
 of a dittography, or second version of this scene. The lines are 
 certainly wonderfully superfluous after what has gone before. 
 Sonnenburg finds other remnants of a second version in this as in 
 other parts of the play. 
 
 1113. The first two syllables of deerrare must be pronounced as 
 one (synizesis, see Introd. p. 13) according to rule ; therefore, the 
 line must be read with hiatus in the diaeresis (see on 681) ; but per- 
 haps Biicheler is right in thinking the text should read med aberrare, 
 as aberrare occurs prol. 31, and the prologue uses as far as possible 
 the actual words of the play. According to Schwabe, Jahrbb. 1872, 
 p. 417, there is something wronf in the second half of the line, as 
 one naturally expects to learn how the stolen Menaechmus came to 
 Epidamnus. He therefore suggests, in view of prol. 33, the reading 
 hue auehi. 
 
206 MENAECHMI. 
 
 1117. See App. on 696. Brix suggested numquam postillac instead 
 of the change of order. 
 
 1121. Langen, Philol. XXXIII. p. 713, si interpellas taceo. ME. 
 Potius ego tacebo, on the ground that the second keep silence must 
 have ego to bring the opposition into proper relief. But taceo in 
 potius taceo is in opposition to inteipello, and should therefore be 
 present rather than future. 
 
 NOTE. 
 
 The Ritschr edition of the Menaechmiy edited by F. Schoell, 
 appears as this^book goes to press. I regret that I have not 
 had the benefit of Schoell's complete critical apparatus. A few 
 of his readings may be noticed here : — prol. 12, sed sicilissat. 
 scilicet. — after 36, add. from Fulgent, p. 660, 8, siciit poUinctor 
 dixit, qui eum pollinxerat. — 156, clam uxoremst .... 157, libi 
 sepulcrum habeamus atque hilare hunc comburamus diem. — 169, 
 cieo res nasuni .... captum sit collegium. — 175, tibi fuat . . . 
 
 nqu — 176, elocutu's ; nam — 178, add. eu (from A). 
 
 — 179, add. poterimus eu (A). — 250, dictum fac cesses dare, ne 
 
 edis. caueas malo. — 280, quid qua . . f quis ego sim ? — after 
 
 354, gap hetw. odores and munditia. — after 358, gap of a line. — 
 after 364, gap of one half line. — 432, em : quid negotist, gap to 
 sus sciri at the end of the next line. — 461, quoi tam credo hala- 
 tum oluisse. — 537, nam pol occulto dedei. — 582, gap after fraudu- 
 lenti. — 594, fuerat dicto dixeram (A), gap after ut. — 593, fieret. 
 quid ille ? quid ? me praedem. — after 728, gap of a line, then 
 740 /., at mihi negabas etc., gap of two half lines after attines, 
 then 737-739. — 744, arbitrere arguere. — 849, abscedat, in, mala, 
 in magnam. — 872, morbum acrem ac durum, gap before di. — 
 896, sescenta * oe ' in die, — 915, opus est, gap of one half line. — 
 977, compedes, magna crux, molae. — 984, alii sese hilarent, ita 
 ut in rem esse ducunt sint. — 985, metum id mihi adhibeam, 
 culpam abstineam a me, ero ut omnibus in locis sim praesto. — 
 before 988, gap of a Zme. — 988, neque uirum ex. — 1041, brack- 
 eted. — after 1042, gap of a line. — 1046, after insanire, gap of two 
 half lines. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 [The numbers in brackets refer to the Appendix, the others to the notes 
 and occasionally to the critical apparatus.] 
 
 a nom. first decl. 762 
 
 absenti abl. 492 
 
 ahsoluo : hoc te 782 
 
 absque 1024 
 
 accipere 707 
 
 accubui 476 
 
 ad fatim 91 
 
 ades 643 
 
 adscripthd 186 
 
 Adverb in co-ordination with ad- 
 jective 1073 
 
 aduorsum uenire 437 
 
 aequom bonum 578 
 
 aetas mala (758) 
 
 actatem 720 
 
 aetate in sua 889 
 
 aetati tuae for tibi 675 
 
 agitare 75, quae te res agitat ? 710 
 
 agitator 164 
 
 aiebas 532, 936 
 
 ais 487 
 
 album uinum 915 
 
 aZere and edueare 98 
 
 aliquoii (see quoii) 611 
 
 aliquis : ho see aliquos dies 950. 
 
 Alliteration (105), 114, 253, 570, 775, 
 (1015) 
 
 ama&o 425, 524 
 
 amittere = dimittere 1055 
 
 Anacoluthon 853, 859 
 
 anceps securis 868 
 
 anima 905 
 
 anno 206 
 
 Anticipation 247, 419, 763, 861, 881, 
 
 1083 
 anus 85 
 
 apertare hracchium 910 
 apparere 240, 866 
 appellare arg. 9, 606 
 applaudite 1162 
 Apposition 578, (975; 
 apstinere 170, 985 
 arbitrare active 983 
 arbitratud 91 
 ar^?/a 855 
 
 Asyndeton 342, 435, 1133 
 at enim 791 
 aigiie adeo 11, 127 
 atrvm uinum 915 
 Attraction 312 
 audere^ uelle 153, 697 
 Audience addressed 880, 1157 
 audin 311 
 a?t/er manum 606 
 aurata 802 
 autem 1090 
 baxeae 391 
 &ene /?« 485 
 Ca^c/ia abl. 748 
 candor 184 
 canes nom. sing. 718 
 capital 92 
 
208 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 captare 646 
 
 carere 798 
 
 cari 105 
 
 Catameitus 148 
 
 cedere 1020 
 
 cMo 208 
 
 censeo 623 
 
 census caper e 454 
 
 Cerialis cena 101 
 
 ceree, cer^o 283, 501 
 
 certius facere 764 
 
 ceterum, 225 
 
 cinaedi 514 
 
 circumire 232 
 
 clanculum 478 
 
 cZwe^ 854 
 
 coepio 960 
 
 collocare 967 
 
 commetare ora 1021 
 
 comminuere 856 
 
 commoditas 141, 144 
 
 complere with gen. 901 
 
 condiciones ferre 591 
 
 condigne 906 
 
 confidens 620 
 
 consitus 756 
 
 consulere with two ace. 700 
 
 continuatio numerorum 570^, (760) 
 
 coquos 219 
 
 cottidie 91 
 
 credo position 239, ironical 622 
 
 crede mi/u' (1089) 
 
 crux 328, 849 
 
 Cucinus = Cygnus 854 
 
 cuathisso 304 
 
 Culindrus see on Personae 
 
 curae esse 761, — habere 993 
 
 d old abl. ending 91, (190), 395, 526, 
 
 562, 798, 841, 882, 903 
 fZare praedem 593, — iesf es 813, — 
 
 malum 856, — spem 1081, — wiew- 
 
 (Zwrn 657, ohserua quid daho 472, 
 
 S2C d!a<wr 626 
 cZe i7Zis uerbis 934 
 7Jec/o 731 
 deerrare 1113 
 
 deferre (137) 
 
 degerere (137) 
 
 delicias facere 381 
 
 delir amenta loqiii 920 
 
 demensum 14 
 
 depugnato proelio 991 
 
 derupier 1008 
 
 desistere 779 
 
 detergeo 78 
 
 die septimi 1156 
 
 dierectus 442 
 
 dimminuere 305 
 
 discertare 810 
 
 disputare 50 
 
 diurna Stella 179 
 
 dudum 312 
 
 dwis 1009 
 
 dwm = quamdlu 93, usque dum 
 728 
 
 durare 783 
 
 dwn ocwZi 923 
 
 eapse 183, eampse 637 
 
 eccam 183 
 
 ed/e 90, 457 
 
 educare and aZere 98 
 
 ei dat. dissyllabic, arg. 2, prol. 18 
 
 ei imperative of z?'e 435 
 
 ei = i (239) 
 
 elleborum 913 
 
 Ellipsis of swm 121, 639, swn« 281, 
 536, esi 338, 670, es 433, esse 625, 
 j^eri466, 1063, 1120, agere{/acere) 
 267, 593, 752, 766, aii»ze« 722 
 
 em 252, 566, em ii&i 1020 
 
 emittere manu 1025 
 
 en umquam 147, 925 
 
 enim 166, 252, 846, 1075 
 
 Epidamnus 33 
 
 Erotium see on Personae 
 
 est elided in ?'es< 587, in emo?-- 
 «wos« 36 
 
 e^iam 162 
 
 euohiere 903 
 
 examussim 50 
 
 excidere 667 
 
 excludere 668 
 
INDEX. 
 
 209 
 
 exclusissumus 698 
 
 exotica Graecia 237 
 
 exstruere mensas 101 
 
 extra numerum 185 
 
 fabre 136 
 
 facete 135 
 
 facis me florentem 372 
 
 /axis 114, /axo 468, 792 
 
 /acinus 447, — luculentum 145 
 
 facilin 796, 928. 
 
 faenerato 626 
 
 fa^niliae of actors 74 
 
 familiares 611 
 
 femina canis 838 
 
 ferre: quidferam 118 
 
 }i(/wm etymol. 93, 155, 203, 452, 
 1005 
 
 J?«i 859 
 
 flagitare 46 
 
 flagitiurn homonis 489 
 
 formicinus gradus 888 
 
 Forms : essuri 151, essum 458, 
 par^i abl. 479, absenti abl. 492, 
 Calcha abl. 748, homonis etc. (89) 
 224, progrediri 754, jncrs 758, 
 squamossas 919, seruibo 1101, 
 zws^i 1146 
 
 frustra esse 692 
 
 fugere (92) 
 
 /mi &ene 485 
 
 fungi with ace. 224 
 
 furca 943 
 
 Future perfect 271 
 
 genius 142 
 
 glandionida 211 
 
 Graecia exotica 237 
 
 Grammatical : gen. of quality 100, 
 co-ordinate sentences 94, indie. 
 180, 320, inf. for ger. 234, abl. 
 of ger. 883, inf. pres. for f ut. 539, 
 843, 938, fut. perf. for fut. 271, 
 424, 545, 472, caue= cauete 996, 
 itZ utrumque 271, optumumst 
 with subj. 947, change from sing, 
 to plur. 84 
 
 habere = habitare 69, 309 
 
 habere odio 112, — cwrae 993, — 
 ludibrio 784, — delicatam 121, 
 
 — sollicitos 579, — maZe 569, 
 
 — sepulcrum 157 
 haereo 846 
 Hecuba 714 
 Aerobe ^wi 428, 1092 
 Hercules, Hercles? (202) 
 Aeres 477 
 
 ^e?^s 844 
 
 Hiatus arg. (2), 26, 277, 476, 544, 
 565, 594, 681, 908, 968, (1133) 
 
 hie and zs confused in Mss. (650) 
 
 hoc deictic 137, 197, 349, 431, 525, 
 537, haec 330, 350. 
 
 hoc erat quod 1135 * 
 
 hisce = hi 958 
 
 /ios multos dies 104 
 
 /iosce aliquos dies 950 
 
 /i«nc 5^«5 800 
 
 Hiero 412 
 
 Hilurii 236 
 
 Hippolyta 201 
 
 historia 249 
 
 ITisiri 236 
 
 /iodie 218 
 
 homines captiui 79 
 
 homonis etc. 89, 98, 224, 316, 489, 
 709, 903, 961 
 
 z plural of is 222 
 
 iam 215, — nwnc 47 
 
 ignauissumus 924 
 
 ^7^•ce« 368, (368) 
 
 illic pron. 98, (98) 
 
 ^7^^c dat. 305 
 
 illisce = i7h" 999 
 
 illi adv. = zV^ic 998 
 
 illim 800 
 
 impetrare 194 
 
 implere with gen. 901 
 
 impurissumus 853 
 
 m; esse in querelis 584, m corde 
 ei pectore 761, aetate in sua 839, 
 imperium in aliquem 1032, «a- 
 ftwZa pic^a m paneie 147 
 
 mcedere 888 
 
210 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 industria : ob earn 127, 792 
 Infinitive after lubidost 83, for 
 
 gerund 234, pres. for fut. 539, 
 
 843, 938. 
 infitias ire 396 
 ingratiis 1054 
 inlutilis odor 172 
 insignite 1010 
 interim 192 
 introire 662 
 intus 219 
 
 inuicem : se — arg. 10 
 ipsus 310 
 
 is and hie confused in Mss. (650) 
 isii, istic confused in Mss. (150) 
 istaec = istae 520 
 istic dat. 1013 
 isto neuter 622 
 
 istuc = therefore (istoc ?) Qll, 729 
 ita = yes 1096 
 iuhe with subjunctive 955 
 iudicatus 97 
 iuris dies 585 
 iussim 187 
 lacte nom. 1089 
 lampada (ae)? 842 
 laridus laridum 211 
 laruatus 890 
 ?^•ce^ 162 
 Zmere (829) 
 
 loculi : in — compingere 691 
 longius 327 
 ^^^c^ 1008'* 
 lucusta 924 
 lubidost with inf. 83 
 luculentum f acinus 145 
 Zwrere (?) (829) 
 madere 326 
 madidus 213 
 
 magis with comparative 55, 980 
 magnus amator 269 
 maldicas (?) 495 
 malum = damnum 356 = uerbera 
 
 250 
 malum interjection 390 
 ma^o maxumo uostro 1015 
 
 ma?a = maledicta 717 
 
 ma^a res 496, — aeias (758) 
 
 Masks 615 
 
 mater = nutrix 19 
 
 maxume affirmative 430 
 
 medicina 994 
 
 medicinam facer e 99 
 
 melior 935 
 
 me29«e 1059 
 
 merere : quid merui de te ? 490 
 
 mers, merces, merx 758 
 
 Messenio see on Personae 
 
 Metrical : proceleusmatic 121, 
 change of metre (132), 991, bac- 
 chiac dimeter + iamb, penth. 
 (762), iamb. dimeter (122), (1005), 
 iamb, dimeter after bacchiac 
 verses 776, anapaest, dimeter 
 (110 f), anapaest, monometer + 
 iamb, monom. (355), metrical 
 ictus 484, 499, 629, 681, 877, 887, 
 981 
 
 mihi iambus 1081 
 
 mihi crede (1089) 
 
 miluina 213 
 
 mille passum 181 
 
 minari with pres. inf. 843, 938 
 
 molae 977 
 
 monstrare = praecipere 789 
 
 moue gradum 888 
 
 multus 316 
 
 multum as adv. 737 (316?) 
 
 multo tanto ampUus 801 
 
 nam 96 
 
 namquid = quidnam 234 
 
 nasum 172 
 
 natus : rem natam esse 732 
 
 nauales pedes 350 
 
 nauis monosyllabic 344 
 
 ne tu hercle 257 
 
 ne = nonne 284 
 
 ne omitted in first member of 
 double question 722 
 
 ne consecutive 87 
 
 ne = non (502) 
 
 neque adeo 21 
 
INDEX. 
 
 211 
 
 neque — hand 371 
 
 nequicqiiam 127 
 
 nescio quis 40G, 1004 
 
 nictare nutare 619 
 
 nimia mira 1041 
 
 nisi 530, 789 
 
 nisi si 249 
 
 non and ne 502, (502) 
 
 nonne unplautine 284 
 
 nouisti perf. of noscere 297, 379 
 
 nugae 86, 610 
 
 numero 288 
 
 numquam 1012 
 
 numquid uis f 328, 548 
 
 nusquam 782 
 
 oboluit 384 
 
 obseruare 126 
 
 occasus : ante solem occasum 437 
 
 occidis 922 
 
 occisast res 511 
 
 o«(h' ; per — iurare (1060) 
 
 ocZzo habere 112 
 
 odiosus 502 
 
 oZet 174 
 
 opera ; M?2a — 795 
 
 optumumst, with subjunctive 947 
 
 opws 883, opera 427 
 
 orare = dicere 158 
 
 Parataxis 326 
 
 parcere quicquam 848 
 
 par^^ abl. 479 
 
 passum = passuum 181 
 
 penetrare pedem 400 
 
 Peniculus see on Personae 
 
 per solum 160, (160), — tempus 143 
 
 perditi animi (270) 
 
 perieris in a wish 301 
 
 peril 402 
 
 pernonida 211 
 
 Physicians in Rome 884 
 
 plaudite 1162 
 
 Play on words (see puns) 105, 140, 
 
 174, 301, 616 
 pluerat 63 
 
 Plural, generalizing 734, 804 
 porci sacres 290 
 
 Porthao 745 
 
 portitores 119 
 
 Position of words 239, 468, 
 844, 992, (1015), (1089) 
 
 posfe 839 
 
 postillac 685, 1117 
 
 postquam with hist. pros. 24 
 
 postulare 443 
 
 po^is (sc. esse) 625, (625), 466 
 
 potiiis omitted 726, — quam 332 
 
 prae ut 376 
 
 praeconium 1155 
 
 praehibere 803, 981 
 
 praeterea 245 
 
 proeliujn 187 
 
 profer (jradmn 554 
 
 prdfiteri 643 
 
 progrediri 754 
 
 Prolepsis see anticipation 
 
 Prologist's jokes 3, 22 f , 49 ff 
 
 Prosody: adgsi 16, Syracusas 37, 
 (37), Tdrenti 39, weZzi 52, iZ^e 
 57, pluerat 63, longius 327, 846, 
 ^7Z^c, 2s^ic (pron.) 98, sis 110, 
 dpsono 320, potissumus 359, a&ai 
 450, (ZecZis^i 689, frustrd 692,filid 
 762, pa^er 788, lampadibus ? 842 
 perciplt 921, ^i6i /i«nc 738, prae- 
 Ai'Seo 981, ror/rt 1106, deerrare 
 1113, uenibit 1159 
 
 prouenire 964 
 
 Proverbs 248, 375, 488 
 
 puniceus 918 
 
 Puns 193, 258, 265, 980 
 
 purpura 123 
 
 pwrpwre?<s 918 
 
 ^wa — ^wa 666 
 
 g-wa gratia 154 
 
 quaerere quaesere 731 
 
 gwam magis 95, quam facile 755 
 
 g-wam mox 704, g-zmm si = gwasi ? 
 968 
 
 quantum potest (435) 
 
 gwe in the fourth member 967 
 
 gwi loc. abl. 337, (452), particle 
 428, 451, 933 
 
212 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 quique= quicumque 549 (abl.), 571 
 
 (nom.) 
 quiqui abl. 1159 
 quemquem, quemque 717, cf. 549, 
 
 571 
 quia 133, 370 
 quid nomen 341, quidquid nomen 
 
 812 
 quinquagensies ? 1161 
 quippini 1109 
 quisquam adj. 447 
 quod uenio Gil 
 quoii (cf. aliqvoii) 493 
 quoiatis 341 
 quoimodi? 575 
 g'wom with hist. pres. 29, with subj. 
 
 363 
 quom causal 305 
 quoque etiam 11 GO 
 reddibo 1040 
 res wealth 574, 584 
 res pessumae 759 
 rest = res est 587 
 responsare 610 
 rex 902 
 ridiculus 318 
 rogra 1106 
 rosa 193 
 rostrum 89 
 sdcresporci 291 
 saltern 612 
 scdtus damni 990 
 saZwie 138 
 saZwe adv. 778 
 Samiae fores 182 
 satin = nonne 522 
 sa«m wi 184 
 5ceZ?/s 322 
 sciens? (495) 
 scitamenta 210 
 securis ancejjs 858 
 semul 1074 
 septimi locative 1156 
 seruare 126 
 seruibo 1101 
 seruirin 796 
 
 sescejiti 896 
 
 se^ms 1047 
 
 5z 146 
 
 sz (se^) — sme 794, (301) 
 
 s^c 657 
 
 sicelicissitat 12 
 
 sjcw< 588 
 
 s^•e^ (519), si« 1045 
 
 similis with gen. 1088 
 
 simitu cum 745 
 
 sinciput (506) 
 
 situmst cor 971 
 
 socerus 957 
 
 So sides see on Personae 
 
 sodes 545 
 
 spectamen 966 
 
 spes 1081 
 
 spinter 527 
 
 sponsio 591 f 
 
 stalarjmium 542 
 
 stos /iinc 800 
 
 sternere 353 
 
 strulces 102 
 
 Subjunctive with rwde 955, with 
 
 optumumst 947, gwom 363 
 sublimen adv. 994 
 5m;«z5 350 (1060) 
 superum mare 237 
 suppetias ferre 1005, — aduenire 
 
 1022 
 surrupticius 60 
 SMlfS 19 
 
 Synesis 523, 674, 679, 781, 1105, 1119 
 Synizesis 527, 542, 1113 
 tabula picta in pariete 147 
 torn = tamen 387 
 iam 5was2 1101 
 ^an^o nequior 433 
 Tdrentum 39 
 «ene5 825 
 «i&i 303, 1080 
 «i6i dico 378 
 trimodium 14 
 tristis 604 
 Vlixes : meus — 902 
 umquam 202 
 
INDEX. 
 
 213 
 
 us, neuter ending long 327, 846 
 
 usque dum 728 
 
 usus est 753 
 
 ut=postquam 634 
 
 ut exclamatory 570, 758 
 
 ut interrogative 683 
 
 ut after melius est 832, other uses 
 
 218, 1100 
 utendum dare 657 
 uel 181, 873 
 
 uerum affirmative 1026 
 
 uestis 123 
 
 ueturnus 891 
 
 uiaticatus 256 
 
 uidua 114 
 
 uiscera 859 
 
 uiuere 203 
 
 uocare : bene uocas 387 
 
 uotare 848 
 
THE STUDENTS' SERIES OF LATIM CLASSICS. 
 
 UNDER THE EDITORIAL SUPERVISION OF 
 
 ERNEST MONDELL PEASE, A.M., 
 
 Leland Stanford Junior University, 
 
 HARRY THURSTON PECK, Ph.D., L.H.D., 
 
 Columbia College. 
 
 This Series contains the Latin authors usually read in American 
 schools and colleges, and also others well adapted to class-room 
 use, but not heretofore published in suitable editions. The several 
 volumes are prepared by special editors, who aim to revise the 
 text carefully and to edit it in the most serviceable manner. 
 Where there are German editions of unusual merit, representing 
 years of special study under the most favorable circumstances, 
 these are used, with the consent of the foreign editor, as a basis 
 for the American edition. In this way it is possible to bring out 
 text-books of the highest excellence in a comparatively short period 
 of time. 
 
 The editions are of two kinds, conforming to the different 
 methods of studying Latin in our best institutions. Some contain 
 in the introductions and commentary such a careful and minute 
 treatment of the author's life, language, and style as to afford the 
 means for a thorough appreciation of the author and his place in 
 Latin literature. Others aim merely to assist the student to a good 
 reading knowledge of the author, and have only the text and brief 
 explanatory notes at the bottom of each page. The latter are 
 particularly acceptable for sight reading, and for rapid reading 
 after the minute study of an author or period in one of the fuller 
 editions. For instance, after a class has read a play or two of 
 Plautus and Terence carefully, with special reference to the pecu- 
 liarities of style, language, metres, the methods of presenting a 
 play, and the like, these editions will be admirably suited for the 
 rapid reading of other plays. 
 
 The Series also contains various supplementary works prepared 
 by competent scholars. Every effort is made to give the books a 
 neat and attractive appearance. 
 
 1 
 
 /-^ 
 
The following volumes are now ready or in preparation : — 
 
 CAESAE, Gallic War, Books I-V. By Harold W. Johnston, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor in the Indiana University. 
 CATULLUS, Selections, based upon the edition of Riese. By Thomas 
 
 B. Lindsay, Ph.D., Professor in Boston University. 
 CICESO, Select Orations. By B. L. D'Ooge, A.M., Professor in the 
 
 State Normal School, Ypsilanti, Mich. 
 
 CIGEBO, De Senectute et de Amicitia. By Chablbs F,. Bennett, 
 
 A.M., Professor in the Cornell University. Beady. 
 
 CICERO, Tusculan Disputations, Books I and II. By Professor 
 
 Peck. 
 CICEEO, De Oratore, Book I, based upon the edition of Sorof. By 
 
 W. B. Owen, Ph.D., Professor in Lafayette College. Ready, 
 
 CICEEO, Select Letters, based in part upon the edition of Siipfle- 
 
 Bockel. By Professor Pease. 
 EUTEOPIUS, Selections. Ready, 
 
 GELLIUS, Selections. By Professor Peck. 
 HOEACE, Odes and Epodes. By Paul Shorey, Ph.D., Professor ii| 
 
 the Chicago University. Ready 
 
 HOEACE, Satires and Epistles, based upon the edition of Kiessling 
 
 By James H. Kirkland, Ph.D., Professor in Vanderbilt Uni 
 
 versity. Ready 
 
 LIVY, Books XXI and XXII, based upon the edition of Wolfflin. By 
 
 John K. Lord, Ph.D., Professor in Dartmouth College. Ready. 
 
 LIVY, Book I, for rapid reading. By Professor Lord. Ready. 
 
 LUCEETIUS, De Eerum Natura, Book III. By W. A. Merrill, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor in the University of California. 
 
 MAETIAL, Selections. By Charles Knapp, Ph.D., Professor in 
 
 Barnard College. 
 
 NEPOS, for rapid reading. By Isaac Flagg, Ph.D., Professor in the 
 University of California. Ready. 
 
 NEPOS, Selections. By J. C. Jones, A.M., Professor in the University 
 of Missouri. 
 
 OVID, Selections from the Metamorphoses, based upon the edition of 
 Meuser-Egen. By B. L. Wiggins, A.M., Professor in the Univer- 
 sity of the South. 
 
OVID, Selections, for rapid reading. By A. L. Bondurant, A.M^ 
 Professor in the University of Mississippi. 
 
 PETRONITJS, Cena Trimalchionis, based upon the edition of Biicheler. 
 By W. E. Waters, Ph.D., President of Wells College. 
 
 PLAUTTJS, Captivi, for rapid reading. By Grove E. Barber, A.M., 
 Professor in the University of Nebraska. 
 
 PLATJTUS, Menaechmi, based upon the edition of Briic By Harold 
 N. Fowler, Ph.D., Professor in the Western Reserve Univer- 
 sity. Ready, 
 
 PLINY, Select Letters, for rapid reading. By Samuel Ball Plat- 
 NER, Ph.D., Professor in the Western Reserve University. Ready. 
 
 QXJINTILIAN, Book X and Selections from Book XII, based upon 
 the edition of Kriiger. By Carl W. Belser, Ph.D., Professor in 
 the University of Colorado. 
 
 SALLUST, Catiline, based upon the edition of Schmalz. By Charles 
 G. Herbermann, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor in the College of the 
 City of New York. Ready. 
 
 SENECA, Select Letters. By E. C. Winslow, A.M. 
 
 TACITUS, Annals, Book I and Selections from Book II, based upon 
 the edition of Nipperdey-Andresen. By E. M. Hyde, Ph.D., Pro- 
 fessor in Lehigh University. 
 
 TACITUS, Agricola and Germania, based upon the editions of Schwel- 
 zer-Sidler and Drager. By A. G. Hopkins, Ph.D., Professor in 
 Hamilton College. Ready. 
 
 TACITUS, Histories, Book I and Selections from Books II-V, based 
 upon the edition of Wolff. By Edward H. Spieker, Ph.D., Pro- 
 fessor in the Johns Hopkins University. 
 
 TERENCE, Adelphoe, for rapid reading. By Willla.m L. Cowles, 
 A.M., Professor in Amherst College. Ready. 
 
 TERENCE, Phormio, based upon the edition of Dziatzko. By Her- 
 bert C. Elmer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in the Cornell Uni- 
 versity. Ready. 
 
 TIBULLUS AND PROPERTIUS, Selections, based upon the edition of 
 Jacoby. By Henry F. Burton, A.M., Professor in the University 
 of Rochester. 
 
 VALERIUS MAXIMUS, Fifty Selections, for rapid reading. By 
 Charles S. Smith, A.M., College of New Jersey. Beady. 
 
 8 
 
VELLEITTS PATERCULUS, Historia Romana, Book II. By F. E. 
 
 RocKwooD, A.M., Professor in Bucknell University. Ready. 
 
 VERGIL, Books I-VI. By E. Antoinette Ely, A.M., Clifton 
 School, and S. Frances Pellett, A.M., Binghamton High 
 School, N.Y. 
 
 VERGIL, The Story of Turnus from Aen. VII-XII, for rapid reading. 
 By Moses Slaughter, Ph.D., Professor in University of Wis- 
 consin. Ready. 
 
 VIRI ROM AE, Selections. With Prose Exercises. By G. M. Whicher, 
 A.M., Packer Collegiate Institute. Ready. 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION, for college use. By Walter Miller, A.M., 
 Professor in the Leland Stanford Jr. University. Ready. 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION, for advanced classes. By H. R. Fairclough, 
 A.M., Professor in the Leland Stanford Jr. University. 
 
 HAND-BOOK OF LATIN SYNONYMS. By Mr. Miller. 
 
 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. By Hiram Tuell, A.M., late Principal 
 of the Milton High School, Mass., and Harold N. Fowler, Ph.D., 
 Western Reserve University. Ready. 
 
 EXERCISES IN LATIN COMPOSITION, for schools. By M. Grant 
 Daniell, A.M., formerly Principal of Chauncy-Hall School, 
 Boston. Ready. 
 
 A NEW LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. By M. Grant Daniell, 
 A.M. Ready. 
 
 THE PRIVATE LIFE OF THE ROMANS, a manual for the use of 
 schools and colleges. By Harriet Waters Preston and Louise 
 Dodge. Ready. 
 
 GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY, based on the recent work of 
 Steuding. By Karl P. Harrington, A.M., Professor in the Uni- 
 versity of North Carolina, and Herbert C. Tolman, Ph.D., Pro- 
 fessor in Vanderbilt University. Ready. 
 
 ATLAS ANTIQUUS, twelve maps of the ancient world, for schools and 
 colleges. By Dr. Henry Kiepert, M.R. Acad. Berlin. Ready. 
 
 Tentative arrangements have been made for other books not ready 
 to be announced. 
 
 BENJ. H. SANBORN & CO., Publishers, 
 
 llO Boylston St., Boston. 
 4 
 
m¥M:msmMi>M 
 
 ■.'f«:.<BJIMSfeia&aWa«^->-'/ n^>*i'iSi)!»A*>»iiiS*«a)¥!*:   •^'fi^ahMBMfeW 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 BERKELEY 
 
 Return to desk from which borrowed. 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 ^lA^^-'^*"- 
 
 20ct51LU 
 
 |gll 
 
 4War'56HJ ' 
 
 FEB 19 1956 LU 
 
 i59N\V\ 
 
 i 
 
 ^^^,r.^r^^ ,y^^J^ 
 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 OCT 1 2 i96] 
 
 ^^^ p01/25'66-12AM 
 
 LOAN 0«1»T. 
 
 'fifebi?^'-. 
 
 VED 
 
 
 28jaii'63Mi-iX. 
 
 JAN 2 9 1963 
 
 vi 
 
 NOV § 
 
 ^( 
 
 V^ 
 
 ^->' 
 
 LD 21-95m-ll,'60(2877sl6)476 
 
15^38524 
 
 c^: 
 
 
 f